Where installed on duct of other material, shapes and plates shall be of compatible materials.
c. Other sheet metal materials: Included in this Section.
2. Rectangular duct fabrication:
a. General: Except as indicated otherwise, fabricate rectangular ducts of galvanized sheet steel in accordance with SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards,” Tables 1-3 through 1-19, including associated details. Conform to requirements of referenced standard for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie rod applications, and joint types and intervals.
b. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as roller marks, seam marks, pitting, stains, and discolorations.
c. Size ductwork as indicated on Drawings, coordinate with structure and other installations.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 7 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
1) Lined ductwork: Dimensions indicated on lined ducts are nominal inside dimensions. Lined ductwork shall be fabricated
approximately 2 inches larger in each direction than sizes indicated on Drawings.
d. Duct lengths: Appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure classification.
e. Static pressure classifications: Except where indicated otherwise, construct duct systems to following pressure classifications:
1) Supply ducts: 3 inches water gauge.
2) Return ducts: 2 inches water gauge, negative pressure. 3) Exhaust ducts: 2 inches water gauge, negative pressure. f. Crossbreaking or cross beading: Crossbreak or bead duct sides as indicated in SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standard,” Figure 1-4, on following ducts, unless they are lined or externally insulated:
1) 20 gauge or less duct sides, 19 inches and larger with more than 10 square feet of unbraced panel area.
g. Low pressure ductwork joints:
1) Transverse stiffeners and joints shall be appropriately spaced to maintain duct cross-section integrity in accordance with the pressure class specified and at the prevailing operating velocities. 2) After joints are crimped, they shall be further secured by bottom punching or riveting. Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh locked, and shall be cross-broken outward. Intake or exhaust side ducts shall be cross-broken inward. Discharge ducts shall be cross-broken outward. All plenums and casings shall be similarly cross-broken and further reinforced with 1-inch by 1-inch by
0.125-inch angles, running diagonally between joints, riveted to the casings.
3) Girth joints shall be secured with “S” clips and drive cleats. a) Stiffen girth joints on ducts with any dimension larger than 15 inches to prevent bulging or sagging.
b) “Ductmate” connector flanges are acceptable and, when used, all duct sealing tests as required by this specification shall hold with no variation.
h. Low pressure duct construction:
1) Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of
equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees, convergence
downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees.
2) Ductwork fabrication:
a) All ductwork shall be constructed, erected, and tested in accordance with the most restrictive of local regulations, procedures detailed in the ASHRAE Handbook of
Fundamentals, or the applicable SMACNA standards.
Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressure indicated.
b) Joints shall be sealed, as required, to limit total system leakage to a maximum of 3-1/2% of the specified equipment airflows.
c) All connections to main ducts shall be made with low loss fittings.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 8 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
d) Decrease in duct size shall be made by a uniformly tapering section. The change in direction of the tapering section shall not be more than 1 inch for every 5-inches of run, unless otherwise specified.
e) Tee's, bends, and elbows shall be constructed with radius of not less than one times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, turning vanes shall be provided, unless otherwise indicated on
drawings.
i. The Contractor shall provide all ductwork, plenums, and auxiliary work and products necessary to make the HVAC systems complete and ready for operation. Ductwork shall comply with the following restrictions and conditions:
1) Snap lock seams will not be permitted.
2) Where space conditions permit, full radius turns shall be used at offsets.
3) Visible duct deflection, loss of shape, or unwarranted noise or vibration resulting from faulty or inadequate support, reinforcing, metal gauge, fabrication, or joint spacing shall not be permitted. 4) Joints shall not interfere with airflow in the ducts. 5) Ducts over 17 inches in largest dimension shall be cross-broken or beaded on all four sides. Sway rods, 0.375-inch diameter, shall be installed at each transverse joint in ducts over 72-inches. The spacing between rods or the rods on the side of ducts shall not exceed 48 inches.
3. Rectangular duct fittings: Fabricate fittings (elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections) and other duct construction in accordance with SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standard,” Figures 2-1 through 2-10.
B. Sealing Materials:
1. Sealant shall be non-hardening, water resistant, fire resistant, compatible with mating material; liquid used alone or with tape, or heavy mastic, meeting the fire hazard classification rating of 25/50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
2. Duct Sealer: Miracle #D-618, United McGill “UNI-WELD,” United Sheet Metal “Duct-Sealer.”
3. Flanged joint mastics: One-part, acid-curing, silicone elastomeric joint sealants; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.
C. Duct Supports: Duct support details and spacing shall conform to the most current edition of the SMACNA “HVAC Duct Constructions Standard, Metal and Flexible,” Figures 5 1 to 5 7 of SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Standards. .
D. Duct Liner:
1. General: Comply with NFPA Standard 90A and B and TIMA Standard AHC 101.
2. Liner shall be like Knauf Duct Liner E-M; or equal.
3. Liner materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I; 1-inch thick, 1-1/2 pound density;
0.25 or better K-Factor, at 75°F mean temperature. Have surface exposed to air stream coated to prevent erosion of glass fibers at air velocity up to 3000 FPM; coat air surface with acrylic coating treated with EPA registered anti- microbial agent proven to resist microbial growth as determined by ASTM Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 9 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
G21 and G22. Flame spread rating not over 25, smoke developed rating not over 50 (ASTM C411).
a. When ductwork is installed outdoors, liner thickness shall be 2 inches.
4. Liner adhesive: Comply with NFPA Standard 90A and ASTM C916.
5. Mechanical fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment, mechanical attachment, or welding to duct, shall not damage liner when applied as recommended by manufacturer, cause leakage in duct, indefinitely sustain a 50-pound tensile dead load test perpendicular to duct wall; have pin length as required for insulation thickness without projecting more than 1/8- inch into air stream.
a. Fastener adhesive: Comply with duct liner fire hazard classification.
6. Duct dimensions shown shall be net inside clear after lining.
7. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with 90% coverage of adhesive at liner contact surface area. Multiple layers of insulation to achieve indicated thickness are prohibited.
8. Apply a coat of adhesive to liner facing in direction of airflow not receiving metal nosing.
9. Butt transverse joints without gaps and coat joints with adhesive.
10. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to assure butted edge overlapping.
11. Longitudinal joints shall not occur, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints necessary. Apply an adhesive coating to longitudinal seams in ducts exceeding 2,500 FPM air velocity.
12. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners, 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches transversely around perimeter; 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally.
13. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing airstream with metal nosing of either channel or “Z” profile or integrally formed from duct wall, at following locations.
a. Fan discharge.
b. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct.
c. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts with velocities over 2,500 FPM.
E. Flat Oval Duct Fabrication:
1. General: “Basic Round Diameter” as used in this article is the diameter of the size of round duct that has a circumference equal to perimeter of a given size of flat oval duct. Except where interrupted by fittings, provide round and flat oval ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet.
a. Acceptable manufacturers: Semco; LaPine; Tangent Air; United McGill (United Sheet Metal).
2. Round ducts: Fabricate round supply ducts using seam types identified in SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards,” Figure 3-1, RL-1, RL-4, or RL05. Figure RL-2 or RL-3 seam types may be used if spot-welded on 1-inch intervals. Comply with SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards,” Table 3-2 for galvanized steel gauges.
3. Flat oval ducts: Fabricate flat oval ducts with standard spiral lockseams (without intermediate ribs) or with butt-welded longitudinal seams in gauges listed in SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards,” Table 3-4.
F. Flat Oval Supply and Exhaust Fittings Fabrication:
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 10 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
1. 90 degree tees and laterals and conical tees: Fabricate to conform to SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards,” Figures 3-4 and 3-5 with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal seam straight duct.
2. Elbows: Fabricate in die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction.
Fabricate bend radius of die-formed, gored, and pleated elbows 1.5 times the elbow diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated, provide elbows meeting following requirements.
a. Mitered elbows: Fabricate mitered elbows with welded construction in gauges specified below:
1) Mitered elbows radius and number of pieces: Unless otherwise indicated, construct elbow to comply with SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards,” Table 3-1.
Pressure Class
-2 Inches to +2 Inches
3 - 26 24
27 - 36 22
37 - 50 20
52 - 60 18
62 - 84 16
2) Flat oval mitered elbows: Solid welded, same metal thickness as longitudinal seam flat oval duct.
3) 90 degree, two-piece, mitered elbows: Use only for supply systems or exhaust systems for material handling classes A and B, and only where space restrictions do not permit use of 1.5 bend radius elbows. Fabricate with a single thickness turning vane. b. Mitered elbows are not approved for medium and high-pressure ductwork.
c. Flat oval elbows gauges: Same as longitudinal seam flat oval duct.
G. Ductwork Hangers and Supports:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Acceptable manufacturers, subject to compliance with requirement. b. B-Line Systems, Inc.; Elcen Metal Products Company; Fee & Mason Manufacturing Company; Anvil International, Inc.; Michigan Hanger Company; PHD Manufacturing, Inc.; or equal.
2. Reference product(s): Listed with respective product specification.
3. Building attachments: Concrete inserts, powder actuated fasteners, or structural steel fasteners appropriate for building materials. a. Concrete inserts for suspended hangers: Galvanized formed “U” channel concrete insert and threaded clamping nut; Michigan #C-12 CONCT and #SPRC or #NUTC; or equal.
b. Clamps for attachment to steel framework: Steel C-clamp, equipped with setscrew, locknut, and retaining strap; Michigan #200L +200C; or equal.
4. Hangers and Supports:
a. Hangers: Galvanized steel straps or bands or round steel threaded rod, sized according to Figures 5-1 to 5-9 of SMACNA Standards, suitable trapeze arrangement appropriate for the location for large or multiple ducts, fire resistant as required for applications involving fire-rated ceilings.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 11 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
b. Hanger rod shall be fabricated from ASTM A36, steel, galvanized, continuously threaded, use double nuts and lock washers on threaded support rods.
c. Hangers installed in corrosive atmospheres: Electro-galvanized, all- thread rod or hot-dipped-galvanized rods with threads painted after installation.
d. Duct attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivers, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials.
e. Trapeze and riser supports:
1) With galvanized steel ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized.
H. Duct Accessories:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Products requiring electrical connection shall be in accordance with CCR, Title 8, and shall be listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
2. Ductwork and accessories shall be installed to provide a system free from buckling, warping, breathing, and vibrating. Ductwork installation shall permit installation of other required services without piercing, crimping, or reducing duct sizes. Where space conditions permit, full radius turns shall be used at offsets.
3. To ensure airtight ducts, seams shall be sealed with liquid- or mastic-type sealants. Taped joints will not be permitted. All joints shall be in accordance with SMACNA Seal Class A.
4. Duct sealants shall not be installed when surface and ambient temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. Temperatures during and after installation of duct sealants shall be maintained as recommended by the manufacturer.
5. No power actuated anchors shall be used.
6. Flexible duct connections:
a. Flexible connection material: Fire-retardant, waterproof, airtight, abrasion proof, ozone-resistant, neoprene coated woven glass fabric that is not affected by temperature as low as -10°F or as high as 200°F and manufactured for pressures involved. The coating shall not weigh less than 24 ounces per square yard.
b. Flexible duct connections shall be Venfabrics, Inc. “Ventglas”; Duro- Dyne Corporation “Neoprene”; or equal.
c. Fabric shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 90A, maximum flame spread rating of 25, smoke developed rating of 50 for all materials, including connecting tape and sealant when tested in accordance with the requirements of ASTM E84. Minimum density shall be 30 ounces per square yard.
d. Flexible connectors shall be UL-listed.
e. Flexible connectors shall be provided with the necessary angle, straps, bolts, clips, or other fasteners to secure the flexible material to the equipment and ducts.
f. Duct connections exposed to the weather shall be provided with approved sheet metal weather covers.
g. Flexible connections shall be designed to be removed and reinstalled without disassembling adjacent ductwork.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 12 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
h. Flexible duct connectors shall be fabricated in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible, and as indicated on the Drawings.
2.03 FANS
A. In-Line Centrifugal Fans:
1. In-line centrifugal fans shall be factory-fabricated assemblies having fan, fan motor, and fan housing. Fan capacities, electrical characteristics, special features and accessories shall be as indicated in the fan schedules. Fans shall bear the AMCA seal. Direct drive fans shall be Greenheck type SQ; or equal.
2. Centrifugal in-line fans: Belt driven or direct drive as indicated on Drawings for respective applications, bear AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for sound and air performance.
3. Housing: Square design, heavy gauge galvanized steel, equipped with square duct collars, two (2) removable access panels sized and arranged to permit easy access to all interior components, and universally adjustable mounting brackets for horizontal and vertical mounting. Provide fiberglass duct liner on interior of fan and motor housings.
4. Fan wheel: Constructed of aluminum, centrifugal backward inclined with wheel core, matched to inlet cone, statically and dynamically balanced.
5. Direct drive fans: Provide fan wheel mounted on motor shaft. a. Motor: Permanently lubricated, compatible for use with speed controls, open type with motor cover.
b. Motor cover: Provide to separate motor from air stream as indicated.
6. Disconnect switch: Provide with each unit. Provide factory wiring from motor to junction box.
7. Isolator kits: Provide with each unit for hanging or base mounting as required, neoprene or spring type, unless specific type is indicated or required for a particular unit.
8. Accessories: Provide following with respective fans where indicated:
Remote Fan Speed Control, solid state, capable of controlling fan speed from full speed to approximately half speed.
9. Suspend fans from structure above, unless respective unit is indicated on Drawings to be base mounted. Mount fans on vibration isolators and provide flexible duct connections.
10. Coordinate fan housing access panel orientation with access path.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Examination, Coordination and Incorporation of Related Work:
1. Examine areas and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, roof curbs, existing roof openings, equipment supports, ductwork, and other conditions affecting performance of fans.
2. Contractor shall notify Engineer of deficiencies that impact his ability to complete his work. The deficiencies will be corrected as directed by the Engineer.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 13 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
3. Louvers: Where so indicated on Drawings, louvers will be furnished as a part of general construction work. Ductwork trades shall cooperate with general trades and coordinate louver features and performance.
4. Before installing insulation, verify that respective work to be insulated is complete, has been tested and cleaned, and is ready to be insulated.
5. Contractor shall obtain wall and ceiling construction information from General Construction Drawings and Specifications and coordinate diffusers, register and grille mounting arrangement and accessories with respect to adjacent construction.
B. Protection: Fully protect all surfaces exposed to the air stream and all unfinished parts of the materials and equipment against damage from whatever cause during the progress of the work and until final completion. All materials and equipment shall be covered while in storage and during construction in such manner that no finished surfaces shall be damaged or marred and all moving parts shall be kept perfectly clean and dry.
1. When installing insulation, use tarpaulins or other coverings to protect equipment, uncovered piping and ductwork from dirt and rubbish that may be caused by insulation installation operations.
2. Prior to starting insulation installation operations and while performing work, verify that environmental conditions are within manufacturer’s recommendations for sealants, tapes, and other adhesives to be used.
3.02 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
A. All sheet metal ductwork shall be erected in a first class and workmanlike manner and shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of CBC, CMC, and CEC, and in accordance with "Low Pressure Duct Standards" of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., and as specified above. No ductwork shall be fabricated or installed until it has been carefully coordinated with other trades. Ducts shall be located with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operations and manufacturing activities. All transverse duct joints shall be taped airtight. Duct dimensions shown are "net" inside clear. Each air supply outlet and each air return or outside air intake shall have either an integral volume control device or shall be furnished with a volume damper.
1. Duct installation, general:
a. Duct system pressure class: Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indicated.
b. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
c. Secure joints with sheet metal screws.
d. Seal all joints and seams. Apply sealer to male end connectors before insertion, and afterwards to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws. e. Flanged joints: Seal with neoprene rubber gaskets.
f. Use fabricated fittings for all changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and connections.
g. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with projections into duct at connections kept to a minimum.
h. Install ductwork generally in the location and manner shown and detailed on Drawings, with all fittings and connections made in accordance with applicable SMACNA Standards. Modifications or deviations required by job conditions must be approved by the Engineer prior to fabrication.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 14 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
i. Provide and install duct accessories (dampers, turning vanes, and access doors) where called for and where shown on Drawings and where required.
1) Ductwork and accessories shall be installed to provide a system free from buckling, warping, breathing, and vibration. Ductwork installation shall permit installation of other required services without piercing, crimping, or reducing duct sizes. Where space conditions permit, full radius turns shall be used at offsets. 2) To ensure airtight ducts, seams shall be sealed with liquid- or mastic-type sealants. Taped joints will not be permitted. All joints shall be in accordance with SMACNA Seal Class A.
3) Duct sealants shall not be installed when surface and ambient temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. Temperatures during and after installation of duct sealants shall be maintained as recommended by the
manufacturer.
4) No power actuated anchors shall be used.
j. Locate ducts, except as indicated otherwise, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines. Avoid diagonal runs. Install duct systems in shortest route that does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment.
k. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. l. Provide 1-inch minimum clearance between structure components, furring, and outside of duct insulation and outside of uninsulated duct. m. Ductwork mounted lower than 7 feet – 0 inches above finished floor:
Cover standing seams and other duct protrusions below 7 feet – 0 inches with an approved flexible bumper material, such as split Armaflex pipe insulation.
n. Provide flexible connections between sheet metal assemblies such as ductwork and plenums, and operating machines and/or mechanisms such as fans and air handlers.
1) Flexible connections not less than 8 inches long (net) between connected sections of ductwork shall be held in place by 1-inch by 1/8 inch band iron bolted in place around entire perimeter of connecting ductwork.
o. Joint sealing during fabrication and assembly:
1) Thoroughly seal all air ducts and taps against air leakage and all exterior and outside air ducts against moisture leakage. Paint or trowel sealer on joints before assembly.
2) Thoroughly streamline all fittings in rectangular ducts around joints by applying a filler to cover all edges extending into the air stream. 3) Butted flanged joints in ductwork shall be wiped smooth with a filler compound.
4) Seal terminal box joints with field applied duct sealer. 5) Flanged joints: Seal with neoprene rubber gaskets.
p. Adjusting and cleaning:
1) Adjust volume control devices as required by testing and balancing procedures to achieve required airflow.
2) Vacuum duct systems prior to final acceptance to remove dust and debris. Duct systems shall be cleaned with high power Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 15 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
vacuum machines. Equipment that may be harmed by excessive dirt shall be protected with filters, or bypassed during cleaning.
Adequate access into ductwork shall be provided for cleaning purposes.
3.03 DUCTWORK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Preparation
1. Coordinate locations of inserts, anchors, and clamps with supported work and with other work and related supports.
2. Contractor shall be responsible for correcting omissions and conflicts that are due to failure to coordinate his hanger and support work.
B. Attachment to Structure:
1. Follow manufacturer’s load ratings and application data for products.
2. Upper attachments to structures shall have an allowable load not exceeding 1/4 of failure (proof test) load, but are not limited to the specific methods indicated.
3. Support duct hangers from building structural members. Do not attach hangers to roof deck or ceiling construction.
4. Powder actuated concrete fasteners: Utilize only for attaching strap or band hangers to structure, following manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. Do not use for attachments to lightweight aggregate concrete or for attachments to slabs less than 4 inches thick. Install only after concrete is completely cured.
C. Installation of Duct Hangers and Supports:
1. Install duct hangers and supports at proper intervals for the pressure class and conditions specified and prevailing in the system according to SMACNA Manual requirements, unless another arrangement is detailed or noted on Drawings. Supports shall be spaced to prevent visible duct deflection and loss of system integrity.
2. Support horizontal ducts within 2 feet of each elbow and within 4 feet of each branch intersection.
3. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at every floor.
Ductwork shall be supported by metal-strap hangers secured to the wall, with screw attachment to the sides of ducts. There shall be a minimum of one strap on each exposed side.
3.04 DUCT ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide and install duct accessories where called for, where shown Drawings, and where required according to manufacturer’s installation instructions, applicable portions of details of construction in SMACNA Standards, and applicable provisions of ductwork sections and drawings.
B. Application and Installation of Flexible Connections for Ductwork:
1. Flexible connections in ducts shall be installed in folds, and of sufficient length to accommodate the maximum deflection resulting from vibration and contraction without causing strain.
2. Minimum length in folded position shall be 6 inches. Allow for at least 1-inch of slack.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 16 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
3. Provide flexible connections between sheet metal assemblies and equipment, and between different sheet metal assemblies, as called for in respective specifications and as shown on respective Drawings.
4. Installation: Governed by respective application specifications and details.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION, GENERAL
A. Insulation Work shall be performed by qualified tradesmen, following manufacturer’s written instructions for insulation products, in compliance with applicable building codes and industry standards.
B. Environmental Requirements: Ambient temperatures and conditions during insulation installation operations and curing period, when applicable, shall comply with manufacturer’s requirements for products such as adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF DUCT INSULATION
A. Continue insulation and vapor barrier through walls, sleeves, and other duct penetrations, except where prohibited by code. Coordinate installation with firestopping.
B. Install insulation over clean, dry surfaces with adjoining sections firmly butted together and covering all surfaces. Properly fill voids and holes and properly seal raw edges. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.
C. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation.
D. Glue and pin insulation to ductwork with fireproof adhesive so that there is no sagging and no vapor barrier penetration. Apply adhesive so as to attain no less than 50% contact coverage of all sheet metal surfaces. All joints shall have 1 1/2 inch minimum lap and shall be taped with 100% coverage of fireproof adhesives.
E. Insulation on underside of duct 24 inches wide or greater shall be secured with mechanical fasteners and speed clips spaced approximately 18 inches on center.
Protruding ends of fasteners shall be cut off flush after speed clips are installed.
Where duct is exposed and where vapor seal is required, seal with same tape used for joints.
3.07 INSTALLATION (FANS)
A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the best practice of the several trades and with the respective manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
Installation shall include furnishing the required oil and grease for initial operation in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install units level and plumb. Align, lubricate, start, and balance units in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, with proper clearance and access for inspection and servicing.
C. Install units with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads.
D. Provide flexible duct connections between fans and connecting ductwork. Ensure metal components of flexible connections are parallel and have 1-inch minimum flex between ductwork and fan while running.
E. Install fan related items in a manner that will ensure vibration isolation provisions are not short circuited.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 17 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
F. Do not operate fans for any purpose until ductwork is clean, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under supervision.
G. Install fan-restraining snubbers where side torque or thrust may develop and where indicated on Drawings. Flexible connections shall not be in tension while fan is running.
H. Provide safety screen where fan inlet or outlet is exposed.
I. Provide speed controllers where indicated on Drawings for particular fans.
3.08 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION CONTROL PRODUCTS
A. Performance of Isolators:
1. General: Comply with minimum static deflections recommended by ASHRAE for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units as indicated.
2. Manufacturer’s recommendations: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer’s recommendations for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units.
B. Applications:
1. General: Except as otherwise, indicated, select vibration control products in accordance with the latest edition of ASHRAE Handbook, HVAC Applications, “Sound and Vibration Control.” Where more than one type of product is offered, selection is Installer’s option.
C. Installation:
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer’s instructions for installation and load application to vibration control materials and units. Adjust to ensure that units have equal deflection, do not bottom out under loading, and are not short-circuited by other contacts or bearing points. Remove space locks and similar devices intended for temporary support during installation.
2. Install units between substrate and equipment as required for secure operation and to prevent displacement by normal forces, and as indicated.
3. Adjust leveling devices as required to distribute loading uniformly onto isolators. Shim units as required where substrate is not level.
3.09 TESTING AND ADJUSTING EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS
A. Perform following operations and checks before units are operated for any purpose:
1. Verify shipping blocking and bracing have been removed.
2. Verify unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and connections for ductwork, electrical, etc. are complete. Verify proper thermal overload protection is installed in motors, starters and disconnects.
3. Perform specified cleaning and adjusting.
4. Disconnect fan drives from motors, verify proper motor rotation, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth operation of bearings. Reconnect fan drive systems, align belts, and install belt guards.
B. The equipment and controls of this Section shall be completely tested, adjusted and placed in operating condition.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 18 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
C. Retest equipment and controls, as necessary, during the progress of the work. No work shall be covered until it is properly tested and made tight.
D. Supply the testing apparatus and make all necessary connections for applying the tests.
E. When about to turn the apparatus over to the Owner, put all parts of the apparatus in perfect working order and thoroughly clean out all parts of the equipment.
F. Clean exterior and interior surfaces of each unit. Vacuum clean fan wheel and surfaces exposed to the air handled by the unit.
3.10 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
A. Testing Ductwork for Air Leakage:
1. Test procedure:
a. When all of the main duct runs have been installed, but prior to grilles, diffuser and terminal devices being installed, perform a ductwork leakage test. Perform tests before insulation is applied. b. Submit to the Engineer for approval the appropriate forms indicating the system that was tested, conditions under which ductwork was tested, and conclusions as a result of testing.
c. Construct, erect, and leak test a representative sample of the duct construction to be used as selected by the Engineer.
d. The sample specimen shall include the complete air distribution system for this project.
e. The leak test shall be at the specific duct pressure classification indicated.
f. Leakage test procedures shall follow the outline and classifications in the SMACNA HVAC Duct Leakage Test Manual.
g. The leakage amount shall not exceed the allotted amount for the pressure class or the allotted amount for the sample specimen. h. Where a system fails to meet allotted leakage level, the Contractor shall correct all deficiencies to bring each system into compliance and shall retest it until acceptance leakage is demonstrated.
i. Leakage classification shall be Leakage Class 12 (for up to 3 inch duct construction class) and Seal Class B.
j. Contractor shall seal all leaks that generate noise even if the system leakage amount does not exceed the allowable limit.
k. Test apparatus shall be a high pressure portable blower with an orifice flow measuring device. Accurately calibrate each orifice assembly with its own calibration curve.
l. Tests and necessary repair shall be completed prior to concealment of ducts and prior to starting testing, adjusting, and balancing work.
B. Retest equipment, as necessary, during the progress of the work. Do not cover work until it is properly tested and made tight.
C. Methodology: Perform testing and balancing in complete accordance with NEBB National Standards for Field Measurements and Instrumentation.
D. Adjust and balance supply, return and exhaust fans to design requirements and to tolerance as specified. Change sheaves and belts required to obtain design air quantities, using belts and sheaves furnished by fan supplier.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 19 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
1. Examine and record motor electrical characteristics, RPM, service factor, horsepower, brake horsepower, actual amperage and voltage for each leg, and full load amperes. Check and record starter heater sizes and rating and replacement belt sizes.
2. Make pitot tube traverse (minimum of 16 point) of main supply duct and adjust fan drives to obtain design CFM at fans. Seal all test holes with suitable hole plugs.
3. Adjust system for design CFM recirculated air.
4. Adjust system for design CFM outside air.
5. Adjust all main supply and return air ducts to proper design CFM.
6. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply and return.
E. In the event that system deficiencies prevent balancing and adjusting system and equipment to design conditions, Contractor shall provide required corrective measures to bring systems to design conditions at no change in contract price.
1. Should corrective measures made necessary by system deficiencies require retesting, adjusting and balancing, that work shall be performed by the Testing and Balancing Contractor at no additional cost.
F. Balancing Contractor: Arrange with the Owner a time and provide instruction of Owner’s personnel as to the proper operation and maintenance of equipment.
G. Restoration:
1. Restore work affected by test procedures.
2. Patch insulation, ductwork and housings using materials identical to those removed.
3. Seal ducts and test for and repair leaks.
4. Seal insulation to re-establish integrity of vapor barriers.
H. Provide a final written report that shows conformance to the Specifications. Clearly note any deviations from the Specifications and known reasons for the differences.
3.11 DEMONSTRATION
A. Demonstrate equipment operation to Owner’s operating and maintenance personnel. Instruct personnel in procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance, and how to obtain replacement parts.
B. Familiarize personnel with contents of Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
C. Schedule demonstration and instruction with at least 7 days advance notice.
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
15800 - 20 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Air Distribution
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 1 General Electrical Requirements
SECTION 16010
GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Work Included:
1. Provide all required labor, project equipment and materials, tools, construction equipment, safety equipment, transportation, and test equipment, and satisfactorily complete all electrical work shown on the Drawings, included in these Specifications, or required for a complete and fully operating facility. In addition, provide wiring for the equipment that will be provided under other Divisions of these Specifications.
2. Provide conduit, wire and field connections for all motors, motor controllers, control devices, control panels and electrical equipment furnished under other Divisions. Coordinate with the supplier of electrical equipment specified under other Divisions.
3. Provide all conduit, wiring and terminations for all field-mounted instruments furnished and mounted under other Divisions, including process instrumentation primary elements, transmitters, local indicators and control panels. This also includes lightning and surge protection equipment wiring at process instrumentation transmitters if required. Contractor shall install vendor furnished cables specified under other Divisions.
4. Provide a complete raceway system for the specialty cable systems. Install the specialty cable systems in accordance with the system manufacturer’s installation instructions. Review of the raceway layout, prior to installation, with the system supplier and cable manufacturer to ensure raceway compatibility with the system and materials being furnished. Where redundant cables are furnished, install them in separate raceways.
5. Provide raceway and power wiring for all heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment furnished under other related Divisions. Refer to HVAC drawings and related specifications for power requirements. .
6. Auxiliary Devices: Provide conduit and wire for power and control for all auxiliary devices such as solenoid valves, pressure switches, and instruments that are included as part of a manufacturer's packaged system (i.e., all systems specified in Divisions 11 through 15. Contractor shall be responsible for conduit and wire to these auxiliary devices even if not specifically shown on the Drawings or specified herein.
7. Provide concrete, excavation, backfill and steel reinforcement required for encasement, installation or construction of the WORK of the various Sections of Division 16 as a part of the WORK under the respective Sections, including duct banks, manholes, handholes, equipment housekeeping pads and light pole bases.
1.02 CODE COMPLIANCE AND REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Electric equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC) and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards:
1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 2 General Electrical Requirements
2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
7. Instrument Society of America (ISA)
8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
9. Factory Mutual (FM)
10. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
11. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)
12. California Electrical Code
13. Local Utility Company requirements
B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply.
C. All materials and equipment for which a UL standard exists, shall bear a UL label.
No such material or equipment shall be brought onsite without a UL label affixed.
D. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society, organization or association, the provisions of the Contract Documents will take precedence if they are more stringent or presumptively cause a higher level of performance. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or between Laws and Regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding on the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Owner/Engineer.
E. In accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor accepts the fact that compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract Price or an extension in Contract Time nor limit in any way, the Contractor's responsibility to comply with all Laws and Regulations at all times.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings shall be custom prepared for this project and submitted as listed in each of the Electrical Specification Sections. Shop drawings shall include the following:
1. Complete materials list stating manufacturer, brand name and catalog number of each item or class of material.
2. For equipment, panels, boxes, control devices, wiring devices, and other uniquely-tagged items as indicated on the Drawings, include the respective tag(s) on each applicable shop drawing and cut sheet.
3. Shop drawings for grounding work not specifically indicated on the drawings but required under the NEC.
4. Front, side and rear elevations along with top views with required dimensional data.
5. Location of conduit entrances and access plates.
6. Catalog cuts defining component data.
7. Connection diagrams, terminal numbers, internal wiring diagrams, conductor size and cable numbers.
8. Method of anchoring, seismic requirements and weight.
9. Types of materials and finish.
10. Nameplates.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 3 General Electrical Requirements
11. Temperature limitations, as applicable.
12. Voltage requirements, phase and current, as applicable.
13. Front and rear access requirements.
14. Test reports.
B. O&M Manuals and other documentation, shall be submitted in accordance with these contract documents. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include catalog data sheets, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, parts lists, etc. to instruct operating and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. All manuals and other documentation shall be submitted as listed in each of the Electrical Specification Sections and include the following:
1. A comprehensive index.
2. A complete "As-built" set of approved shop drawings.
3. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges and pertinent data.
4. A table listing of the "as left" settings for all timing relays and alarm and trip set points.
5. System schematic drawings "As-Built", illustrating all components, piping and electrical connections of the system supplied under this Section.
6. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied.
7. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures.
8. The operating instructions shall also incorporate a functional description of the entire system, with references to the systems schematic drawings and instructions.
9. Complete parts list with stock numbers, including spare parts.
C. Record Drawings shall be promptly furnished when the equipment installation is complete. Payment may be withheld until Record Drawings have been furnished and approved.
D. At the time of delivery of the equipment, the Contractor shall have an approved shop drawing in his possession for the Owner's Inspector and/or Owner's Engineer for verification.
E. As-Built Drawings: As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of Project Contract Drawings, hereinafter called "As-Built Drawings". The As-Built Drawings and specifications shall be kept up to date throughout the project. As- Built Drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items at a minimum:
1. One-line Diagram(s).
2. Raceways and pullboxes.
3. Conductor sizes and conduit fills.
4. Panelboard Schedule(s).
5. Control Wiring Diagram(s).
6. Luminaire Schedule(s)
7. Luminaire, receptacle and switch outlet locations.
8. Underground raceway and duct bank routing including manhole/handhole locations.
9. Plan view, sizes and locations of switchgear, switchboards, distribution transformers, motor control centers and panelboards.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 4 General Electrical Requirements
1.04 TESTS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for factory and field tests indicated in Division 16, as required by the Engineer and as required by other authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Furnish necessary testing equipment
C. Pay the costs of the tests, including replacement parts and labor due to damage resulting from damaged equipment or from testing and correction of a faulty installation.
D. Reporting
1. Where test reporting is indicated, submit proof-of-design test reports for mass-produced equipment with the Shop Drawings.
2. Submit factory performance test reports for custom-manufactured equipment for approval prior to shipment.
3. Submit field test reports for review prior to Substantial Completion.
E. Remove and replace equipment or material that fails a test, or, if the Engineer approves, repair and retest for compliance.
F. Connections to equipment or materials with a factory warranty shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and shall be performed in a manner that does not void the warranty.
1.05 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Obtain permits and pay all fees required for permits inspections.
B. Pay inspection, connection and turn-on service charges required by the utility company.
C. The Engineer may inspect the fabricated equipment at the factory before shipment to job site. Provide the Engineer with sufficient prior notice so that an inspection can be arranged at the factory.
D. Inspection of the equipment at the factory by the Engineer will be made after the manufacturer has performed satisfactory checks, adjustments, tests and operations.
E. Favorable review of the equipment at the factory only allows the manufacturer to ship the equipment to the project site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper installation and satisfactory startup operation of the equipment to the satisfaction of the manufacturer and the Engineer.
1.06 DEMOLITION AND RELATED WORK
A. General
1. Perform electrical demolition work as indicated.
2. The Contractor is cautioned that demolition work may also be indicated on non-electrical Drawings.
3. Coordinate with all trades regarding electrical de-energization, disconnection and removal, and the overall sequence of construction.
B. Electrical Requirements for Removed Equipment
1. Remove dedicated wiring and exposed conduits back to the source.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 5 General Electrical Requirements
2. Where control wiring to be demolished shares a conduit with other wiring to remain, the control wiring shall be abandoned in place. Where power wiring to be demolished shares a conduit with other wiring to remain, the power wiring shall be removed.
3. Remove power wiring from the power source to the first pullbox or manhole remote from the panel and abandon in place the remaining wiring.
4. Abandon in place wiring routed through encased conduits and cut encased conduits flush to the floor and grout flush with the floor.
5. Remove remote mounted starters, disconnect switches, circuit breakers, sensors and transmitters
C. Where new lighting and receptacles are installed in existing structures, remove old lighting, receptacles, switches, wiring and conduits.
D. Junction Boxes
1. Wiring and conduits indicated to be extended shall be terminated in a new junction box with terminal strips.
2. Provide a junction box with a NEMA rating in accordance with the area in which it is located and sized as required by the NEC.
3. Properly identify wires and terminals before disconnection.
E. Removed materials and equipment not indicated to be returned to the Owner shall, upon removal, become the Contractors property and shall be disposed of off-site.
F. Remove and relocate material and equipment indicated to be relocated or reused, and reinstall with care in order to prevent damage.
G. Place materials indicated to be returned to the Owner in boxes, with the contents clearly marked, and store at a location determined by the Engineer.
H. Identification
1. Where switchgear, motor control centers, switchboards or panelboards are indicated to have components, assemblies or circuits removed and/or reconnected, provide the affected equipment compartments with new engraved nameplates matching the existing. Modify panelboard schedule(s) to indicate revised circuits.
2. Pencil or magic marker markings directly on equipment will not be acceptable.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the electrical work with the other trades, code authorities, utilities, and the Owner.
B. Where connections must be made to existing installations, properly schedule all the required work with the Owner, including the power shutdown periods.
Schedule and carry out shutdowns so as to cause the least disruption to operation of the plant and privately owned facilities.
C. Submit a written sequencing request indicating the sequence and duration of activities to be performed during the plant shutdown.
D. Switching, safety tagging and other project related tasks required for shutdown or to isolate existing equipment, shall be performed by the Contractor.
E. In no case shall the Contractor begin any work in, on or adjacent to existing equipment without written authorization from the Owner.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 6 General Electrical Requirements
F. Modifications
1. Perform modifications or alterations to existing electrical facilities as required to successfully install and integrate the proposed electrical equipment as indicated.
2. Perform modifications to existing equipment, panels and cabinets in a professional manner. Repair coatings of existing equipment to match existing
3. The costs for modifications to existing electrical facilities that are required for a complete and operable system shall be included as part of the Work.
G. Existing Utilities
1. Exercise extreme caution when digging trenches to not damage existing underground utilities.
2. The cost of repairs of damages caused during construction shall be included as a part of the Work.
H. Field Verifications
1. Visit the site before submitting a Bid to become better acquainted with the Work of this Contract.
2. The lack of knowledge will not be accepted as justification for extra compensation to perform the Work.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying available existing circuit breakers in lighting panel for the intended use as required.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for field verifying the available space in switchgear, switchboards and/or motor control centers to integrate new overcurrent protective devices meeting the requirements of these Specifications.
5. The cost for the above field verifications shall be included as part of the Work.
I. Installation of Temporary Power
1. To facilitate the continuous operation of existing equipment, provide temporary equipment as indicated.
2. Submit installation and connection details for favorable review and acceptance by the Engineer.
3. Costs associated with these temporary installations shall be included as part of the Work.
4. Temporary wiring and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor unless indicated otherwise.
1.08 ELECTRICAL SERVICE
A. Contact the serving utility and verify compliance with requirements before construction.
B. Coordinate schedules and payments for Work by utilities.
1.09 LOCATIONS
A. General: Use equipment, materials and wiring methods suitable for the types of locations in which they are located, as defined in Paragraph B. herein.
B. Definitions of Types of Locations:
1. Dry Locations: All those indoor areas which do not fall within the definitions below for Wet, Damp, Hazardous, or Corrosive Locations and which are not otherwise designated on the Drawings.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 7 General Electrical Requirements
2. Wet Locations: All locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or not, unless otherwise designated on the Drawings.
3. Damp Locations: All spaces wholly or partially underground, or having a wall or ceiling forming part of a channel or tank, unless otherwise designated on the Drawings.
4. Hazardous Locations: All areas in which fire or explosion hazards may exist, normally or accidentally, due to flammable gases or vapors, flammable liquids, combustible dust, or ignitable fibers or flyings. These areas are shown on the Drawings, together with the Class and Division designations as defined in the NEC, determining the enclosure types and wiring methods required.
5. Corrosive Locations: Areas where chlorine or sulfur dioxide gas under pressure, sulfuric acid, or liquid polymer are stored or processed. These areas are shown on the Drawings.
C. Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the Drawings, electrical enclosures and associated installations shall have the following ratings:
1. NEMA 1 gasketed or 12 for dry, non-process indoor above grade locations
2. NEMA 3R for outdoor installations identified not to be hazardous or corrosive.
3. NEMA 4X enclosures of Type 316 stainless steel in corrosive areas except in chlorine and HFS areas where non-metallic enclosures shall be provided.
4. NEMA 7 enclosures (and listed for use in the area classifications shown) for "Class 1 Div. 1 Group D" and "Class 1 Div. 2 Group D" hazardous locations shown on the Drawings or as defined in NFPA 820 or other codes.
5. NEMA 9 enclosures (and listed for use in the area classifications shown) for "Class 1 Div. 1 Group E, F and G" and "Class 1 Div. 2 Group E, F and G" hazardous locations shown on the Drawings or as defined in NFPA 820 or other codes.
D. Equipment, materials and installation in areas designated as hazardous on the Drawings shall comply with NEC Articles 500, 501, 502 and 503.
E. Equipment and materials installed in areas designated as hazardous on the Drawings shall be UL Listed for the appropriate hazardous area classification.
1.10 PHASE BALANCING
A. The Drawings do not attempt to balance the electrical loads across the phases.
Circuits on motor control centers and panelboards shall be field connected to result in evenly distributed loads across all three phases.
B. Field balancing of circuits shall not alter the conductor color coding requirements defined in Section 16120.
1.11 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT
A. Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling and passage through restricted areas in the structure.
B. The equipment shall be kept upright at all times during storage and handling.
When equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas, brace the equipment to ensure the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 8 General Electrical Requirements
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Products that are specified by manufacturer, trade name or catalog number establish a standard of quality and do not prohibit the use of equal products of other manufacturers provided they are favorably reviewed by the Engineer prior to installation.
B. It is the intent of these Specifications and Drawings to secure high quality in all materials and equipment in order to facilitate operation and maintenance of the facility. All equipment and materials shall be new and the products of reputable suppliers having adequate experience in the manufacture of these particular items.
For uniformity, only one manufacturer will be accepted for each type of product. All equipment shall be designed for the service intended and shall be of rugged construction, of ample strength for all stresses, which may occur during fabrication, transportation, erection, and continuous or intermittent operation. All equipment shall be adequately stayed, braced and anchored and shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Appearance and safety, as well as utility, shall be given consideration in the design of details.
C. All components and devices installed shall be standard items of industrial grade, unless otherwise noted, and shall be of sturdy and durable construction suitable for long, trouble-free service. Light-duty, fragile and competitive grade devices of doubtful durability shall not be used.
D. Where a NEMA enclosure type is indicated in a non-hazardous location, use that type of enclosure despite the fact that certain modifications such as cutouts for control devices may negate the NEMA rating.
E. Temperature Ratings of Equipment Terminations and lugs shall be rated for use with 75-degree C conductors. Wire sizes in the Contract Documents are based on NEC ampacity tables using the 75-degree C ratings.
2.02 MOUNTING HARDWARE
A. Miscellaneous Hardware
1. Provide nuts, bolts and washers constructed of stainless steel.
2. Provide threaded rods for trapeze supports constructed from continuous threaded galvanized steel, 3/8-inch diameter minimum.
3. Slotted channel
a. Construct struts for mounting of conduits and equipment of stainless steel.
b. Where contact with concrete or dissimilar metals may cause galvanic corrosion, use suitable non-metallic insulators in order to prevent such corrosion.
c. Slotted channel manufacturer shall be Unistrut, B-Line or approved equal.
4. Provide plastic protective end caps for all exposed slotted channel ends. End caps shall be manufactured by Unistrut P2860-33 or approved equal
5. Provide stainless steel expansion anchors for attaching equipment to concrete walls, floors and ceilings. Expansion anchors shall be manufactured by Power Fasteners, Inc and be the "Power-Bolt" or "Power-Stud" series or approved equal.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 9 General Electrical Requirements
2.03 LENS COLOR SCHEME
A. Indicating light lens colors shall be red for “Run”, “Open” or “On”; green for “Stop”, “Close” or “Off”; and amber for alarm.
2.04 NAMEPLATES
A. For each piece of electrical equipment, provide a manufacturer's nameplate showing his name, location, the pertinent ratings and the model designation.
B. Identify each piece of equipment and related controls with a rigid laminated engraved phenolic nameplate. Engrave nameplates with the inscriptions indicated on the Drawings and, if not so indicated, with the equipment name. Securely fasten nameplates in place using fasteners constructed of brass, cadmium plated steel or stainless steel and screwed into inserts or tapped holes as required.
Where no inscription is indicated on the Drawings, furnish nameplates with an appropriate inscription furnished by the Engineer upon prior request by the Contractor.
C. Provide engraved characters of the block style, with no characters smaller than 1/8 inch top to bottom.
D. Each control device, including pushbuttons, control switches, and indicating lights, shall have an integral legend plate or nameplate indicating the device function.
These shall be inscribed as indicated on the Drawings or as favorably reviewed by the Engineer.
E. At the service entrance equipment, provide sign OR signs inscribed with 1/4 inch letters: "EMERGENCY STANDBY POWER IS SUPPLIED FROM THE
GENERATOR BUILDING OR FROM PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION PANEL".
2.05 PAINTING
A. Equipment: Refer to each electrical equipment section of these Specifications for painting requirements of equipment enclosures. Repair any final paint finish, which has been damaged or is otherwise unsatisfactory, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. Wiring System: Paint all exposed conduits, boxes and fittings to match the color of the surface to which they are affixed. Paint finishes shall include proper surface preparation, prime coat and a final finish coat, and shall conform to Section 09960.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 REQUIREMENTS
A. All electrical installations shall conform to the codes and standards outlined in this Section.
3.02 WORKMANSHIP
A. Assign a qualified representative who shall supervise the electrical construction work from beginning to completion and final acceptance.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 10 General Electrical Requirements
B. Perform all labor using qualified craftsmen, who have had experience on similar projects. Provide first-class workmanship for all installations.
C. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations.
D. Perform any required work to correct improperly fit installations at no additional expense to the Owner.
E. Provide materials and incidental required for a complete and operable system, even if not required explicitly by the Contract Documents.
F. Typical incidentals are terminal lugs not furnished with vendor-supplied equipment, compression connectors for cables, splices, junction and terminal boxes, and control wiring required by vendor-furnished equipment to connect with other equipment indicated in the Contract Documents.
3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Provide the excavations for electrical equipment foundations and trenches for conduits as shown on the Drawings.
B. Exercise caution during all excavation work and avoid damage to existing underground pipes. Exercise extreme caution when working near existing electrical conduits and facilities. Field verify the location of all electrical facilities before proceeding with any nearby work.
C. Refer to Division 2, Earthwork, of these Specifications and/or Structural Contract Documents for all excavation and backfilling work.
3.04 CONCRETE
A. Where shown on the Drawings or specified, provide the required concrete installations for conduit encasement and equipment foundations.
B. Refer to Division 3, Concrete, of these Specifications and/or Structural Contract Documents for all concrete work.
3.05 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify all wires and cables in conformance with the requirements of Sections 16120 and 16124. This requirement applies to all equipment provided under this contract, regardless of Division, as well as to all conductors provided or worked on during this contract.
3.06 CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS
A. Provide concrete housekeeping pads for indoor floor-standing electrical equipment.
B. Install all floor-mounted equipment on 4-inch-high reinforced concrete pads. The Contractor, suppliers, and fabricators shall take this requirement into consideration when designing, fabricating, and installing panels, motor control centers, and other enclosures so that height above the floor of the operating handles of electrical devices meets the requirements of these Specifications and applicable codes.
C. Provide concrete housekeeping curbs 3-inches above the finished floor or grade for conduit stub-ups in indoor locations that are not concealed by equipment enclosures.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 11 General Electrical Requirements
3.07 CUTTING, DRILLING, AND WELDING
A. Provide any cutting, drilling, and welding that is required for the electrical construction work.
B. Structural members shall not be cut or drilled, except when favorably reviewed by the Engineer. Use a core drill wherever it is necessary to drill through concrete or masonry.
C. Provide the required welding for equipment supports. Conduits and fittings shall not be welded to structural steel.
D. Perform patch work with the same materials as the surrounding area and finish to match, as specified in Division 3 of these Specifications.
3.08 METAL PANELS
A. Mount all metal panels which are mounted on or abutting concrete walls in damp locations or any outside walls 1/4 inch from the wall, and paint the back sides of the panels with a high build epoxy primer. Film thickness shall be 10 mils minimum.
3.09 PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION
A. Perform power system studies and provide protective device coordination in accordance with Section 16961.
3.10 TESTING
A. Perform acceptance testing in accordance with Section 16950.
B. Perform additional testing as indicated within specific equipment sections.
3.11 EQUIPMENT STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. During construction, provide adequate storage for all equipment and materials that will become part of the completed facility so that it is protected from weather, dust, water, and other environmental impacts, or damage from construction operations.
B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Seals and labels shall be intact and legible.
C. Store moisture sensitive products including electrical equipment, instruments and controls in weathertight, humidity and temperature-controlled enclosures to avoid condensation and dust buildup.
D. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions.
E. Exercise care at all times after installation of equipment, motor control centers, etc., to keep out foreign matter, dust, dirt, debris, or moisture. Use protective sheet-metal covers, canvas, heat lamps, etc., as needed to ensure equipment protection.
3.12 CLEANING EQUIPMENT
A. Before final acceptance, thoroughly clean the electrical Work of cement, plaster and other materials.
B. Clean out and vacuum all construction debris from the bottom of all equipment.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16010 - 12 General Electrical Requirements
C. Provide and touch-up to original condition any factory painting that has been marred or scratched during shipment or installation, using paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer.
D. Remove temporary tags, markers, stickers and the like.
E. Remove all oil and grease spots with a non-flammable cleaning solvent by carefully wiping and scraping cracks and corners.
F. Clean luminaires inside and out.
G. Dispose of cleaning debris and refuse off-site.
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 1 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
SECTION 16110
ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.
B. Raceways and conductors that are listed on the conduit and cable schedules are generally not shown on the Drawings, except where they are required to pass through a restricted or designated space and the Contractor would benefit from additional information. Conduit block diagrams indicate exposed conduits as solid lines and shall be run near the ceilings or along walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid interferences with HVAC ducts, cranes and hoists, lighting fixtures, doors and hatches, etc. Conduit block diagrams indicate concealed or buried conduits as dashed lines and shall be run in underground duct banks, center of concrete floor slabs, in partitions, or above hung ceilings as required.
C. In the event that individual equipment loads provided are larger than indicated in the Contract Documents, revise raceways, conductors, starters, overload elements, and branch circuit protectors as necessary in order to control and protect the increased connected load in conformance to NEC requirements as part of the WORK.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Publications:
1. C80.1 Specification for Zinc Coated Rigid Steel Conduit
2. C80.5 Specifications for Rigid Aluminum Conduit
B. Federal Specifications (FS):
1. FS W C 1094 W C 1094A Conduit and Conduit Fittings, Plastic, Rigid
2. FS WW C 540 WW C 540A Conduit, Metal, Rigid, (Electrical, Aluminum)
3. WW C 540C Conduit, Metal, Rigid & Coupling, Elbow &
Nipple, Electrical Conduit, Aluminum
4. FS WW C 566 WW C 566C Flexible Metal Conduit
C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Publications:
1. RN 1 Polyvinyl Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing
2. TC2 Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit
3. TC 6 PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation
4. TC14 Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings D. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards:
1. 6 Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit
2. 6A Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Aluminum, Red Brass and Stainless Steel
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 2 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
3. 360 Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit
4. 651 Electrical Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit and Fittings
5. 651A Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit
6. 2515 Aboveground Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit complete catalog cuts of raceways, fittings, boxes, supports, and mounting hardware, marked where applicable to show proposed materials and finishes.
B. Prepare as-built drawings of encased concealed and exposed raceways, ducts, raceways, junction boxes, pull boxes, and electrical and instrumentation equipment.
1.04 LOCATIONS
A. Refer to Section 16010 for definitions of types of locations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Pull and junction boxes, fittings and other indicated enclosures that are dedicated to the raceway system shall comply with the requirements of this Section.
B. Provide exposed conduit of 3/4-inch minimum trade size and encased conduit of 1- inch minimum trade size.
C. The use of short sections of 1/2-inch flexible conduit for final termination of field control devices and instrumentation is permitted. They may not be longer than 36 inches in length, and may only transition to the smaller size junction boxes or condulets at the field device.
2.02 CONDUIT RACEWAYS
A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRS) shall be manufactured from mild steel, hot- dip galvanized inside and out, conforming to ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. Couplings shall be threaded type. Manufacturers shall be Allied Tube and Conduit, Wheatland Tube or approved equal.
B. PVC coated rigid steel conduit (PGRS) shall meet the requirements of GRS above.
A PVC coating shall be bonded to the outer surface with a thickness not less than 40 mils. The inside surfaces and threads of the conduit shall be provided with a 2- mil urethane coating. PGRS shall be manufactured in accordance with UL-6, ANSO C80.1 and NEMA RN1. Manufacturers shall be Robroy Industries Perma- Cote or Plasti-Bond series, Thomas & Betts Ocal Blue or approved equal.
C. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit shall be constructed of a flexible galvanized metal core with a sunlight-resistant thermoplastic outer jacket. Conduit shall be manufactured• in accordance with UL 360. Flexible conduit in hazardous areas shall be rated for the Class, Division and Group in which its installed.
Manufacturers shall be Anaconda Sealtite, Electriflex Liquatite or approved equal.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 3 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
D. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be PVC Schedule 40 (PVC 40) or PVC Schedule 80 (PVC 80) and sunlight resistant. Conduit shall be approved for underground use and for use with 90°C wires, and shall conform to NEMA TC-2 and UL 651. Manufacturers shall be Carlon, Cantex or approved equal.
E. Fiberglass conduit shall be manufactured using the single circuit filament winding process. The resin shall be epoxy-based, with no fillers. All additives for increasing flame spread and lowering smoke density shall be halogen free.
Conduit shall be manufactured in accordance with NEMA TC 14. Manufacturers shall be Champion Fiberglass, United Fiberglass or approved equal.
2.03 CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A. For indoor, dry locations, supports for individual conduits shall be galvanized malleable iron one-hole type with conduit back spacer. All other locations shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
B. For indoor, dry locations, supports for multiple conduits shall be hot-dip galvanized Unistrut or Superstrut channels, or equal. All associated hardware shall be hot-dip galvanized. All other locations shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
C. All channels, strut, threaded rods, nuts and clamps in corrosive areas shall be of epoxy resin reinforced fiberglass material. Provide Robroy, Superstrut, or equal.
2.04 FITTINGS
A. General
1. For use with metallic conduit, provide cast and malleable iron fittings of the threaded type with 5 full threads.
2. Fittings
a. Provide fittings with neoprene gaskets and non-magnetic stainless steel screws.
b. Attach covers by means of holes tapped into the body of the fittings. c. Covers for fittings attached by means of clips or clamps will not be accepted.
3. Terminations
a. In outdoor areas, terminate conduit in rain-tight hubs as manufactured by Myers, O.Z. Gedney, Appleton or approved equal.
b. In other than outdoor areas, provide sealed locknuts and bushings.
B. Fittings for use with rigid steel shall be hot dipped galvanized steel or galvanized cast ferrous metal; access fittings shall have gasketed cast covers and be Crouse- Hinds Condulets, Appleton Unilets, or equal. Provide threaded-type couplings and connectors; set-screw type and compression-type are not acceptable.
C. Fittings for use with aluminum shall be cast aluminum with less than 0.40 percent copper content, and suitable for use with aluminum conduit. Manufactures shall be O.Z. Gedney, Appleton, Crouse-Hinds or approved equal.
D. Fittings for use with PVC-coated GRS conduit shall be PVC-coated that are the products of the same manufacturer as the conduit. Both male and female threads and internal surfaces shall contain a 2-mil urethane coating.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 4 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
E. Fittings for use with rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be PVC and have solvent-weld- type conduit connections. Boxes shall be manufactured of PVC or fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP). Manufactures shall be Carlon, Crouse-Hinds, Hoffman or approved equal. If such are not available, then the Specification for PVC coated galvanized rigid steel fittings shall apply.
F. Fittings for flexible conduit shall be Appleton Type ST, O.Z. Gedney Series 4Q, or approved equal.
G. Fittings for use with fiberglass conduit shall be fiberglass and as recommended by the conduit manufacturer.
H. Combination expansion-deflection fittings with internal grounding shall be installed where conduit movement is expected in more than one dimension, and where conduits transition out of structures in locations where differential settlement may occur. Combination expansion/deflection fittings shall be manufactured by Crouse- Hinds Type XJGD or approved equal.
I. Expansion fittings with internal grounding shall be installed wherever exposed raceway cross building expansion joints. Expansion fittings shall be Crouse Hinds Type XLGSA or approved equal.
J. Union couplings for conduits shall be the Erickson type and shall be Appleton Type EC, O.Z. Gedney 3-piece Series 4, or approved equal. Threadless couplings shall not be used.
K. Bushings:
1. Bushings shall be the insulated type.
2. Bushings for rigid steel conduit shall be hot dip galvanized insulated grounding type, O.Z. Gedney Type HBLG, Appleton Type GIB, or approved equal.
L. Conduit seals in hazardous areas shall have zinc electroplate and shall be Crouse- Hinds Type EYS or EZS; Appleton Type EYS, ESU, or EY series; or approved equal.
M. Conduit seals in areas where chlorine, ammonia, sulfur dioxide and/or hydrofluosilicic areas shall be Link Seal or approved equal.
2.05 BOXES
A. Boxes specified herein are for use with raceway systems only. Boxes used for housing electrical and instrumentation equipment shall be as described elsewhere in these Specifications.
B. NEMA 1 Areas: NEMA 1 terminal boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc. shall be either sheet or cast malleable iron or aluminum depending on raceway material.
Boxes shall be suitable for wall mounting or have feet where self-standing. Boxes shall have continuously welded seams and welds shall be ground smooth. Box bodies shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal.
All boxes shall have hinged gasketed doors with quarter turn latches or 3-point latch (single operator) system on enclosures larger than 36 inches wide or 32 inches tall. Terminal boxes shall be furnished with terminal mounting straps and brackets. Terminal blocks shall be NEMA type, not less than 20A, 600V. Boxes Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 5 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
shall be Concept Series as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or approved equal.
C. NEMA 4X Areas: NEMA 4X terminal boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc. shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Boxes shall be suitable for wall mounting or have feet where self-standing. Boxes shall have continuously welded seams and welds shall be ground smooth. Box bodies shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. All boxes shall have hinged gasketed doors with quarter turn latches or 3-point latch (single operator) system on enclosures larger than 36 inches wide or 32 inches tall. Terminal boxes shall be furnished with terminal mounting straps and brackets. Terminal blocks shall be NEMA type, not less than 20A, 600V. Boxes shall be Concept Series as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or approved equal.
D. NEMA 7 Areas: Explosion-proof boxes shall be designed for the Class, Division and Group with which it is to be installed. Boxes shall have O-ring seals to meet NEM 4 requirements. Boxes shall be aluminum, with stainless steel hinged covers and stainless steel bolts. Boxes shall be as manufactured by Crouse Hinds Type EJB-N4, Appleton Electric, Adalet PLM or approved equal.
E. Boxes for use in chemically corrosive areas shall be of rigid PVC. Construction shall be the same as specified for NEMA 4X areas as specified above.
2.06 WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS
A. General: Wireways shall consist of a prefabricated channel-shaped trough with hinged or removable covers, associated fittings, and supports. Straight sections shall not be longer than 5 feet. Separate power, control, signal and communications cables by grounded metallic dividers in wireways or run in separate wireways. Cross-sectional dimensions shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Fittings shall consist of elbows, tees, crosses, and closing plates as required.
B. Interior Locations: All components shall be constructed from sheet steel not less than 14 gauge and coated with a corrosion-resistant gray paint. Covers shall be held closed with hinges and clamps.
C. Exterior Locations: Wireway and associated fittings shall be NEMA rated for the area in which it is to be installed. Wireways shall be supplied with gasketed closing end plates and gasketed hinged covers.
D. Corrosive Locations: In corrosive locations provide enclosure type boxes for use as wireways. Enclosures and associated fittings shall meet NEMA 4X classifications and shall be manufactured from reinforced injection molded fiberglass or formed and welded stainless steel and shall have gasketed closing plates and hinged and gasketed covers with spring loaded latches.
E. Ground the steel and aluminum wireway bodies. Provide steel dividers with steel wireways or aluminum dividers with aluminum wireways, and ground by means of an individual grounding conductor.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 6 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
F. Terminate conduits in all wet and damp locations with rain-tight hubs as manufactured by O.Z. Gedney, Myers or approved equal. In finished areas, provide sealed locknuts and bushings.
2.07 CONDUIT SEALANTS
A. Moisture Barrier Types: Sealant shall be a non-toxic, non-shrink, non-hardening, putty type hand applied material providing an effective barrier under submerged conditions.
B. Fire Retardant Types: Fire stop material shall be a reusable, non-toxic, asbestos- free, expanding, putty type material with a 3 hour rating in accordance with UL 1479. Provide products indicated by the manufacturer to be suitable for the type and size of penetration.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUIT, RACEWAY AND FITTING INSTALLATION
A. No wire shall be pulled until the raceway system is complete in all details; in the case of concealed work, until all rough plastering or masonry has been completed; in the case of exposed work, until the raceway system has been completed in every detail.
B. From pull point to pull point, the sum of the angles of all of the bends and offsets shall not exceed 270 degrees.
C. Coat threads with a conductive lubricant before assembly.
D. Provide joints that are tight, thoroughly grounded, secure and free of obstructions by use of a mandrel. Adequately ream the conduit in order to prevent damage to the wires and cables inside. Use strap wrenches and vises to install the conduit in order to prevent wrench marks on the conduit. Any conduit with wrench marks shall be replaced.
E. The ends of all conduits shall be tightly plugged to exclude dust and moisture during construction. Duxseal, or 3M seal spray shall be used in all applications.
Plugging with tape is prohibited, even for short periods of time.
F. For power, control and signal circuits, provide conduit per Conduit Use Tables below, unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Drawings:
1. Exception: For raceways leaving a building above grade and then going below grade, provide PVC-coated GRS from a point 3 feet above grade to a point 5 feet from the building wall.
G. Unless boxes have cast, threaded hubs, provide insulated type metallic grounding bushings for metallic conduits at all boxes. Bond together all conduits to provide continuity of the equipment grounding system. Size bonding conductor per NEC.
H. Provide flexible conduit in lengths of not more than 36 inches at connections to motors, valves and any equipment subject to vibration or relative movement. All flexible conduits, regardless of length or manufacturer rating, shall have a dedicated ground bonding conductor pulled through, whether it is included in the conduit fill schedules or not.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 7 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
I. Conduits embedded in concrete floors on grade shall be installed between grids of reinforcing steel, or shall be encased below the floors, provided the concrete is thickened in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Installation of conduit below the bottom of this slab is not acceptable; embedding or encasing is required.
J. Damage to PVC coating of coated conduits or fittings shall be repaired with factory-approved PVC patching material to the original factory condition.
K. Install fiberglass conduit in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Connections between sections of conduit may be either glued or threaded, at the Contractor's option.
L. Underground Raceways: Slope all underground raceways to provide drainage; for example, slope conduit from equipment located inside a building to the handhole located outside the building. For additional requirements see Section 16402.
M. Conduit Supports: Properly support all conduits as required by the NEC. Run all conduits exposed except where the Drawings indicate that they are to be embedded in the floor slab, walls, or ceiling, or to be installed underground.
1. Exposed Conduits:
a. Support exposed conduits within 1 foot of any outlet and at intervals not exceeding NEC requirements; wherever possible, group conduits together and support on common supports. Support exposed conduits fastened to the surface of the concrete structure by one-hole clamps, or with channels. Use conduit spacers with one-hole clamps. Coordinate conduit locations with piping, equipment, fixtures, and with structural and architectural elements. Conduits attached to walls or columns shall be as unobtrusive as possible and shall avoid windows. Run all exposed conduits parallel to building lines. No diagonal runs will be accepted. Bends in parallel runs shall be concentric and shall be run straight and true.
b. Group together exposed conduits in horizontal runs located away from walls and support on trapeze hangers. Arrange such conduits uniformly and neatly. Trapeze hangers shall consist of channels of adequate size, suspended by means of minimum 3/8” diameter rods or other suitable means from the ceiling or from pipe hangers. Install such runs so as not to interfere with the operation of valves or any other equipment, and keep at least 6 inches clear of any pipe which may operate at more than 100°F. Treat cut surfaces or damaged ends with corrosion-resistant coatings such as "Devcon Z", prepared by Subox Coatings; "Galvanox Type I", prepared by Pedley-Knowles; or approved equal. Application shall follow manufacturer's recommendation.
N. All penetrations through walls into or out of corrosive locations, as defined in Section 16010 shall be made gas-tight. In concrete walls, pour concrete after the conduit is in place, if possible. If not, core drill concrete or CMU walls, install conduit and caulk around it with non-shrink grout. Install conduit seal in each conduit near the penetration.
O. All conduit penetrations through interior walls and floors shall be sealed with fire retardant type conduit sealant.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 8 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
P. Conduit Identification: In each handhole, pullbox, cabinet, motor control center or other equipment enclosure, identify each conduit using the conduit number shown on the Drawings by means of a stamped brass tag affixed with stainless steel wire; where affixing a tag is not feasible, identify conduits by affixing a brass tag with epoxy or other approved method of stenciling to the wall or structure adjacent to the conduit terminus.
Q. Conduit Seals:
1. Moisture Seals: Provide in accordance with NEC Paragraph 300.5(g).
2. Gas Seals: Provide in accordance with NEC Paragraph 501.5.
R. Rigid PVC conduit shall be stored on a flat surface and shielded from the sun.
CONDUIT USE TABLE 1
Inside Buildings
Exposed Concealed
Circuit Type Standard Corrosive Hazardous
Above
Suspended
Ceilings
In Stud
Walls
Embedded
In Concrete
Slab On
Grade
Power & 120
Vac Control
GRS PVC Coated
GRS
PVC Coated
GRS
GRS GRS PVC-40 PVC-40
Signal GRS PVC Coated
GRS
PVC Coated
GRS
GRS GRS GRS GRS
Fiber Optic
Cable
GRS PVC Coated
GRS
PVC Coated
GRS
GRS GRS PVC-40 PVC-40
CONDUIT USE TABLE 2
Outside Buildings Transition
Circuit Type Exposed Buried In Soil
Duct Bank Encased
In Concrete
Within 5 Feet
of Building
Power & 120 Vac
Control
PVC Coated GRS
or Fiberglass**
PVC Coated GRS PVC-40 PVC Coated
GRS
Signal PVC Coated GRS,
or Fiberglass**
PVC Coated GRS GRS PVC Coated
GRS
Fiber Optic Cable PVC Coated GRS,
or Fiberglass**
PVC Coated GRS PVC-40 PVC Coated
GRS
* Provide ground wire sized per NEC requirements for all circuits. ** Aluminum and/or Fiberglass may be used in corrosive locations where environmental conditions warrant its use.
Notes:
1. Generally, the Conduit Use Tables apply.
2. Signal circuits are those subject to RF interference or induced current. MSPs, TSPs, telephone cable, coaxial cable, and manufacturer's cables specially designed for low level signals are all presumed to be part of signal circuits.
3. Provide fiberglass conduit where indicated on the Drawings.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 9 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
3.02 WIREWAY INSTALLATION
A. Straight sections and fittings shall be solidly bolted together to be mechanically rigid and electrically continuous. Dead ends shall be closed. Unused conduit openings shall be plugged.
B. Wireways shall be supported every 5 feet.
C. Wireways and auxiliary gutters shall not contain wiring or control devices and shall not extend over 30 feet in length.
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16110 - 10 Conduit, Raceways and Fittings
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16120 - 1 Low Voltage Wire and Cable
SECTION 16120
LOW VOLTAGE WIRE AND CABLE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install field wire and cable specified under this Section. Electrical work shall be in accordance with Specification 16010 – General Electrical Requirements.
B. Work shall include building wire, cable, wiring connections and terminations and modular wiring systems.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. B3-74 Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire
2. B8-77 Specification for Concentric Lay Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft
3. B173-71 Specification for Rope Lay Stranded Copper Conductors Having Concentric Stranded Members
B. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA):
1. S-66-524 Cross-Linked Thermosetting Polyethylene Insulated Wire and Cable
C. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA):
1. ATS Acceptance Testing Specifications
D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association
1. WC-3 Rubber Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy
2. WC-5 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy
E. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards:
1. 62 Flexible Cords and Fixture Wire
2. 510 Insulating Tape
3. 1063 Stranded Conductors for Machine Tool Wire
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following material or equipment data:
1. Each type of cable and wire to be used.
2. Cable and wire splices
3. Wire markers
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. The Contractor shall protect all cable and wire from being damaged at all times.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16120 - 2 Low Voltage Wire and Cable
B. Cable ends shall be protected from water entry in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedures. Cable ends shall not be left open in manholes or other locations subject to submergence. If the cable ends become submerged prior to splicing or termination, the cables shall be replaced in their entirety.
C. Cables shall be pulled into raceways in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements. Under no circumstances shall cable pulling tensions exceed the manufacturer’s written instructions.
D. Pulling tensions on raceway cables shall be within the limits recommended by the cable manufacturer. Wire pulling lubricant, where needed, shall be UL approved.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUCTORS
A. General: Conductors, include grounding conductors, shall be stranded copper.
Aluminum conductor and/or solid conductor wire and cable will not be permitted.
Insulation shall bear the UL label, the manufacturer's trademark, and identify the type, voltage, and conductor size. Conductors except flexible cords and cables, fixture wires, and conductors that form an integral part of equipment such as motors, controllers, and industrial control panels shall conform to the requirements of Article 310 of the National Electric Code, latest edition, for current carrying capacity. Flexible cords and cables shall conform to Article 400, and fixture wires shall conform to Article 402. Wiring shall have wire markers at each end.
B. Power and Control Conductors, 600 volts and Below:
1. Solid copper wires shall be 600 volt Type XHHW, sizes #12 and #10 AWG for use with lighting and receptacle circuits only.
2. Stranded copper wire for power circuits shall be 600 volt Type XHHW or RHW, Class B stranding, sizes #12 AWG and larger.
3. Stranded copper wire for control circuits shall be 600 volt Type XHHW or RHW, Class B stranding, size #14 AWG.
4. Control wires inside panels and cabinets shall be machine tool grade type MTW, UL approved, rated for 90 degrees C at dry locations.
5. Fixture wire shall be 600 volt, silicone rubber insulated, 200°C, UL Type SF 2, with stranded copper conductors.
6. Cords shall be 600 volt, 2 conductor plus ground, Type SO, hard service, of adequate length and with grounding type plug attached, rated in amperes as shown on the Drawings.
7. Conductors for feeders as defined in Article 100 of the NEC shall be sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3 percent at the farthest outlet of power, heating, and lighting loads, or combinations of such loads, and where the maximum total voltage drop on both feeders and branch circuits to the farthest connected load does not exceed 5 percent.
8. Conductors for branch circuits as defined in Article 100 of the NEC shall be sized to prevent voltage drop exceeding 3 percent at the farthest connected load or combinations of such loads and where the maximum total voltage Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16120 - 3 Low Voltage Wire and Cable
drop on both feeders and branch circuits to the farthest connected load does not exceed 5 percent.
2.02 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS OF CONDUCTORS
A. Splices:
1. Wire and Cable Splicing Materials and Applications:
a. For Lighting Systems and Power Outlets: Wire nuts shall be twist-on type insulated connectors utilizing an outer insulating cover and a means for connecting and holding the conductors firmly. They shall be UL listed and suitable for connecting two to four solid copper conductors of #14 or #12 AWG size or two or three #10 AWG solid copper conductors.
b. All Equipment: Crimp type connectors shall be insulated type with nylon jacket, suitable for the size and material of the wires and the number of wires to be spliced and for use with either solid or stranded conductors.
They shall be UL listed.
c. Division 16 Equipment and Power Conductors: Bolted pressure connectors shall be suitable for the size and material of the conductors to be spliced. They shall be UL listed and of the split bolt or bolted split sleeve type in which the bolt or set screw does not bear directly on the conductor.
d. All Equipment: Epoxy splice kits shall include epoxy resin, hardener, and mold, and shall be suitable for use in wet locations and hazardous locations.
B. Terminations:
1. Low Voltage Terminations:
a. Crimp type terminals shall be UL listed, self-insulating sleeve type, with ring or rectangular type tongue, suitable for the size and material of the wire to be terminated, and for use with either solid or stranded conductors.
b. Terminal lugs shall be UL listed and of the split bolt or bolted split sleeve type in which the bolt or set screw does not bear directly on the conductor. Tongues shall have NEMA standard drilling.
c. Crimp with manufacturer recommended ratchet-type tool with calibrated dies. Hand crimping tools are not acceptable.
C. Tape used for splices and terminations shall be compatible with the insulation and jacket of the cable and shall be of plastic material. Tape shall conform with UL 510. Varnished cambric, rubber and thermoplastic tape shall be used for all split- bolt terminations.
D. Wire markers shall be heat shrink type (Raychem; T&B; or equal). Wire identification numbers shall be permanently imprinted on the markers. In locations which are not practical for heat shrink type labels, such as conduit bodies and small pull boxes, machine-printed, adhesive backed wire markers shall be used.
Markers shall be custom-printed with the full identification string. Individual character markers and clip-on wire markers are not acceptable.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16120 - 4 Low Voltage Wire and Cable
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall provide, terminate and test all power, control, and instrumentation conductors.
B. The Contractor shall, as a minimum, provide the number of control wires listed in the conduit schedule or on the Contract Drawings. Excess wires shall be treated as spares for future use.
C. Conductors shall not be pulled into any raceway until raceway has been cleared of moisture and debris.
D. Wire in panels, cabinets, and wireways shall be neatly grouped using nylon tie straps, and shall be neatly fanned out to terminals.
E. Single conductor cable in cable trays shall be No. 1/0 or larger and shall be of a type listed and marked for use in cable trays. Tray cable smaller than 1/0 shall be multi-conductor, with outer jacket.
F. Provide the following types and sizes of conductors for the uses indicated for 600 volts or less:
1. Solid Copper, Sizes #12 and #10 AWG: As shown on the Drawings for circuits for receptacles, switches and light fixtures with screw-type terminals.
2. Stranded Copper, Size #14 AWG and Larger, Individual Conductors or CC:
As shown on the Drawings for the control of motors or other equipment. Size #14 shall not be used for power supplies to any equipment.
3. Stranded Copper, Sizes #12 AWG and Larger: As shown on the drawings for motors and other power circuits.
4. Stranded Copper, #6 AWG and Larger.
5. Fixture Wire: For connections to all fixtures in which the temperature may exceed the rating of branch circuit conductors.
G. Color Coding: All wire shall be coded with specific colors infused in the conductor insulation at the time of manufacture. If a conductor is specified in a gauge not available with integrally colored insulation, it shall be marked by the Contractor at the time of installation using colored electrical coding tape or an approved marking paint. Where tape or paint is used as the conductor identification system, it shall clearly distinguish the conductor over its entire exposed length in all junction boxes, manholes, conduit bodies, or other accessible intermediate locations, and at every termination. Wiring shall conform to the following wiring color code, unless part of a proprietary cable assembly such as a manufacturer-specific cable which uses a special connector:
SYSTEM CONDUCTOR COLOR
120/240 volt AC, 1-
Phase, 3 Wire
Neutral
Line 1
Line 2
White
Black
Red
120/208 volt AC, 3-
Phase, 4 Wire;
Neutral
Phase A
Phase B
Phase C
White
Black
Red
Blue
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16120 - 5 Low Voltage Wire and Cable
SYSTEM CONDUCTOR COLOR
277/480 volt AC, 3-
Phase 4 Wire
Neutral
Phase A
Phase B
Phase C
Grey
Brown
Orange
Yellow
All Systems
Earth, System, or Equipment
Ground
Green Insulation, Green
w/ Yellow Tracer, or
Bare Conductor
120 volt AC Control
Power Circuits (In field
or in Control Cabinets)
Neutral
Line 1
Line 2
White
Black
Red
120 volt AC UPS-
derived Control Power
(secondary side)
Neutral
Line
White w/ Red Tracer
Red w/ White Tracer
24 volt AC Control
Power Circuits (In field
or in Cabinets)
Neutral
Line
White or Grey, w/ Yellow
Tracer
Brown
12 or 24 volt DC
Control Wiring (PLC
Discrete I/O, etc.)
DC Negative
DC Positive
DC Switched (DI/DO)
Yellow
Orange
Blue
120 volt AC Control
Wiring inside or outside
cabinets to/from PLC
Discrete I/O
Common or Neutral
120 VAC discrete inputs
120 VAC relay or discrete
outputs
White or Grey, w/ Blue
Tracer
Blue
Red
Instrumentation
Twisted-shielded
Cabling
(PLC Analog I/O @
4-20mA, or 1-5 volt
DC, etc.) Process
Signals to/from
Transmitters,
Analyzers, etc.
Negative Polarity
Positive Polarity (1st
Conductor)
Positive Polarity (2nd
Conductor)
Shield Drain Wire
Black
White (or clear)
Red
Bare Conductor, or
covered w/ heat-shrink
tubing of a unique color
Instrumentation wiring
in cabinets
(PLC Analog I/O from
field terminations of
shielded cables).
PLC Analog Input
Connections
PLC Analog Output
Connections
Grey
Brown
H. Exercise care in pulling wires and cables into conduit or wireways so as to avoid kinking, putting undue stress on the cables or otherwise abrading them. No grease will be permitted in pulling cables. Only soapstone, talc, or UL listed pulling compound will be permitted. The raceway construction shall be complete and protected from the weather before cable is pulled into it. Swab conduits before installing cables and exercise care in pulling, to avoid damage to conductors.
I. Wrap all cables in manholes with fireproofing tape. Extend tape 1-inch into ducts.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16120 - 6 Low Voltage Wire and Cable
J. Cable bending radius shall be per applicable code. Install feeder cables in one continuous length unless splices are favorably reviewed.
K. Provide an equipment grounding conductor, whether or not it is shown on the Drawings, in any flexible conduit or any raceway in which all or any portion of a run consists of non-metallic duct or conduit. For flexible conduit, an external bonding jumper is an acceptable alternative.
L. In panels, bundle incoming wire and cables, No. 6 AWG and smaller, lace at intervals not greater than 6 inches, neatly spread into trees and connect to their respective terminals. Allow sufficient slack in cables for alterations in terminal connections. Perform lacing with plastic cable ties or linen lacing twine. Where plastic panel wiring duct is provided for cable runs, lacing is not necessary when the cable is properly installed in the duct.
M. For cables crossing hinges, utilize extra flexible stranded wire, make up into groups not exceeding 12, and arrange so that they will be protected from chafing and excess flexing when the hinged member is moved.
3.02 CONDUCTOR SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS
A. Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices, when permitted, and terminations shall be in accordance with the splice or termination kit manufacturer's instructions. Splice or terminate wire and cable as follows:
1. Watertight Splices: Splices in concrete pullboxes, for any type of cable or wire, shall be watertight and rated for continuous submergence. Make splices in low voltage cables using epoxy resin splicing kits rated for application up to 600 volts.
B. Terminations:
1. Terminate stranded #14 wire using crimp type terminals where not terminated in a box lug type terminal. Terminals must be coordinated with type of terminal board where provided.
2. Excess control wire shall be long enough to terminate at any terminal block in the enclosure, be properly taped, be identified with origin and be neatly coiled.
3.03 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
A. Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule or as favorably reviewed by the Engineer.
B. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16120 - 7 Low Voltage Wire and Cable
3.04 FIELD TESTS
A. Refer to Specification 16950 – Electrical Tests for all cable testing requirements.
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16120 - 8 Low Voltage Wire and Cable
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16124 - 1 Signal Cable
SECTION 16124
SIGNAL CABLE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provisions: Applicable provisions of Section 16010 become a part of this Section as if repeated herein.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA):
1. 568-C.2 Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. B8-11 Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft
C. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE):
1. 1143 Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables, Guide on D. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
1. S-73-532 Standard for Control, Thermocouple, Extension, and Instrumentation Cable
E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. 262 Standard Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air-Handling Spaces
F. Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated (UL):
1. 13 Standard for Power-Limited Circuit Cables
2. 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables
3. 444 Communications Cables
4. 1666 Standard for Test for Flame Propagation Height of Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables Installed Vertically in Shafts
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit material or equipment data in accordance with the Product Information category of the General Conditions and the submittal requirements of Section 16010.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
A. Provide UL listed, twisted pair instrumentation Tray Cable (TC) conforming to ICEA S-73-532, and suitable for transmission of 4-20mA analog, low voltage signals.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16124 - 2 Signal Cable
B. The cable shall be two-conductor (2/C), three-conductor (3/C), four-conductor (4/C), or more as indicated on the Drawings.
C. Each conductor in the cable shall be #16 AWG 7x24 stranded bare copper, or as indicated on the Drawings.
D. Conductor insulation: Polyvinyl Chloride/Nylon
E. Shield: Aluminum Foil, 100 percent coverage
F. Drain wire: #18 AWG, stranded, tinned copper
G. Jacket material: Polyvinyl Chloride, minimum thickness 0.047 inches.
H. Insulation shall be rated at 600 volts.
I. Temperature rating: UL dry, 90 degrees C; UL web, 75 degrees C J. Instrumentation cable installed in underground conduits shall be rated as suitable for the application.
K. Instrumentation cable shall be Belden 3090A, 3091A, or approved equal.
2.02 ETHERNET (TCP/IP) CABLE
A. Industrial use, shielded:
1. Provide UL listed, Category 6 shielded twisted pair (STP) Ethernet cable conforming to ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and suitable for use in electrically noisy environments.
2. Conductors: 4 pairs of #23 AWG solid bare copper
3. Conductor insulation: Polypropylene, minimum thickness 0.01 inches
4. Inner jacket material: Polyvinyl Chloride, minimum thickness 0.02 inches
5. Shield: Aluminum Foil, 100 percent coverage
6. Drain wire: #24 AWG, stranded, tinned copper
7. Outer jacket material: Industrial grade Polyvinyl Chloride, factory marked at regular intervals indicating verifying organization and performance level.
Minimum thickness 0.03 inches.
8. Insulation shall be 300 volt class.
9. Insulation temperature range: -25 to +75 degrees C
10. Electrical Characteristics: Cable shall have a maximum attenuation of 20 dB per 100 meters at 100 MHz and 33 dB per 100 meters at 250 MHz
11. Terminations/Connectors: Cables shall terminate in ruggedized Category 6 RJ-45 connectors, or at Category 6 punch down blocks at both ends.
Connector body shall be diecast zinc alloy, and nickel plated for corrosion resistance. Contacts shall be gold plated.
12. Cable shall be riser-rated for flammability in accordance with UL 1666, not suitable for use in plenum spaces.
13. Ethernet cable installed in underground conduits shall be rated as suitable for the application.
14. Industrial, shielded network cable shall be Belden 7953A or approved equal.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16124 - 3 Signal Cable
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Signal cable shall be installed by personnel who have a minimum of 3 years’ experience in terminating and splicing shielded twisted pair cables and coaxial cables.
B. Adequate care shall be exercised by the installers to prevent cable damage or sheath distortion. Bending radius shall not be less than 10 times the cable outside diameter.
C. Raceways shall be swabbed before installation of cable to remove moisture and debris.
D. Cables shall be continuous from initiation to termination without splices except where specifically indicated.
E. Cable shielding shall be grounded at one end only of the cable. Bonding shall be to a single ground point only. Bonding from cable to cable in multiple run installations shall not be permitted.
F. Heat shrinkable sleeving shall be installed on all cables to insulate shielding at the ungrounded cable terminations.
G. Signal cable shall not be run in the same raceway with power and control wiring except where specifically indicated.
H. Where installed in control consoles containing power circuits, cables shall be routed a minimum of 2 inches distant. Color coding shall be strictly observed throughout the installation.
I. Cable in panels, cabinets, and wireways shall be neatly grouped using nylon tie straps, and shall be fanned out to terminals.
J. For telephone cables, provide station cable to outlets. Use backbone cable for connection between telephone patch panels. Allow at least 25% spare capacity between patch panels.
K. Manufacturer's cable pulling tension shall not be exceeded.
L. Pulling lubricant shall be UL approved.
3.02 CONDUCTOR SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS
A. Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices, where approved, and terminations shall be in accordance with the splice or termination kit manufacturer's instructions.
B. Terminations:
1. Crimp-type terminals shall be UL listed, self-insulating, sleeve type with ring or rectangular tongue, suitable for size and material of the wire to be terminated and for use with either stranded or solid wire. Spade type lugs are acceptable with telephone cable systems only.
2. Crimp with manufacturer's recommended ratchet-type tool with calibrated dyes. Hand crimping tools are not acceptable.
3. Coaxial cable and connectors shall be terminated in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16124 - 4 Signal Cable
3.03 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify each wire or cable at each termination, in each pullbox, and in each handhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule or as favorably reviewed by the Engineer.
B. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number.
3.04 FIELD TESTS
A. Perform testing in accordance with Section 16950 – Electrical Tests.
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 1 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
SECTION 16205
STANDBY DIESEL ENGINE-GENERATOR SETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provisions: Applicable provisions of Section 16010 become a part of this Section as if repeated herein.
B. Work Included: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, services, and incidentals required to provide a complete and operable standby diesel engine-generator system. Materials and equipment shall be new and of best quality, as specified and shown on the Drawings. The work shall include, but not be limited to:
1. Standby diesel engine-generator set (hereinafter called engine-generator) complete with all appurtenances. Unit shall be complete with all standard accessories for the manufacturers and models listed in Paragraph 2.01G in addition to those additional and special features described.
2. Fuel system including UL Listed 142 under-belly tank with leak detection and low-level signals.
3. Automatic starting and shutdown controls, starting batteries, battery rack, charger, and generator controls.
4. Exhaust system complete with flexible connectors, silencer, exhaust piping, and insulation and supports for silencer and exhaust pipe.
5. Radiator mounted load bank and sound attenuated exhaust to existing acoustic louver.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with all rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction over work specified herein.
B. Permits and inspection shall be in accordance with City General Provisions.
Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying permit fees with San Diego Air Pollution Control District (APCD) for an Authority to Construct and Permit to Operate a Stationary Source for the standby engine generator.
C. The Drawings are diagrammatic. Size of equipment and pipes and general method of routing are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publication:
1. A386 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Products, Specifications for
B. Federal Communications Commission (FCC):
1. Part 15 Subpart B Unintentional Radiators
C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Publications:
1. ICS-1 General Standards for Industrial Controls and Systems
2. ICS-2 Standards for Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 2 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
3. 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum)
4. MG 1 Motors and Generators
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
1. 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquid Code
2. 37 Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines
E. Underwriters Laboratory (UL) Standard:
1. 142 Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids
2. 508 Electric Industrial Control Equipment
3. 2200 Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit material or equipment data in accordance with the Product Review category of the General Conditions and the submittal requirements of Section 16010 .
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings and include the following information:
1. Floor layout drawings for the engine-generator, with location dimensions for all connections including electrical, fuel, and exhaust, with base dimensions and weights.
2. Composite assembly drawing of engine-generator showing location of all auxiliary equipment, dimensions and weight.
3. Front, rear, and both side elevations of the complete engine-generator unit assembly, including radiator exhaust air duct and radiator mounted load bank.
4. Specification sheets with performance data and engineering details adequate to determine compliance with Specifications of:
a. Engine (including engine cranking amperes at 20°F)
b. Radiator
c. Generator and voltage regulator
d. Base assembly, housing, and vibration isolation mounts e. Control panel with all components
f. Jacket water heater
g. Day tank assembly
h. Engine-mounted fuel pump
i. Governor
j. Battery system
k. Exhaust silencer
l. Roof thimble (for exhaust pipe)
m. Battery charger
n. Load Bank
o. Alarms
5. Electrical interconnection diagram including generator, voltage regulator, control panel, circuit breaker, batteries, jacket heater, switches load bank and accessories.
6. Complete identification of all components and materials by manufacturer, model number, rating and material.
7. Complete engine and generator voltage dip and load data. Provide calculations to show compliance with specified performance requirements specifically prepared for this project.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 3 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
8. Single-line generator power diagrams.
9. Wiring diagrams for generator excitation and regulation circuits, alarm circuits, and instrument circuits.
10. Elementary control diagram and separate wiring diagram for automatic engine starting and protective shutdown controls. These diagrams shall show a wire number for every control circuit wire. Include a comprehensive description of operation.
11. Complete surface preparation and finish data for the engine, generator, cabinet, panels, frame, housing, and other surfaces.
12. Detailed description of factory testing program, testing equipment, reporting procedure, and criteria for test passing or failing.
13. Detailed description of field testing program, including description of tests, testing equipment, reporting procedure, and criteria for test passing or failing. (This may be a separate submittal made at a later time, but not later than 30 days before the actual tests.)
14. Check the shop drawing submittal to verify that all the details and data required above are included. If the submittal is not complete, it will not be reviewed and will be returned for completion.
15. Submit seismic design certifications and anchorage calculations for the genset and subbase fuel tank that meet the seismic requirements defined by Specification 01190 and Structural S1.
C. Factory Test Report: After fabrication and testing but before shipping from the factory, submit results of the factory test for review. Do not ship any generator units until the factory test results have received favorable review.
D. Field Test Report: Submit field test report for review within 15 days of the time of completion of the field test.
E. Manual: Provide in conformance with Section 16010.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ENGINE-GENERATOR SET
A. General: The engine-generator shall be a factory fabricated and assembled package of new and current equipment, and shall consist of engine, generator, controls, and other accessories as specified and as may be required for a complete and operable assembly, capable of automatic startup and shutdown.
Elevation of installation is 100 feet with ambient temperatures between 0 and 77F.
Install the engine-generator permanently on a welded steel base for anchoring to a subbase fuel tank.
B. The engine-generator and subbase fuel tank shall have only one source of supply and responsibility. The assembly and complete installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code and Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations.
C. Ratings and Performance: The unit shall be capable of providing power for motors, lighting, and controls.
1. The engine-generator shall be capable of starting and operating the sequentially started loads as follows:
a. With an initial load (listed in Paragraph 2.01G) on the generator unit, the engine-generator shall be capable of starting and running the additional Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 4 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
electrical load as listed in Paragraph 2.01G. The instantaneous voltage dip shall not exceed the percentage listed in Paragraph 2.01D. b. The generator will not be required to parallel any other source. c. The generator shall provide the voltage, phase and number of wires as listed in Paragraph 2.01G. The engine-generator speed shall not exceed that listed in Paragraph 2.01G. The Contractor shall submit detailed calculations on voltage dip characteristics on this specific application. Generalized catalogs are not sufficient to meet this requirement. The voltage dip characteristics shall also be confirmed in the field. Failure of this field test shall constitute evidence that the equipment has not met the voltage dip criterion. The equipment shall be replaced or modified until the installed equipment operates successfully as specified herein. Under no circumstances will equipment with a voltage dip greater than specified be acceptable.
D. Engine:
1. Type: The engine shall be for operation on No. 2 diesel fuel, four cycle, water-cooled, while operating with a nominal speed of 1800RPM. The engine will utilize in-cylinder combustion technology, as required, to meet applicable EPA non-road mobile regulations and/or EPA NSPS rule for stationary reciprocating compression ignition engines. Additionally the engine shall comply with State Emission regulations at the time of
installation/commissioning. Actual engine emission values must be in compliance with applicable EPA emission standards per ISO 8178-D2 Emissions Cycle at specified ekW/bHP rating. The engine shall include a mounted radiator with duct flange, pusher-type fan. Provide engine speed isochronous electric governor to control engine speed within 0.25% from no load to full rated output and water pump.
2. Engine Controls:
a. Normal Controls: Provide a complete automatic engine start-stop control which shall start engine on closing remote contact and initiate engine cool down and shutdown on opening contact. The engine controls shall also include a three-position selector switch with the following positions: RUN/STOP/AUTOMATIC; the STOP position shall shut the engine down immediately, bypassing the cool down cycle. b. Safety Shutdowns: Provide a cranking limiter to open the starting circuit in approximately 45 to 60 seconds if the engine fails to start in that time.
Provide sensing elements to shut the engine down immediately when conditions reach a level deemed harmful to the unit. Provide an individual signal light and alarm terminals for each condition. Provide an alarm relay and horn. Safety shutdowns shall include:
1) Low lubricating oil pressure
2) High water temperature
3) Overspeed
4) Overcrank
5) Low water level
6) Low cooling water flow
7) Any additional conditions standard with the manufacturer. c. Alarm Outputs: Provide one set of normally open and one set of normally closed dry (i.e., non-energized) output contacts for connections to the Plant alarm system as a "Composite Generator Alarm." The contacts shall be actuated for any one or more of the Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 5 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
shutdown conditions or for overcurrent trip of the generator main breaker; provide alarm signal light for such overcurrent trip. The contacts shall remain activated during the entire period of the abnormal condition, and reset shall be automatic. The contacts shall be wired to a terminal strip inside a closed, gasketed box. See the Drawings for external alarm system connections.
3. Batteries: Provide starting batteries mounted in attached battery racks with non-conducting floor. Guarantee the batteries for one year or more and provide a new battery for any battery found defective within the guarantee period. Mount batteries above the concrete floor level. Batteries shall be the lead-acid storage type, selected to provide engine break-away current for one second at a voltage of 0.85 volts per cell at a battery temperature of 20 degrees F. Engine shall be at the temperature maintained by the jacket heater for a 20 degrees F ambient.
4. Battery Charger: Provide a current limiting charger to automatically recharge the batteries. The charger shall be dual charge rate with automatic switching to boost the rate when required. The battery charger shall be mounted to the genset package. The charger shall operate on 120 Vac. Charger output shall be current limited to 140% of rated current.
5. Provide an exhaust silencer of the critical silencing type capable of not less than 30 dBA attenuation, sized by the engine manufacturer to provide silencing without harmful back-pressure. Install silencer to match existing installation to the extent possible and as shown on the Drawing Details. The silencer shall be mounted such that its weight is not being supported by the engine nor will the exhaust system growth due to thermal expansion be imposed on the engine. Thermally insulate silencer and exhaust piping to match or exceed current installation.
6. Jacket Water Heater: Provide single-phase jacket water heater with one thermostat. Heater shall be rated 120V and 2500VA maximum to match current field conditions.
7. Exhaust Stack Pipe
a. Description: The system will be comprised of a flexible coupling at turbocharger, piping to connect flexible coupling to silencers, piping to carry gases through a rain cap. The silencer, stack, and exhaust piping shall be sized to insure that measured exhaust back pressure does not exceed the manufacturer minimum or maximum limitation.
b. Materials:
1) Manufacturer to furnish black steel standard weight (Schedule 40) discharge pipe conforming to ASTM A53 grade A or ASTM A120 for engine exhaust system.
2) Flexible metal connections for junctions between turbocharger, piping and silencer.
c. Rain cap shall be all ASTM 304L Stainless steel or higher grade with adjustable counter weights.
8. Fuel Supply System:
a. The fuel system shall be integral with the engine. In addition to the standard fuel filters provided by the engine manufacturer, there shall also be installed a primary fuel filter/water separator in the fuel inlet line to the engine. All fuel piping shall be black iron or flexible fuel hose rated for this service. No galvanizing piping will be permitted. Flexible fuel lines shall be minimally rated for 300 degrees F and 100 PSI.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 6 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
b. Sub-base Fuel Tank:
1) The subbase fuel tank shall be double-walled, UL 142, custom made and be an integral part of the genset. Capacity shall match or exceed the existing tank capacity of 336 gallons, but shall not exceed 660 gallons.
2) Contractor shall be aware of the existing equipment pad constraints limit the length and width of the tank to fit on the existing equipment pad of 4’-8” wide and 10’-11” long.
3) The height of the existing entrance is 12’-0”, so the combined height of the generator and subbase fuel tank must be able to be installed within this opening without modifications to the opening. 4) Tank shall incorporate the following appurtenances:
a) Fuel level sight gauge
b) Fuel tank high-level and low-level switches with dry output contacts for remote indication
c) Fill line extended through the enclosure and provided with a lockable cap.
d) 2-inch normal vent riser for primary tank and 4-inch emergency vent for both the primary and containment tanks.
Normal vent riser shall be piped outside of building and shall terminate not less than 12 feet above surrounding grade. e) Drain petcock valve.
f) Fuel strainer.
g) Fuel tank overfill protection alarm: Provide a sensor with an audible alarm that indicates when fuel level is at
approximately 85% capacity. OMNTEC Manufacturing
L2PD4 panel and L-1 sensor, or equal
h) Fuel Leak Detection System: Provide a fuel leak detection system to monitor any fuel leaks from the fuel tank. The system shall be fully automatic and shall include, but not be limited to, sensor, cable, visual alarms, remote test and self- diagnostic trouble alarm, intrinsic safety barrier, auxiliary relay output for input to the PLC remote alarm and false alarm suppression. Unit shall be FM (Factory Mutual)
approved. Electrical service shall be 120 volt, 60 Hz.
9. Provide diesel exhaust treatment system conforming to CARB orders (CCR Title 17, Section 93115)
10. Starting System: A DC electric starting system with positive engagement shall be furnished. The motor voltage shall be as recommended by the engine manufacturer.
11. Initial Fills:
a. Provide crankcase oil.
b. Provide initial fill of engine coolant as recommended by the manufacturer to protect engine cooling system to a minimum temperature of 20 degrees F, and as required to inhibit corrosion in the cooling system.
c. Fuel Oil: Supply the fuel oil for testing of operation.
E. Generator:
1. The synchronous generator shall be single bearing, self-ventilated, drip-proof design in accordance with NEMA MG 1 and directly connected to the engine flywheel housing with flex coupling. The generator shall meet the Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 7 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
performance class G2 of ISO 8528. The excitation system shall be brushless construction.
2. Generator Performance:
a. Frequency regulation shall be isochronous ±0.25% from no-load to rated load.
b. Steady-state, automatic voltage regulation shall maintain generator output voltage within ±0.5% for any constant load between no load and full load. Voltage regulator shall include electronic voltage buildup, over-excitation protection, shall limit voltage overshoot on startup and shall be environmentally sealed. Voltage regulation shall be selectable to be either volts per hertz or by load adjustment module. c. The maximum allowable short term voltage dip, looking at waveform peaks on an oscillograph, shall not exceed a total of 30%. Preload and step load conditions are tabulated in Paragraph 2.01G.
3. Generator Control Panel: The panel will be shop wired and tested and separately mounted as shown and shall be UL labeled per UL 891. Provide panel lighting and manual reset control power circuit breaker. Control power shall be 120 Vac. Provide the following relays and instruments: frequency meter, running time meter, ac voltmeter, ac ammeter, voltmeter switch with off position, ammeter switch with off position, kilowatt transducer with 4-20 mA output for remote indication, synchronizing check relay (ANSI #25), undervoltage/phase-sequence relay (ANSI #27/47), directional power (anti- motoring) relay (ANSI #32), instantaneous and time-overcurrent relay (ANSI #50/51), overvoltage relay (ANSI #59), over and under frequency relays (ANSI #81O and #81U), lockout relay (ANSI #86), solid state voltage and frequency controllers, and line synchronizer circuit. Meters shall be 250- degree circular switchboard type, 1% accuracy class.
4. Generator Main Power Circuit Breaker: Main power circuit breaker shall be molded case, 3-pole, 480 V, 600-amp trip, 65,000 amp interrupting capacity and 100% rated. The UL Listed breaker shall be housed in a NEMA 1 gasketed enclosure mounted on the generator set and isolated from vibrations induced by the generator set. Mechanical lugs shall be provided to terminate two sets of 350MCM cables and 1#1GND connection.
5. Provide exerciser and all appurtenances for periodic automatic running of the engine-generator set.
F. Vibration Isolation System for Engine-Generator Unit:
1. Isolation system shall be a combination reinforced concrete inertia pad supported on earthquake-restrained spring vibration isolators.
2. Vibration isolation shall be greater than 95%.
3. Vibration isolation system shall be Korfund Dynamics Corporation Series L Isolators supporting a Type RCPF base frame, Mason Industries Type KSL Base supported on SSLFH Mounts with adjustable vertical limit stops, or equal.
G. Engine-generator and accessories manufacturers, model numbers and sizing data:
1. Engine Manufacturer or equal:
a. Caterpillar C9
b. Kohler 250REOZJE
c. Minimum standby rating: 250kW (at 0.8 power factor)
2. Voltage dip characteristics:
a. Initial load: 15 kVA, 08. pf.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 8 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
b. Additional electric motor load to be started:
1) Motor size: 125HP
2) Phase: 3
3) Motor Code: G
4) Special features: Reduced Voltage starting.
c. Additional electric motor load to be started:
1) Motor size: 125HP
2) Phase: 3
3) Motor Code: G
4) Special features: Reduced Voltage starting.
3. Generator output:
a. Voltage: 480Y/277
b. Phase: 3
c. Wires: 4
d. Maximum engine speed: 1,800.
2.02 automatic load bank
A. Ratings:
1. The total capacity of the load bank shall be rated 100 kW at 480 Volts, 3- Phase, 3-Wire, 60 Hertz, 120 Amps per Phase at unity Power Factor.
2. The load step resolution shall be a nominal 20% of the load bank rating.
3. The load bank shall be designed for continuous duty cycle operation with no limitations.
B. Material and Comstruction:
1. The load bank shall be suitable for installation on the generator radiator core, within the radiator exhaust ductwork of the generator set.
2. Due to the high radiator exhaust from the generator, the load bank shall be constructed of heavy gauge of aluminized steel per ASTM A463. Aluminized steel provides superior corrosion protection and extended service life, with a better tolerance to high heat exposure compared to the more common galvanized steel.
3. The main input load bus, load step relays, fuses and control relays shall be located within the load bank enclosure.
C. Resistive Load Elements:
1. Load elements shall be ASCO Helidyne, helically wound chromium alloy rated to operate at approximately ½ of maximum continuous rating of wire.
Elements must be fully supported across the entire length within the air stream by segmented ceramic insulators on stainless steel rods. Element supports shall be designed to prevent a short circuit to adjacent elements or to ground.
2. The change in resistance due to temperature shall be minimized by maintaining conservative watt densities.
3. The overall tolerance of the load bank shall be –0% to +5% kW at rated voltage. A –5%, +5% rating allows the load bank to deliver less than rated kW and shall not be used. The load bank must deliver full rated kW at rated voltage.
4. Sealed wire type elements (which have the internal resistance wire totally enclosed) prevent internal cooling of the element wire and shall not be used.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 9 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
D. Cooling: The engine generator shall be equipped with fans capable of cooling the load bank. Generator manufacturer shall coordinate with the load bank manufacturer and size fans accordingly.
E. Protective Devices:
1. An over-temperature switch shall be provided to sense the load bank exhaust. The switch shall be electrically interlocked with the load application controls to prevent load from being applied in the event of an over temperature condition.
2. To provide for major fault protection, branch fuses shall be provided on all three phases of switched of all load steps. Branch fuses shall be current limiting type with an interrupting rating of 200K A.I.C.
3. The exterior of the load bank shall have appropriate warning/caution statements on access panels.
F. Control System: An Automatic Load Controller shall be provided for maintaining a minimum load on the generator set. The controller shall monitor the connected downstream loads and shall automatically add or subtract load steps in response to building load changes as to maintain a minimum load level on the generator set.
The controller includes an initial time-delay circuit, and automatic time delayed load step application circuit. A remote contact closure is required for activation and transfer of control. A separate current transformer shall be supplied loose for mounting and sensing of downstream loads.
G. The load bank shall be manufactured by ASCO/Avtron Manufacturing 1000 Series, Load Technology Inc., or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ENGINE-GENERATOR INSTALLATION
A. General: Mount and anchor the engine-generator set and subbase fuel tank as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the methods shown in the shop drawings.
B. Foundations, Installation and Grouting: Furnish the necessary materials and construct suitable concrete foundations.
C. Skilled mechanics shall install all such equipment in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.
D. In setting equipment, make an allowance of at least 1 inch for grout under the equipment bases. Shims used to level and adjust the bases shall be steel. Shims may be left embedded in the grout, in which case they shall be installed neatly and so as to be as inconspicuous as possible in the completed work.
E. Grout shall be non-shrink, non-metallic dimensionally stable, inorganic, premixed grout resistant to acids, alkalies and salt water, and shall be unaffected by water and oil. It shall have high strength even when used as a pourable mixture, and shall bond well with steel and cured concrete or be compatible with a suitable bonding agent which shall then be used to effect the bond. It shall be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. It shall be similar, equivalent, and equal to "Five Star Grout" as manufactured by U.S. Grout Corporation; Bonsal Construction Grout, as manufactured by Bonsal Company; or equal.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 10 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
F. Fuel and Lubricants: During testing and prior to acceptance, furnish all fuel and lubricants necessary for the proper operation of this equipment.
G. Tools: For each type of equipment to be furnished by the Contractor, provide a complete set of all special tools (including grease guns or other lubricating devices) which may be necessary for the routine adjustment, operation and maintenance of such equipment.
H. In the vicinity of terminations, lace all power conductors to resist short-circuit forces.
3.02 TESTING AND RUN-IN
A. General: Tests are to determine proper operation and capacity of the equipment and to demonstrate compliance with the Drawings and Specifications. All equipment that fails any test will be rejected, and complete re-testing will be required after the Contractor makes corrections or modifications to equipment which has previously failed any test. All field tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer.
B. Factory Tests: Factory test the engine-generator to assure compliance with the Drawings, Specifications, NEMA MG-1, and the manufacturer's quality control provisions. Provide three copies of all factory test reports.
C. Field Tests:
1. General: Fully field test the engine-generator to demonstrate that all components are in compliance with the Specifications and are ready for service.
2. Installation of the engine-generator shall be complete and the unit shall be serviced, tested, adjusted, and ready for use before the field tests are scheduled.
3. Provide written notice to the Engineer of the scheduled dates for the field test at least ten (10) working days prior to the field test date. The notice shall include a written test schedule listing the tests, the test procedure, the criteria for a satisfactory test, ratings of load bank to be used, and description of special measurement equipment to be employed.
4. Provide load bank testing in accordance with the manufacturer requirements.
Tests shall include electrical functional testing, verifying conformance to assembly drawings and specifications. Each load step shall be cold resistance checked to verify proper calibration of resistive load steps and proper ohmic value. Tests using high potential equipment shall be performed to ensure isolation of the load circuits from the control circuits and to determine isolation of the load circuits from the load bank frame. Tests of all safety circuits shall be performed to verify conformance to the specification
5. Make repairs and adjustments as required to achieve satisfactory performance of the engine-generator unit. If repairs or adjustments are made during the tests, additional testing shall be performed as required by the Engineer, at no additional cost.
6. Make written records of the tests, and within ten (10) days after completion of the field test, submit three (3) copies of the test records to the Engineer. The test record shall indicate the test criteria and arrangement, the time of the test, the results, and pertinent data such as voltage, frequency, kilowatts, power factor, load current, oil pressure, water temperature, and ambient Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 11 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
temperature. Pertinent data shall be recorded for each test, and at least every thirty (30) minutes when the test requires more than thirty (30) minutes.
D. Alarm, Control, and Equipment Tests:
1. Demonstrate each alarm and safety shutdown provision as being caused by the abnormal condition unless an alternative test condition has been favorably reviewed by the Engineer prior to the scheduling of the tests.
2. Operate each control circuit and device to demonstrate its proper operation.
3. Demonstrate the battery charger and jacket water heater operation successfully.
E. Operational Tests:
1. Simulate a power failure in order to demonstrate the proper operation of the transfer switch and engine-generator.
2. Demonstrate motor starting capability by applying the specified initial load and then the equivalent of starting and running the specified motor loads.
Voltage dip shall be measured and recorded to demonstrate conformity to the Specifications.
3. Show that phase rotation of the engine-generator and the utility power are compatible at the site.
F. Endurance Tests:
1. Operate the engine-generator for 1/2 hour at one-half its kW rating.
2. Operate the engine-generator for eight (8) hours continuously at 100% of its kW and kVA ratings.
3. Measure the temperature rise of the windings of the generator using the resistance method.
G. Provide load banks, fuel, test equipment, labor, materials, and all other equipment and services required for all tests.
3.03 OWNER ORIENTATION
A. Provide instruction of Owner's representatives.
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16205 - 12 Standby Diesel
Engine-Generator Sets
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16250 - 1 Automatic and Non-Automatic
Transfer Switches
SECTION 16250
AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provisions: Applicable provisions of Section 16 010 become a part of this Section as if repeated herein.
B. Work Included. Provide transfer switch complete with controls and accessories, as shown on the Drawings at each location shown on the Drawings.
C. Related Work Specified in Other Sections:
1. Section 16205: Standby Diesel Engine-Generator Set
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Pub lication:
1. Z55.1 Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (N EMA) Publication:
1. ICS 1 General Standards for Industrial Controls and Systems
2. ICS 6 Standards for Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies
3. CS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Syst ems
4. ICS10 AC Automatic Transfer Switches
C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard:
1. 1008 Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment
2. 508 Industrial Control Equipment
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1. 70 National Electrical Code
2. 110 Emergency and Standby Power Systems
E. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineer s (IEEE)
1. 446 Recommended Practice for Emergency and Stand by Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications
F. International Electrical Testing Association (NE TA):
1. ATS Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electr ical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit material or equipment data in accordance with the Product Review category of the General Conditions and the submittal requirements of Section 16010.
B. Submit shop drawings which include:
1. Dimensioned drawings
2. Elementary diagrams
3. Wiring diagrams
4. Nameplate list
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16250 - 2 Automatic and Non-Automatic
Transfer Switches
5. Evidence that the equipment will be provided wit h all specified accessories, options, features, and characteristics.
6. Certifications that the equipment is designed an d manufactured in conformance with applicable codes and standards.
7. Regarding the seismic anchorage requirements:
a. certification of compliance or written notice of noncompliance, and C. Manual. Provide manufacturer's installation and maintenance instruction manuals in conformance with Section 16010.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
A. General. The automatic transfer switch shall tr ansfer from the normal service to a standby engine generator in the event of power failure. The switch shall transfer the system back to normal power after normal power has been restored. The switch shall include all controls and accessories. The switch shall be UL labeled, shall meet the requirements of UL Standard 1008 and shall be suitable for total system transfer including motor and lighting loads. The ATS shall be housed in a NEMA 1, gasketed enclosure.
B. Construction:
1. The automatic transfer switch shall be electrica lly operated and mechanically held. The electrical operator shall be a momentarily energized, single- solenoid mechanism. Main operators which include overcurrent disconnect devices, linear motors or gears shall not be acceptable. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only two possible positions, normal or emergency.
2. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffe cted by momentary outages, so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and contact temperature rise is minimized for maximum reliability and operating life.
3. All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 800 amperes and above shall have segmented, blow-on construction for high withstand and close-on capability and be protected by separate arcing contacts.
4. Inspection of all contacts shall be possible fro m the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. Switches rated 800 amps and higher shall have front removable and replaceable contacts. All stationary and moveable contacts shall be replaceable without removing power conductors and/or bus bars.
5. Designs utilizing components of molded-case circ uit breakers, contactors, or parts thereof, which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two active power sources are not acceptable.
6. The transfer switch shall have the following fea tures:
a. Continuous rating of 480 volts, 3 phase, with 3 poles and full neutral bus. Current rating shall be as shown on the Drawings. b. Line Adequate line and load lugs for terminating the power conductors shown on the Drawings.
c. A terminal strip with terminals for terminating all external control circuits.
Number all terminals using the wire number for the wire terminated. d. Cable wiring with cable ties, secured in place a nd guarded where subject to mechanical injury.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16250 - 3 Automatic and Non-Automatic
Transfer Switches
e. Permanent identification of each wire at each po int of connection using numbered wiring sleeves. Provide electrically common wires with the same number. Uniquely number electrically different wires.
C. Microprocessor Controller
1. A four line, 20 character LCD display and keypad shall be an integral part of the controller for viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters. Operational parameters shall also be available for viewing and limited control through the serial communications input port. The following parameters shall only be adjustable via DIP switches on the controller:
a. Nominal line voltage and frequency
b. Single or three phase sensing
c. Operating parameter protection
2. The controller's sensing and logic shall be prov ided by a single built-in microprocessor for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, and the ability to communicate serially through an optional serial communication module.
3. A single controller shall provide twelve selecta ble nominal voltages for maximum application flexibility and minimal spare part requirements. Voltage sensing shall be true RMS type and shall be accurate to 1% of nominal voltage. Frequency sensing shall be accurate to 0.2%. The panel shall be capable of operating over a temperature range of -20 to +60 degrees C and storage from -55 to +85 degrees C.
4. The controller shall be connected to the transfe r switch by an interconnecting wiring harness. The harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller to be disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance. Sensing and control logic shall be provided on multi-layer printed circuit boards. Interfacing relays shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. The panel shall be enclosed with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch unit for safety and ease of maintenance. The protective cover shall include a built-in pocket for storage of the operator’s manuals.
5. All customer connections shall be wired to a com mon terminal block to simplify field-wiring connections.
D. Time Delays
1. An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to override momentary normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals.
2. A time delay shall be provided on transfer to em ergency, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes, for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency.
3. Two time delay modes (which are independently ad justable) shall be provided on re-transfer to normal. One time delay shall be for actual normal power failures and the other for the test mode function. The time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails and the normal source is acceptable.
4. A time delay shall be provided on shut down of e ngine generator for cool down, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes.
5. A time delay activated output signal shall also be provided to drive an external relay(s) for selective load disconnect control. The controller shall have the ability to activate an adjustable 0 to 5 minute time delay in any of the following modes:
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16250 - 4 Automatic and Non-Automatic
Transfer Switches
a. Prior to transfer only.
b. Prior to and after transfer.
c. Normal to emergency only.
d. Emergency to normal only.
e. Normal to emergency and emergency to normal.
f. All transfer conditions or only when both source s are available
6. All time delays shall be adjustable in 1 second increments, except the extended parallel time, which shall be adjustable in .01 second increments.
7. All time delays shall be adjustable by using the LCD display and keypad or with a remote device connected to the serial communications port.
E. Controls. Include the following controls and ac cessories:
1. Voltage and frequency on both the normal and eme rgency sources (as noted below) shall be continuously monitored, with the following pickup, dropout, and trip setting capabilities (values shown as % of nominal unless otherwise specified):
Parameter Sources Dropout / Trip Pickup / Reset
Undervoltage N&E,3PH 70 to 98% 85 to 100%
Overvoltage N&E,3PH 102 to 115% 2% below trip
Underfrequency N&E 85 to 98% 90 to 100%
Overfrequency N&E 102 to 110% 2% below trip
Voltage unbalance N&E 5 to 20% 1% below dropout
2. Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be wit hin ± 0.5% over an operating temperature range of -20C to 60C.
3. Voltage and frequency settings shall be field ad justable in 1% increments either locally with the display and keypad or remotely via serial communications port access.
4. The controller shall be capable (when activated by the keypad or through the serial port) of sensing the phase rotation of both the normal and emergency sources. The source shall be considered unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred rotation selected (ABC or CBA).
5. Source status screens shall be provided for both normal & emergency to pro- vide digital readout of voltage on all 3 phases, frequency, and phase rotation.
6. The controller shall include a user selectable a lgorithm to prevent repeated transfer cycling to a source on an installation which experiences primary side, single phase failures on a Grounded Wye – Grounded Wye transformer which regenerates voltage when unloaded. The algorithm shall also inhibit retransfer to the normal (utility) source upon detection of a single phasing condition until a dedicated timer expires, the alternate source fails, or the normal source fails completely and is restored during this time delay period.
The time delays associated with this feature shall be adjustable by the user through the controller keypad and LCD.
7. A three position momentary-type test switch shal l be provided for the test / automatic / reset modes. The test position will simulate a normal source failure. The reset position shall bypass the time delays on either transfer to emergency or retransfer to normal.
8. A SPDT contact, rated 5 amps at 30 VDC, shall be provided for a low-voltage engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the engine
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16250 - 5 Automatic and Non-Automatic
Transfer Switches
by requiring the generator set to reach proper output, and run for the duration of the cool down setting, regardless of whether the normal source restores before the load is transferred.
9. Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC shall be provided consisting of one contact, closed when the ATS is connected to the normal source and one contact closed, when the ATS is connected to the emergency source.
10. LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided; one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the normal source (green) and one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the emergency source (red).
11. LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided and energized by controller outputs. The lights shall provide true source availability of the normal and emergency sources, as determined by the voltage sensing trip and reset settings for each source.
12. Communications Module – Shall provide remote in terface module to support monitoring of vendor’s transfer switch, controller and optional power meter.
Module shall provide status, analog parameters, event logs, equipment settings & configurations over embedded webpage and open protocol.
Features shall include:
a. Email notifications and SNMP traps of selectable events and alarms may be sent to a mobile device or PC.
b. Modbus TCP/IP, SNMP, HTTP, SMTP open protocols s hall be simultaneously supported.
c. Web app interface requiring user credentials to monitor and control the transfer switch supporting modern smart phones, tablets and PC browsers. User will be able to view the dynamic one-line; ATS controls status, alarms, metering, event logging as well as settings. d. Secure access shall be provided by requiring cre dentials for a minimum of 3 user privilege levels to the web app, monitor (view only), control (view and control) and administrator (view, control and change settings). 128-Bit AES encryption standard shall be supported for all means of connectivity.
e. Shall allow for the initiating of transfers, ret ransfers, bypassing of active timers and the activating/deactivating of engine start signal shall be available over the embedded webpage and to the transfer switch vendor’s monitoring equipment.
f. An event log displaying a minimum of three hundr ed (300) events shall be viewable and printable from the embedded webpages and accessible from supported open protocols.
g. Four (4) 100 Mbps Ethernet copper RJ-45 ports, f ive (2) serial ports, Termination dip-switches and LEDs for diagnostics.
h. DIN rail mountable
2.02 MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH
A. Transfer switch shall be manually operated and m echanically held, non-fusible, 3 pole, double throw, rated 600 Vac, with solid neutral, ampere rating as shown on the Drawings, UL 1008 compliant, and 50,000 RMS amperes symmetrical interrupting capacity. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4X, 316SS and equipped with strip heater and thermostat. Provide ASCO Series 300 (3MTS); or approved equal.
B. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffe cted by momentary outages so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and temperature rise at the contacts is minimized for maximum reliability and operating life.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16250 - 6 Automatic and Non-Automatic
Transfer Switches
C. All main contacts shall be silver composition.
D. Inspection of all contacts shall be possible fro m the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors.
E. Designs utilizing components of molded-case circ uit breakers, contactors, or parts thereof which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two active power sources are not acceptable.
F. Where neutral conductors are to be solidly conne cted, a neutral terminal plate with fully-rated CU pressure connectors shall be provided.
G. The MTS shall be tested in accordance with UL 10 08 for transfer switches. Switch ratings of 260 amperes and less shall have endurance rating of 6000 cycles, 400 ampere shall have endurance rating of 4000 cycles, and 600 – 1200 ampere shall have endurance rating of 3000 cycles.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Securely anchor the automatic transfer switch bo th to the wall and floor to match the existing installation. The door shall open freely and close tightly. Repair any defect or damage to the switch, enclosure or paint, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. Securely anchor the manual transfer switch to th e equipment foundation as shown on the structural drawings. The door shall open freely and close tightly. Repair any defect or damage to the switch or enclosure to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
C. Lace all power conductors to resist short circui t forces.
3.02 SERVICE REPRESENTATION
A. The ATS and MTS manufacturer(s) shall maintain a national service organization of company-employed personnel located throughout the contiguous United States.
The service center's personnel must be factory trained and must be on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
B. The manufacturer shall maintain records of each switch, by serial number, for a minimum of 20 years.
3.03 FACTORY TESTING
A. The complete ATS and MTS shall be factory tested to ensure proper operation of the individual components and correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure that the operating transfer time, voltage, frequency and time delay settings are in compliance with the specification requirements.
B. The ATS and MTS manufacturer(s) shall be certifi ed to ISO 9001:2008 International Quality Standard and the manufacturer shall have third party certification verifying quality assurance in design/development, production, installation and servicing in accordance with ISO 9001:2008.
3.04 FIELD TESTING
A. Field Tests shall be performed in accordance wit h 16950 – Electrical Tests.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16250 - 7 Automatic and Non-Automatic
Transfer Switches
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16250 - 8 Automatic and Non-Automatic
Transfer Switches
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16402 - 1 Underground Electrical Work
SECTION 16402
UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provisions: Applicable provisions of Section 16010 become a part of this Section as if repeated herein.
1.02 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publication:
a. 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:
a. A36 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel b. A153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
c. A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon - Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
d. C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates
e. C139 Standard Specification for Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes
f. C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement
g. C478 Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections
h. C857 Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility
Structures
i. C858 Standard Specification for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures
j. D882 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting
3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Publication:
a. HB Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges
4. American National Standard Institute (ANSI) Publication:
a. C2 National Electrical Safety Code
5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publication:
a.70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit material or equipment data in accordance with the Product Review category of the General Conditions and the submittal requirements of Section 16010.
B. Manufacturer's Data and Shop Drawings:
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16402 - 2 Underground Electrical Work
1. Manhole and Handhole - Include a table of dimensions which shows proposed size of each manhole and handhole.
2. Manhole Frame and Cover
3. Handhole Frame and Cover
4. Sealing Material for Precast Manhole and Handhole Joints C. Certificates
1. Test Reports: Submit for approval 30 days before the materials are used, copies of laboratory test reports for the following:
a. Arc-proofing test for cable fireproofing materials
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective specifications and standards and to the specifications herein. Electrical ratings shall be as indicated.
B. Conduit: Provide per Section 16110.
C. Wire and Cable: Provide per Section 16120, and Section 16124.
2.02 HANDHOLES
A. Provide handholes of reinforced precast concrete, or injection molded composite plastic material. Handholes shall include a base, a body, extensions, and a cover.
Handholes with a perimeter of 10 feet or more (e.g., 3 feet by 2 feet) shall have both pulling irons and cable racks. All hardware shall be stainless steel, or hot-dip galvanized after fabrication; cable racking hardware, however, shall be non- metallic and corrosion resistant as manufactured by Pacific Utilities Supply (415) 495-4940 (see PG&E Standard Detail Drawing 028077), or equal. If no handhole size is shown on the Drawings, size units per NEC or provide 12 inches by 24 inches by 18 inches deep, whichever is larger. Handholes containing fiber optic cables shall be 32 inches by 48 inches by 36 inches deep at a minimum. Structure shall be fabricated in accordance with ACI 318.
B. Handholes shall be HS 20-44 as given in AASHTO HB. Handholes shall withstand 350 pounds loading per square foot.
2.03 WARNING TAPE
A. Provide plastic-metallic, detectable warning tape for installation above underground duct banks. Tape shall be designed for both conductive and inductive locating procedures.
B. Construction:
1. Tape shall consist of a minimum of three layers: a polyolefin pigmented film, an aluminum foil core, and a clear encapsulating film.
2. The tape material and ink shall be chemically inert and resistant to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances likely to be encountered in soils.
3. Thickness: 5-mil minimum.
4. Width: 6-inches.
5. Tensile strength: 130 pound-feet minimum, per ASTM D882.
C. Color coding and markings:
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16402 - 3 Underground Electrical Work
1. For use above duct banks containing copper power, control, signal, and/or telecommunication cables: Red tape imprinted with “CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW.”
2. For use above duct banks containing fiber optic cables: Orange tape imprinted with “CAUTION BURIED FIBER OPTIC LINE BELOW.” D. Manufacturer: Terra Tape Sentry Line Diamond Detectable by Reef Industries, Inc.; Detectable Underground Warning Tape by Emedco; or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TRENCHING, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION
A. See City Standard references
B. Warning Tape:
1. Install warning tape in backfill material, 6-inches above top of conduit or top of encasement for all underground duct banks.
2. Use clips from the tape manufacturer to ensure that splices or lateral tees in warning tape are electrically continuous for the entire length between accessible pulling point locations along the duct bank.
3. In duct bank segments containing both copper and fiber optic cable types, install both types of warning tape.
3.02 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION
A. See Section 16120 and Section 16124.
3.03 UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS WITH CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
A. All underground raceways shall be encased in concrete unless otherwise specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings.
1. Concrete encasement shall be minimum of 3 inches around outer walls of raceways and minimum of 3 inches between raceways. Conduits shall be PVC Type EB.
2. Concrete shall be Portland Cement type with 4 sacks cement per cubic yard of concrete, maximum coarse aggregate size of 3/8-inches and shall have minimum strength of 3,000 psi after 28 days. Amount of water shall not exceed slump required for placement.
3. The concrete shall be dyed red throughout the ducts; surface treatment will not be acceptable. Colorant shall consist of an integral red-oxide coloring pigment in the proportion of 8 pounds per cubic yard of concrete. The costs, if any, of cleaning coloring pigment from the concrete delivery equipment and other related cleanings shall be considered as part of the work.
4. Underground raceways shall slope toward manholes, pullboxes, etc., at minimum rate of 3 inches per 100 feet unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. Raceway entrances in manholes, handholes, etc., shall be by means of bell ends and shall be sealed against entry of silt, debris, rodents, etc., into raceways.
5. Top of concrete encasement shall be minimum of 24 inches below grade.
6. Minimum radius of all horizontal bends in underground duct banks shall be 12 times nominal size of conduit for conduit sizes 3-inches and below and 24 times nominal size of conduits for conduits larger than 3-inches. Bends shall Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16402 - 4 Underground Electrical Work
be formed of factory made sweeps or continuous assembly of bend segments or curved segments, except that polyvinyl chloride conduits may be field formed. Minimum radius of all vertical bends in underground raceways shall be ten times nominal size of conduit. Vertical bends shall be made of rigid steel or permanently coated aluminum conduit.
8. Underground raceways within roadways shall be run parallel or perpendicular to road centerline.
9. Pull ropes left in underground raceways:
a. General purpose raceways:1/8-inch nylon or 3/16-inch polypropylene rope.
10. Terminate conduits in end-bells where duct lines enter manholes and handholes. Provide structural support for concrete encased duct banks at the point where they terminate. Separators shall be of precast concrete, high impact polystyrene, steel, or any combination of these. Stagger the joints of the conduits by rows and layers so as to provide a duct line having the maximum strength. During construction, protect partially completed duct lines from the entrance of debris such as mud, sand and dirt by means of suitable conduit plugs. As each section of a duct line is completed, draw a brush through having the diameter of the duct, and having stiff bristles until the conduit is clear of all particles of earth, sand, and gravel; then immediately install conduit plugs. Unused conduits shall remain plugged.
B. Connections to Existing Ducts: Where connections to existing duct lines are indicated, excavate the lines to the maximum depth necessary. Cut off the lines and remove loose concrete from the conduits before new concrete encased ducts are installed. Provide a reinforced concrete collar, poured monolithically with the new duct line, to take the shear at the joint of the duct lines. Remove existing cables that constitute interference with the work. Abandon in place those used ducts and cables that do not interfere with the work.
C. Removal of Ducts: Where duct lines are removed from existing manholes, close the openings to waterproof the manhole. Chip out the wall opening to provide a key for the new section of wall.
D. See Section 16110 for additional requirements.
3.04 UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS WITHOUT CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
A. Provide raceways without concrete encasement only if specifically shown on the Drawings, otherwise, provide concrete encasement as above.
B. Provide sand backfill three inches all around the raceway.
C. Construct raceways per the applicable provisions above for underground raceways with concrete encasement.
D. See Section 16110 for additional requirements.
3.05 MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES
A. Provide handholes complete with all accessories, as indicated. Provide additional handholes as needed so that the spacing between handholes does not exceed 300 feet.
B. Identification:
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16402 - 5 Underground Electrical Work
1. Identify each casting by having the manufacturer’s name and address cast into an interior face or permanently attached thereto.
2. Stencil manhole number inside the neck with 3-inch-high yellow letters.
C. Covers of dedicated fiber optic manholes and handholes shall have the words "Fiber Optic" in raised letters on the top.Manhole, Handhole, or Concrete Pullbox Grounding: Ground rods installed in electrical distribution system manholes, handholes, or concrete pullboxes shall be properly connected to the cable shielding, metallic sheath, and armor at each cable joint or splice by means of No. 4 AWG or equivalent braided tinned copper wire. Connections to metallic cable sheaths shall be by means of tinned terminals soldered to ground wires and to cable sheaths. Care shall be taken in soldering not to damage metallic cable sheaths or shields. Ground rods shall be protected with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive plastic tape for a distance of 2 inches above and 6 inches below concrete penetrations. Ground wires shall be protected with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive plastic tape for a distance of 2 inches above and 6 inches below concrete penetrations. Ground wires shall be neatly and firmly attached to manhole and handhole walls and the amount of exposed bare wire shall be held to a minimum.
D. Installation of Cable in Manholes and Handholes: Do not install cables utilizing the shortest route, but route along those walls providing the longest route and the maximum spare cable lengths. Form all cables to closely parallel walls, not to interfere with duct entrances, and support on brackets and cable insulators at a maximum of 18 inches. In existing manholes, handholes and vaults where new ducts are to be terminated or where new cables are to be installed, provide cable supports and grounding as required for a neat and workmanlike installation with all cables properly arranged and supported. Support cable splices in underground structures by racks, leaving top space open for future cables, except as otherwise indicated for existing installations. Provide one spare three-insulator rack arm for each cable rack in each underground structure. Provide additional cable racks in each existing underground structure through which new cable is run.
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16402 - 6 Underground Electrical Work
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16450 - 1 Electrical Grounding
SECTION 16450
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provisions: Applicable provisions of Section 16010 become a part of this Section as if repeated herein.
B. Work Included: Furnish all labor, material, equipment, tools and services necessary for the installation, connection and testing of all grounding as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARD
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publication:
1. B228 Copper Clad Steel Conductors Specification
2. D178 Specifications for Rubber Insulating Matting
B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers:
1. 142 Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (Green Book)
C. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) Publication:
1. ATS Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Equipment for Power Systems
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
E. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)
1. 607 Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for Customer Premises
F. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards:
1. 467 UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit material or equipment data in accordance with the Product Information category of the General Conditions and the submittal requirements of Section 16010.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The grounding systems shall consist of the ground rods, grounding conductors, ground bus, ground fittings and clamps, and bonding conductors to water piping, structural steel and UFER grounding as shown on the Drawings. One system shown provides service and separately derived system grounds. A second system is an electronic ground system to provide for the discharge of static electricity.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16450 - 2 Electrical Grounding
2.02 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Ground Rods: Ground rods shall be cone pointed copper clad Grade 40 HS steel rods conforming to UL 467. The welded copper encased steel rod shall have a conductivity of not less than 27% of pure copper. Rods shall be not less than 3/4- inch in diameter and 10 feet long, unless otherwise indicated. Rods longer than 10 feet shall be made up of 10-foot units joined together with threaded couplings. The manufacturer's trademark shall be stamped near the top.
B. Ground Conductors: Buried conductors shall be medium-hard drawn bare copper; other conductors shall be soft drawn copper. Sizes over No. 6 AWG shall be stranded. Coat all ground connections except the exothermic welds with electrical joint compound, non-petroleum type, UL listed for copper and aluminum applications.
C. Ground Connections: Connection to ground rods and buried connections shall be made by irreversible, compression connectors, constructed of high-copper alloy, and manufactured specifically for the particular grounding application. Lugs for attachment of cables to steel enclosures shall be of the binding post type with a 1/2-13NC stud. Each post shall accommodate cables from #4 AWG to #4/0 AWG.
D. Ground Rod Boxes: Boxes shall be a 9-inch-diameter (minimum) precast concrete traffic rated unit with concrete traffic rated lid. Units shall be 12-inches deep. Covers shall be embossed with the wording "Ground Rod.” OR Boxes shall be a 12-inch-diameter (minimum) precast concrete traffic rated unit with cast iron lid. Units shall be 12-inches deep. Covers shall be embossed with the wording "Ground Rod."
E. Ground Bus:
1. Provide ground buses where indicated on the Drawings for the power system. Ground buses which are integral to a piece of equipment (such as switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, and industrial control panels) shall be provided with the equipment in accordance with the respective equipment specification.
2. Ground buses shall be UL-listed high conductivity copper alloy bar conforming to ASTM B187-C11000.
a. Ground buses for power systems:
1) Minimum dimensions: 1/4-inch thick x 4 inches wide x 12 inches long, or as shown on the Drawings.
2) Busbar shall be predrilled at regular intervals to accept 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch diameter bolts.
3) Bus shall be equipped with fiberglass-reinforced molded polyester UL-compliant standoff insulators rated for 600V.
4) Bus shall be mounted with 1/8” thick stainless steel brackets and 3/8” stainless steel bolts. The standoffs and brackets shall provide a minimum 2-inch spacing between the back of the busbar and the mounting surface.
F. Equipment Grounding Plates: Equipment grounding plates shall be of the irreversible compression type suitable for embedment in cast concrete. Equipment grounding plates shall be made of high-strength, high-conductivity cast copper alloy body with a pure wrought copper compression element. Equipment grounding plate shall be 4 hole and suitable for termination with size #2-250kcmil copper conductors. Ground Plates shall be Hubbell/Burndy Type YGF or approved equal.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16450 - 3 Electrical Grounding
G. Insulating Tape: Insulating tape for copper conductors passing through concrete slabs shall be UL Listed, premium grade, 10-mil thick, pressure-sensitive vinyl insulating tape. Tape shall have elastic backing with strong adhesive strength.
Tape shall be 3M/Scotch Vinyl Insulation Tape 22, or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Ground all equipment for which a ground connection is required per NEC whether or not the ground connection is specifically shown on the Drawings.
B. Provide a ground wire in every conduit carrying a circuit of over 50 volts to ground.
C. Sizes shall be as indicated on the Conduit/Cable Schedule and in accordance with NEC Article 250.
D. Provide a grounding-type bushing for secondary feeder conduits that originate from the secondary section of each MCC section, switchboard, or panelboard.
E. Individually bond the raceway to the ground bus in the secondary section.
F. Provide a separate grounding conductor in each individual raceway for parallel feeders. Connect the parallel ground conductors together at each end of the parallel run, as required by the NEC.
G. Interconnect the secondary switchgear MCC or panelboard neutral bus to the ground bus in the secondary switchgear compartment only at the service entrance point. For wye connected, 3 phase, separately derived systems with 3 wire distribution, connect the transformer neutral to the grounding electrode system at the transformer. Connections shall be in accordance with the NEC.
H. Provide a ground ring with minimum burial depth of 36 inches or as indicated on the Drawings, whichever is greater.
I. Embed a grounding conductor in every duct bank as indicated. The ground conductor shall be terminated at the ground grid at each end of the duct bank.
Where no ground grid is installed, terminate at a suitable grounding electrode conductor near the end of the duct bank in accordance with the NEC.
J. Provide a ground rod box for each ground rod so as to permit ready access for the connection and/or removal of any pressure connectors to facilitate testing.
K. Install ground enhancement material around each ground rod per GEM manufacturer’s installation instructions. GEM shall extend 6 inches in all directions around the ground rod surface. GEM shall extend from 8 inches below top of ground rod to bottom of ground rod.
L. Bond metallic water piping at its entrance into each building. Ground separately derived electrical system neutrals to the metallic water piping in addition to the system driven ground, per NEC requirements.
M. Make embedded or buried ground connections, taps and splices with irreversible, compression connectors. Do not conceal or cover ground connections until the Engineer or an authorized representative has established that every grounding Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16450 - 4 Electrical Grounding
connection conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents and has given the Contractor written confirmation.
N. Effectively bond structural steel for buildings to the grounding system using exothermic welds.
O. Where bare copper ground conductor is installed through a new concrete slab, wrap the conductor with insulating tape before pouring concrete. Apply tape in half- lapped layers with sufficient tension to produce a uniform wind, with no tension on the last wrap to prevent flagging.
P. Provide a separate grounding conductor for each motor and connect at motor box.
Provide a supplemental ground connection for motor shaft grounding rings, where applicable.
Q. Provide supplemental external bonding jumpers from equipment to the grounding electrode system as shown on the Drawings.
R. Ground buses
1. Clean copper busbars to remove oxidation and apply an anti-oxidant compound immediately prior to termination of lugs.
2. Provide a separate connection bolt or screw for each termination. Lugs shall not be stacked.
S. Shielded instrumentation cable shall have its shield grounded at one end only unless the approved Shop Drawings indicate otherwise. The grounding point shall be at the control panel or at the receiving end of the signal carried by the cable.
The termination of the shield drain wire shall be on its own terminal. Form a instrument signal ground block by jumping together the shield drain wire terminals, using manufactured terminal block jumpers or a #14 AWG green insulated conductor. Bond the instrument signal ground block to the main ground bus for the panel via a #12 AWG green insulated conductor.
3.02 TESTING
A. Testing shall be in accordance with Specification 16950 – Electrical Tests.
B. Furnish to the Engineer a test report with recorded data of each ground rod location.
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 1 Electrical Tests
SECTION 16950
ELECTRICAL TESTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section specifies the work necessary to test, commission, and demonstrate that the electrical system satisfies the requirements of these Specifications and functions as required by the Contract Documents. The work of this Section is applicable to both pre and post energization testing required by the Manufacturer to facilitate sign-off on their respective equipment as well as pre and post energization testing performed by an independent third party entity independent of manufacturers, suppliers and installers of electrical equipment, installations and systems.
B. The Work shall include furnishing the labor, equipment, and power required to support the testing indicated in other Divisions of these Specifications. Electrical testing indicated herein and functional testing of power and controls as indicated on the Drawings. This scope may require the Contractor to activate circuits, shutdown circuits, run equipment, make electrical measurements, replace blown fuses, and install temporary jumpers, etc.
C. Carry out tests indicated herein for individual items of materials and equipment in other Sections. Testing shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, these Specifications, and applicable NETA Acceptance Testing Specifications, NEMA, ANSI, NFPA, and ASTM Standards.
D. Factory Acceptance Testing and other off-site test requirements are included in other Sections.
E. Corrections and Replacements
1. Before final acceptance, each part of the work shall be thoroughly tested, and each test shall be documented and submitted in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. Any materials or equipment failing any test shall be corrected or replaced as required to pass the test at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Any materials or equipment failing any test shall be re-tested after correction or replacement to verify compliance.
4. Any failures shall again be corrected or replaced, and then re-tested.
5. The correction/replacement/re-testing cycle shall continue until the item passes the required test(s).
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Electric equipment, materials, installation, and testing shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC), and shall also conform to the following codes and standards:
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
2. InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA)
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 2 Electrical Tests
3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
4. Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA)
5. ASTM International Standard E329
6. IEEE 400, Guide for Field Testing and Evaluation of the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems
7. IEEE 576, Recommended Practice for Installation, Termination, and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in Industrial and Commercial Applications
8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70B, NEC for Maintenance
9. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) 568-C.2, Balanced Twisted- Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit complete system test procedures and test record forms for review. Test procedures shall include but not be limited to:
1. Detailed procedures, both pre and post energization testing requirements of the Manufacturer and independent third-party entity, in sufficient detail to verify conformance with these Specifications.
2. Incorporation of data collection and measurement values as shown in the sample test record forms provided at the end of this Section. Submitted test record forms shall include space for each of the fields listed, at a minimum.
3. Detailed comprehensive testing schedule including:
a. Electrical testing of each major area.
b. Each major piece of electrical distribution equipment. c. Each major electrical subsystem.
d. Duration of each test.
e. Milestone test completion date.
f. Date of test results submittals following completion of the tests. g. Names and qualifications of the individual(s) responsible for performing the testing, including a copy of current NETA Technician cards. h. Proof of NETA accreditation for the testing agency.
B. Following completion of the test submit the completed test results to the Engineer for review. The results shall include a dedicated section with the "as-left" settings of all devices, relays, circuit breakers, etc.
C. Test results shall be submitted in one submittal.
D. Test reports shall be based on NETA's latest Acceptance Testing Specifications having a sign-off, pass/fail data filed for each line item covered by NETA's Acceptance Testing Specifications latest edition.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Firm Qualifications:
1. Corporately and financially independent organization functioning as an unbiased testing authority.
2. Professionally independent of manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of electrical equipment and systems being tested.
3. Employer of engineers and technicians regularly engaged in testing and inspecting of electrical equipment, installations, and systems.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 3 Electrical Tests
4. Supervising engineer accredited as Certified Electrical Test Technologist by NICET or NETA and having a minimum of 5 years testing experience on similar projects.
5. Technicians certified by NICET or NETA.
6. Registered Professional Engineer to provide comprehensive project report outlining services performed, results of such services, recommendations, actions taken, and opinions.
7. In compliance with OSHA CFR 29, Part 1910.7 criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories or a full member company of NETA.
B. Test equipment shall have an operating accuracy equal to or greater than requirements established by NETA ATS.
C. Test instrument calibration shall be in accordance with NETA ATS.
1.05 FIELD TESTS
A. All testing shall be performed in the presence of the Owner.
B. Any system material or workmanship that is found to be defective on the basis of acceptance tests shall be reported directly to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRE-ENERGIZATION AND OPERATING TESTS
A. The complete electrical system for each phase of construction shall be performance tested when first installed on-site. Each protective, switching, and control circuit shall be adjusted in accordance with the recommendations of the Protective Device Coordination Study required by Section 16961 and tested by actual operation using current injection or equivalent methods as necessary to ensure that each and every such circuit operates correctly to the satisfaction of the Owner.
1. Instrument Transformers. All instrument transformers shall be tested to verify correct polarity and burden.
2. Protective Relays. Each protective relay shall be demonstrated to operate by injecting current or voltage, or both, at the associated instrument transformer output terminal and observing that the associated switching and signaling functions occur correctly and in proper time and sequence to accomplish the protective function intended.
3. Switching Circuits. Each switching circuit shall be observed to operate the associated equipment being switched.
4. Control and Signal Circuits. Each control or signal circuit shall be observed to perform its proper control function or produce a correct signal output.
5. Metering Circuits. All metering circuits shall be verified to operate correctly from voltage and current sources, similarly to protective relay circuits.
6. Acceptance Tests. Complete acceptance tests shall be performed, after the station installation is completed, on all assemblies, equipment, conductors, and control and protective systems, as applicable, to verify the integrity of all the systems.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 4 Electrical Tests
7. Relays and Metering Utilizing Phase Differences. All relays and metering that use phase differences for operation shall be verified by measuring phase angles at the relay under actual load conditions after operation commences.
B. Test Report. A test report covering the results of the tests required in the Pre- Energization and Operating Tests shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to energization. Acceptance Testing shall be in accordance with NETA ATS-2021, Standard for Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems, published by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association. Tests shall be provided by both the manufacturer representative and independent third- party NETA accredited testing agency where required.
2.02 FIELD TESTS BY MANUFACTURER’S OR SUPPLIERS
A. All field tests shall be performed by the Manufacturers or Suppliers.
2.03 TEST REQUIREMENTS
A. The following test requirements supplement test and acceptance criteria that may be stated elsewhere.
1. Lighting: Switching. Circuitry is in accordance with panel schedules. All interior and exterior lighting shall be checked for proper operation.
2. Activate ground fault tripping by operating test features provided with ground current protective systems and by injecting a known and reasonable current in the ground current sensor circuit. In general, ground fault tripping should occur at a ground current equivalent to 20 percent of phase current. Current injection is not required of circuit 400 amperes or less.
B. Low Voltage Cables-600 volts Maximum
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
a. Compare cable data with Drawings and Specifications. b. Inspect exposed sections of cables for physical damage and correct connection in accordance with single-line diagram.
c. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods:
1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. d. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation.
e. Inspect for correct identification and arrangements. f. Inspect cable jacket insulation and condition.
2. Electrical Tests
a. Perform insulation-resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Applied potential shall be 500 volts dc for 300 volt rated cable and 1000 volts dc for 600 volt rated cable. Test duration shall be 1 minute.
1) Motor feeders tested with motors disconnected and controller open.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 5 Electrical Tests
2) Motor control circuits tested and verified for proper operation with control stations and overcurrent devices connected.
3) Panelboard feeders tested with feeder breaker open and panelboard connected. If a lighting transformer is associated with the panelboard, it shall be connected and the test made for both primary and secondary sides.
4) Conductors of main lighting feeders, including lighting panel with branch circuits open.
5) Prior to performing insulation resistance tests on cables, verify that they are not connected to a solid state device.
6) Equipment which may be damaged during this test shall be disconnected.
7) The Engineer shall be consulted if minimum insulation values cannot be obtained.
b. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable.
c. Perform continuity test to ensure correct cable connection. d. Perform the following industry-standard operational and performance tests on each Category 6 Ethernet cable as detailed in ANSI/EIA-568-C:
1) Wire map (pass/fail)
2) Propagation delay (pass/fail)
3) Delay skew (pass/fail)
4) Cable length
5) Insertion loss (attenuation)
6) Return loss (pass/fail)
7) Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) (pass/fail)
8) Power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) (pass/fail)
9) Equal level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT)
10) Power sum equal level far-end crosstalk (PSELFEXT).
3. Test Values - Visual and Mechanical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar connections.
Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with NETA ATS Table 100.12 unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer.
4. Test Values - Electrical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Insulation-resistance values shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.1. Values of insulation resistance less than this table or manufacturer's recommendations shall be investigated. c. Cable shall exhibit continuity.
d. Deviations in resistance between parallel conductors shall be investigated.
e. Compare Category 6 Ethernet test values against TIA 568-C for determination of pass/fail status.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 6 Electrical Tests
C. Low Voltage Safety Switches
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and required clearances. d. Verify the unit is clean.
e. Verify correct blade alignment, blade penetration, travel stops, and mechanical operation.
f. Verify that fuse sizes and types are in accordance with drawings, short- circuit studies, and coordination study.
g. Verify that each fuse has adequate mechanical support and contact integrity.
h. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one or more of the following methods:
1) Use of a low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer’s published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12
i. Verify operation and sequencing of interlocking systems. j. Verify correct phase barrier installation.
k. Verify correct operation of all indicating and control devices. l. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts and on moving and sliding surfaces.
2. Electrical Tests
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted electrical connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable.
b. Measure contact resistance across each switchblade and fuse holder. c. Perform insulation-resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase- to-phase and phase-to ground with switch closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.1
d. Measure fuse resistance.
3. Test Values – Visual and Mechanical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12.
4. Test Values – Electrical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Microohm or dc millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer’s published data. If manufacturer’s published data is not available, investigate values that Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 7 Electrical Tests
deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
c. Insulation-resistance values shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.1. Values of insulation resistance less than this table or manufacturer’s recommendations should be investigated.
Dielectric withstand voltage tests shall not proceed until insulation- resistance levels are raised above minimum values.
d. Investigate fuse-resistance values that deviate from each other by more than 15 percent.
D. Molded and Insulated Case Circuit Breakers
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage and alignment.
d. Verify the unit is clean.
e. Operate the circuit breaker to insure smooth operation. f. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one or more of the following methods:
1) Use of a low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer’s published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12
g. Inspect operating mechanism, contacts, and arc chutes in unsealed units.
h. Perform adjustments for final protective device settings in accordance with the coordination study.
2. Electrical Tests
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation-resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase- to-phase and phase-to ground with the circuit breaker closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.1.
c. Perform a contact/pole-resistance test.
d. Determine long-time pickup and delay by primary current injection. e. Determine short-time pickup and delay by primary current injection. f. Determine ground-fault pickup and time delay by primary current injection.
g. Determine instantaneous pickup by primary current injection. h. Test functions of the trip unit by means of secondary injection. i. Perform minimum pickup voltage tests on shunt trip and close coils in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
j. Verify correct operation of auxiliary features such as trip and pickup indicators, zone interlocking, electrical close and trip operation, trip-free, anti-pump function, and trip unit battery condition. Reset all trip logs and indicators
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 8 Electrical Tests
k. Verify operation of charging mechanism.
3. Test Values – Visual and Mechanical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12.
c. Settings shall comply with coordination study recommendations.
4. Test Values – Electrical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Insulation-resistance values shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.1. Values of insulation resistance less than this table or manufacturer’s recommendations should be investigated. c. Microohm or dc millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer’s published data. If manufacturer’s published data is not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar breakers by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
d. Insulation-resistance values of control wiring shall not be less than two megohms.
e. Long-time pickup values shall be as specified, and the trip characteristic shall not exceed manufacturer’s published time-current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. If manufacturer’s curves are not available, trip times shall not exceed the value shown in NETA ATS Table 100.7.
f. Short-time pickup values shall be as specified, and the trip characteristic shall not exceed manufacturer’s published time-current tolerance band.
g. Ground fault pickup values shall be as specified, and the trip characteristic shall not exceed manufacturer’s published time-current tolerance band.
h. Instantaneous pickup values shall be as specified and within manufacturer’s published tolerances. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, refer to NETA ATS Table 100.8.
i. Pickup values and trip characteristics shall be within manufacturer’s published tolerances.
j. Minimum pickup voltage of the shunt trip and close coils shall conform to the manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of the manufacturer’s published data, refer to NETA ATS Table 100.20. k. Breaker open, close, trip, trip-free, anti-pump, and auxiliary features shall function as designed.
l. The charging mechanism shall operate in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
E. Instrument Transformers
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 9 Electrical Tests
1. Visual and Mechanical inspection
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Verify correct connection of transformers with system requirements. d. Verify that adequate clearances exist between primary and secondary circuit wiring.
e. Verify the unit is clean.
f. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one or more of the following methods:
1) Use of a low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer’s published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12
g. Verify that all required grounding and shorting connections provide contact.
h. Verify correct operation of transformer withdrawal mechanism and grounding operation.
i. Verify correct primary and secondary fuse sizes for voltage transformers.
j. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts and on moving and sliding surfaces.
2. Electrical Tests – Current Transformers
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation-resistance test of each current transformer and its secondary wiring with respect to ground at 1000 volts dc for one minute.
For units with solid-state components that cannot tolerate the applied voltage, follow manufacturer’s recommendations.
c. Perform a polarity test of each current transformer in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C57.13.1.
d. Perform a ratio-verification test using the voltage or current method in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C57.13.1.
e. Perform an excitation test on transformers used for relaying applications in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C57.13.1.
f. Measure current circuit burdens at transformer terminals in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C57.13.1.
g. When applicable, perform insulation-resistance tests on the primary winding with the secondary grounded. Test voltages shall be in accordance with NETA ATS Table 100.5.
h. Perform dielectric withstand tests on the primary winding with the secondary grounded. Test voltages shall be in accordance with NETA ATS Table 100.9.
i. Perform power-factor or dissipation-factor tests in accordance with test equipment manufacturer's published data.
j. Verify that current transformer secondary circuits are grounded and have only one grounding point in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C57.13.3.
That grounding point should be located as specified by the engineer in the project drawings.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 10 Electrical Tests
3. Electrical Tests – Voltage Transformers
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation-resistance tests winding-to-winding and each winding-to-ground. Test voltages shall be applied for one minute in accordance with NETA ATS Table 100.5. For units with solid state components that cannot tolerate the applied voltage, follow manufacturer’s recommendations.
c. Perform a polarity test on each transformer to verify the polarity marks or H1- X1 relationship as applicable.
d. Perform a turns-ratio test on all tap positions.
e. Measure voltage circuit burdens at transformer terminals. f. Perform a dielectric withstand test on the primary windings with the secondary windings connected to ground. The dielectric voltage shall be in accordance with NETA ATS Table 100.9. The test voltage shall be applied for one minute.
g. Perform power-factor or dissipation-factor tests in accordance with test equipment manufacturer's published data.
h. Verify that voltage transformer secondary circuits are grounded and have only one grounding point in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C57.13.3.
The grounding point should be located as specified by the engineer in the project drawings.
4. Test Values – Visual and Mechanical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12.
5. Test Values – Current Transformers
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Insulation-resistance values of instrument transformers shall not be less than values shown in NETA ATS Table 100.5.
c. Polarity results shall agree with transformer markings. d. Ratio errors shall be in accordance with C57.13.
e. Excitation results shall match the curve supplied by the manufacturer or be in accordance with ANSI C57.13.1.
f. Measured burdens shall be compared to instrument transformer ratings. g. Insulation-resistance values of instrument transformers shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.5. h. If no evidence of distress or insulation failure is observed by the end of the total time of voltage application during the dielectric withstand test, the primary winding is considered to have passed the test.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 11 Electrical Tests
i. Power-factor or dissipation-factor values shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use test equipment manufacturer’s published data. j. Test results shall indicate that the circuits have only one grounding point.
6. Test Values – Voltage Transformers
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Insulation-resistance values of instrument transformers shall not be less than values shown in NETA ATS Table 100.5.
c. Polarity results shall agree with transformer markings. d. Ratio errors shall be in accordance with C57.13.
e. Measured burdens shall be compared to instrument transformer ratings. f. If no evidence of distress or insulation failure is observed by the end of the total time of voltage application during the dielectric withstand test, the primary windings are considered to have passed the test. g. Power-factor or dissipation-factor values shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use test equipment manufacturer’s published data. h. Test results shall indicate that the circuits are grounded at only one point.
F. Metering Devices
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. b. Inspect meters and cases for physical damage.
c. Clean front panel and remove shipping restraint material. d. Verify tightness of electrical connections.
e. Record model number, serial number, firmware revision, software revision, and rated control voltage.
f. Verify operation of display and indicating devices.
g. Record passwords.
h. Verify unit is grounded in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. i. Verify unit is connected in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and project drawings.
j. Set all required parameters including instrument transformer ratios, system type, frequency, power demand methods/intervals, and communications requirements.
2. Electrical Tests
a. Apply voltage or current as appropriate to each analog input and verify correct measurement and indication.
b. Confirm correct operation and setting of each auxiliary input/output feature including mechanical relay, digital, and analog. c. After initial system energization, confirm measurements and indications are consistent with loads present.
3. Test Values – Visual and Mechanical
a. Nameplate data shall be per drawings and specifications.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 12 Electrical Tests
b. Tightness of electrical connections shall assure a low resistance connection.
c. Display and indicating devices shall operate per manufacturer’s published data.
4. Test Values – Electrical
a. Measurement and indication of applied values of voltage and current shall be within manufacturer’s published tolerances for accuracy. b. All auxiliary input/output features shall operate per settings and manufacturer’s published data.
c. Measurements and indications shall be consistent with energized system loads.
G. Grounding System
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
a. Verify ground system is in compliance with drawings, specifications, and NFPA 70 National Electrical Code Article 250.
b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one or more of the following methods:
1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer’s published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. d. Inspect anchorage.
2. Electrical Tests
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform fall-of-potential or alternative test in accordance with ANSI/IEEE 81 on the main grounding electrode or system. c. Perform point-to-point tests to determine the resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, system neutral, and derived neutral points.
3. Test Values – Visual and Mechanical
a. Grounding system electrical and mechanical connections shall be free of corrosion.
b. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. c. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12.
4. Test Values – Electrical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. The resistance between the main grounding electrode and ground shall be no greater than five ohms for large commercial or industrial systems and one ohm or less for generating or transmission station grounds Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 13 Electrical Tests
unless otherwise specified by the owner. (Reference ANSI/IEEE Standard 142)
c. Investigate point-to-point resistance values that exceed 0.5 ohm.
H. Battery System – Valve-Regulated Lead Acid
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection Plan
a. Verify that batteries are adequately located.
b. Verify that battery area ventilation system is operable. c. Verify existence of suitable eyewash equipment.
d. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. e. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
f. Verify adequacy of battery support racks or cabinets, mounting, battery spill containment system, anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances.
g. Verify electrolyte level. Measure pilot-cell electrolyte temperature. h. Verify the units are clean.
i. Verify application of an oxide inhibitor on battery terminal connections. j. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one or more of the following methods:
1) Use of a low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer’s published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12
2. Electrical Tests
a. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter.
b. Measure negative post temperature.
c. Measure charger float and equalizing voltage levels. Adjust to battery manufacturer’s recommended settings.
d. Verify all charger functions and alarms.
e. Measure each cell voltage and total battery voltage with charger energized and in float mode of operation.
f. Measure intercell connection resistances.
g. Perform internal ohmic measurement tests.
h. Perform a load test in accordance with manufacturer’s published data or ANSI/IEEE 1106.
i. Measure the battery system voltage from positive-to-ground and negative-to-ground.
3. Test Values – Visual and Mechanical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12.
4. Test Values – Electrical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 14 Electrical Tests
b. Negative post temperature shall be within manufacturer’s published data or IEEE 1188.
c. Charger float and equalize voltage levels shall be in accordance with battery manufacturer’s published data.
d. The results of charger functions and alarms shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
e. Cell voltages shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
f. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. g. Cell internal ohmic values (resistance, impedance, or conductance) shall not vary by more than 25 percent between identical cells that are in a fully charged state, or shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
h. Results of load tests shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data or ANSI/IEEE 1188.
i. Voltage measured from positive to ground shall be similar in magnitude to the voltage measured from negative to ground.
I. Battery Chargers
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection Plan
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.
d. Verify the units are clean.
e. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one or more of the following methods:
1) Use of a low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer’s published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12
f. Inspect filter and tank capacitors.
g. Verify operation of cooling fans and presence of filters.
2. Electrical Tests
a. Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter.
b. Verify float voltage, equalize voltage, and high voltage shutdown settings.
c. Verify current limit.
d. Verify correct load sharing (parallel chargers).
e. Verify calibration of meters in accordance with NETA ATS Section 7.11. f. Verify operation of alarms.
g. Measure and record input and output voltage and current. h. Measure and record ac ripple current and voltage imposed on the battery.
i. Perform full-load testing of charger.
3. Test Values – Visual and Mechanical
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 15 Electrical Tests
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12.
4. Test Values – Electrical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Float and equalize voltage settings shall be in accordance with the battery manufacturer’s published data.
c. Current limit shall be within manufacturer’s recommended maximum. d. Results of load sharing between parallel chargers shall be in accordance with system design specifications.
e. Results of meter calibration shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
f. Results of alarm operation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data and system design.
g. Input and output voltage shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
h. AC ripple current and voltage imposed on the battery shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
i. Charger shall be capable of manufacturer’s specified full load.
J. Standby Generator System
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.
d. Verify the unit is clean.
e. Inspect for blockage of ventilating passageways.
f. Inspect for proper operation of jack water heaters.
g. Inspect integrity of engine cooling and fuel supply systems. h. Verify that there is no excessive mechanical and electrical noise. i. Inspect for overheating of engine or generator.
j. Inspect proper installation of vibration isolators.
k. Inspect proper cooling liquid type and level
2. Electrical and Mechanical Tests
a. Perform insulation-resistance tests in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Standard 43.
1) Machines larger than 200 horsepower (150 kilowatts):
Test duration shall be ten minutes. Calculate polarization index. 2) Machines 200 horsepower (150 kilowatts) and less:
Test duration shall be one minute. Calculate the dielectric- absorption ratio
b. Test protective relay devices in accordance with paragraph 0. c. Verify phase rotation, phasing, and synchronized operation as required by the application.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 16 Electrical Tests
d. Functionally test engine shutdown for low oil pressure, overtemperature, overspeed, and other protection features as applicable.
e. Conduct performance test in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 110. f. Verify correct functioning of the governor and regulator.
3. Test Values – Visual and Mechanical
a. Anchorage, alignment, and grounding should be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data and system design.
4. Test Values – Electrical
a. The recommended minimum insulation resistance (IR 1 min) test results in megohms shall be in accordance with NETA ATS Table 100.11 1) The polarization index value shall not be less than 2.0. 2) The dielectric absorption ratio shall not be less than 1.4. b. Protective relay device test results shall be in accordance with paragraph 0.
c. Phase rotation, phasing, and synchronizing shall be in accordance with system design requirements.
d. Low oil pressure, overtemperature, overspeed, and other protection features shall operate in accordance with manufacturer’s published data and system design requirements.
e. Vibration levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data and shall be compared to baseline data.
f. Performance tests shall conform to manufacturer’s published data and ANSI/NFPA Standard 110.
g. Governor and regulator shall operate in accordance with manufacturer’s published data and system design requirements.
K. Automatic Transfer Switch
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and required clearances. d. Verify the unit is clean.
e. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts and on moving and sliding surfaces.
f. Verify that manual transfer warnings are attached and visible. g. Verify tightness of all control connections.
h. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one or more of the following methods:
1) Use of a low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with
manufacturer’s published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. i. Perform manual transfer operation.
j. Verify positive mechanical interlocking between normal and alternate sources.
2. Electrical Tests
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low-resistance ohmmeter.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 17 Electrical Tests
b. Perform insulation-resistance tests on all control wiring with respect to ground. Applied potential shall be 500 volts dc for 300-volt rated cable and 1000 volts dc for 600-volt rated cable. Test duration shall be one minute. For units with solid-state components or for control devices that cannot tolerate the applied voltage, follow manufacturer’s recommendation.
c. Perform a contact/pole-resistance test.
d. Verify settings and operation of control devices.
e. Calibrate and set all relays and timers in accordance with paragraph 0. f. Verify phase rotation, phasing, and synchronized operation as required by the application.
g. Perform automatic transfer tests:
1) Simulate loss of normal power.
2) Return to normal power.
3) Simulate loss of emergency power.
4) Simulate all forms of single-phase conditions.
h. Verify correct operation and timing of the following functions:
1) Normal source voltage-sensing and frequency-sensing relays. 2) Engine start sequence.
3) Time delay upon transfer.
4) Alternate source voltage-sensing and frequency-sensing relays. 5) Automatic transfer operation.
6) Interlocks and limit switch function.
7) Time delay and retransfer upon normal power restoration. 8) Engine cool down and shutdown feature.
3. Test Values – Visual and Mechanical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. In the absence of manufacturer’s published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12.
4. Test Values – Electrical
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. b. Insulation-resistance values of control wiring shall not be less than two megohms.
c. Microhm or dc millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer’s published data. If manufacturer’s published data is not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
d. Control devices shall operate in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
e. Relay test results shall be in accordance with paragraph 0. f. Phase rotation, phasing, and synchronization shall be in accordance with system design specifications.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 18 Electrical Tests
g. Automatic transfers shall operate in accordance with manufacturer’s design.
h. Operation and timing shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s and system design requirements
L. Test ground fault interrupter (GFI) receptacles and circuit breakers for proper operation by methods sanctioned by the receptacle manufacturer.
M. A functional test and check of electrical components is required prior to performing subsystem testing and commissioning. Compartments and equipment shall be cleaned as required by other provisions of these Specifications before commencement of functional testing. Functional testing shall comprise:
1. Visual and physical check of cables, circuit breakers, transformers, and connections associated with each item of new and modified equipment.
2. Verification that electrical equipment has been labeled with Arc Flash protection boundary and PPE levels, as required by Section 16961.
3. Setting of protective relays in conformance with results of the Short Circuit Study required by Section 16961 and testing of relays to assure that relays will trip at the current value and time required by the Study.
4. Circuit Breakers:
a. Circuit breakers that have adjustable time or pick-up settings for ground current, instantaneous overcurrent, short-time overcurrent, or long-time overcurrent, shall be field-adjusted by a representative of the circuit breaker manufacturer.
b. Time and pickup setting shall correspond to the recommendations of the Short Circuit Study.
c. Setting shall be tabulated and proven for each circuit breaker in its installed position.
d. Test results shall be certified by the person performing the tests and shall be submitted to the Engineer.
N. Subsystem testing for each phase of construction shall occur after the proper operation of alarm and status contacts has been demonstrated or otherwise accepted by the Owner and after process control devices have been adjusted as accurately as possible. Alarm conditions shall be simulated for each alarm point, and alarm indicators shall be checked for proper operation. It is intended that the Contractor will adjust limit switches and level switches to their operating points prior to testing and will set pressure switches, flow switches, and timing relays as dictated by operating results.
O. Subsystems shall be defined as individual and groups of pumps, conveyor systems, chemical feeders, air conditioning units, ventilation fans, air compressors, etc.
P. After initial settings have been completed, each subsystem shall be operated in the manual mode and it shall be demonstrated that operation is in compliance with the Contract Documents. Once the manual mode of operation has been proven, automatic operation shall be demonstrated to verify such items as proper start and stop sequence of pumps, proper operation of valves, proper speed control, etc.
Q. Voltage Field Test:
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 19 Electrical Tests
1. Check and record voltage at point of termination of San Diego Gas and Electric supply system after the installation is essentially complete and has been made operational.
2. Check and record voltage amplitude and balance between phases for loaded and unloaded conditions.
3. Unbalance Corrections:
a. Notify the Owner if balance (as defined by NEMA) exceeds 1%, or if voltage varies throughout the day and from loaded to unloaded condition more than plus or minus 4% of nominal.
4. Voltage Balance Report:
a. Submit Voltage Balance Report for each switchboard, distribution panel-board, load center, motor control center, and transformer.
R. Equipment Line Current Tests:
1. Check and record line current in each phase for each major piece of electrically-operated equipment.
2. Make a line current check after San Diego Gas and Electric made final adjustments to supply voltage magnitude or balance.
3. If any phase current for any piece of equipment is above rated nameplate current, prepare a supplement to the Equipment Line Current Report that identifies any causes of problems and corrective action that was taken.
4. Submit Equipment Line Current Report for each point of connection to motors, transformers, branch circuit distribution connections, and incoming utility service connection.
2.04 TEST REPORTS
A. The test report shall include the following:
1. Summary of project.
2. Description of equipment tested.
3. Description of test.
4. Test data.
5. Analysis and recommendations.
B. Test data records shall include the following minimum requirements:
1. Identification of the testing organization.
2. Equipment identification.
3. Humidity, temperature, and other atmospheric conditions that may affect the results of the tests/calibrations.
4. Date of inspections, tests, maintenance, and/or calibrations.
5. Identification of the testing technician.
6. Indication of inspections, tests, maintenance, and/or calibrations to be performed and recorded.
7. Indication of expected results when calibrations are to be performed.
8. Indication of "as-found" and "as-left" results.
9. Sufficient spaces to allow all results and comments to be indicated.
C. The Contractor shall submit the complete report to the Engineer for review.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 20 Electrical Tests
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD TESTS
A. The Contractor shall provide ten Working Days' notice to the Owner prior to any field testing to permit witnessing of the testing.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 21 Electrical Tests
TEST RECORD SHEETS
The test record sheets listed below are provided as an example to demonstrate the minimum requirements to be included on test record sheets for electrical equipment and of the electrical installation as required by these specifications. Sample copies of each sheet are attached.
Sheet
No. Title
1 Insulation Resistance (Power, Control Wire, and Cable) Test Record 2 Insulation Resistance (Instrument Wire and Cable) Test Record 3 Not Used
4 Ground Electrode Testing Test Record
5 Not Used
6 Bonding Resistance Readings (Nonelectrical Equipment/Structures) Test Record 7 Bonding Resistance Readings (Electrical Equipment) Test Record 8 Not Used
9 Insulation Resistance (Equipment) Test Record
10 Not Used
11 Equipment Absorption Ratio and Polarization Index Test Record 12 Not Used
13 Electric Motor Run-In Test Record
14 Not Used
15 Ethernet Cable Test Record
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 22 Electrical Tests
Sheet 1
INSULATION RESISTANCE
(POWER, CONTROL WIRE, AND CABLE)
TEST RECORD
TEST EQUIPMENT: TEST VOLTAGE:
TEST EQUIPMENT: TEST VOLTAGE:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: ºC ºF DATE:
NOTES: 1. Perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) between each conductor and all other conductors and metallic sheath for cables with nonshielded conductors. Test between each conductor and shield for multiconductor cables with shielded conductors. Record lowest reading for each cable.
2. Use 1,000-V test set for cable rated 600 volts and 2,500-V test set for cable rated over 600 volts.
3. Readings will vary inversely with temperature and cable length. When the use of temperature correction factors is specified, attach a second sheet with computed values. Indicate on each sheet “measured” or “temperature corrected.”
Panel No. Cable Wire or Cable Insulation
Circuit No.
Feeder No.
Wire
Tagging
Rated
Voltage Quantity Size From To
Resistance
(megohms)
*
Initial
s
*Minimum acceptable values:
Cable Rated
Voltage
Test
Duration
Resistance for
Cable Only
Cable/Wire Size
or Amperage
(megohms)
Resistance When Cable
Connected to Equipment
(ohms)
DISTRIBUTION:
CONTRACTOR/Date
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 23 Electrical Tests
Sheet 2
INSULATION RESISTANCE
(INSTRUMENT WIRE AND CABLE)
TEST RECORD
TEST EQUIPMENT: TEST VOLTAGE:
TEST EQUIPMENT: TEST VOLTAGE:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: ºC ºF DATE:
NOTES: 1. Record only the lowest value.
2. MP - Multi-pair cable. SP - Single pair cable.
3. Megger with instruments disconnected.
4. Use 250 volt (or lower voltage, when specified) range on DC test set.
5. Readings will vary with temperature and cable length.
Cable Number
or Instrument Number
Indicate MP or SP
Type (2)
Conductor to Conduit
(Single Pair Non-Shielded
Cables) (megohms)
Conductor to Conductor
(megohms) (1)
Shield to Conductor
to Shield (megohms) (1)
Overall Shield to Shield
(Multipair Cables Only)
(megohms) (1)
Lead and Armor
(Multipair Cables Only)
(megohms)
Shield to Conduit
(Single Pair Cables Only)
(megohms)
Initials
DISTRIBUTION:
CONTRACTOR/Date
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 24 Electrical Tests
Sheet 4
GROUND ELECTRODE TESTING
TEST RECORD
TEST EQUIPMENT:
(Note 1) (Note 2)
REFERENCE DRAWING:
NOTES: 1. Record resistance-to-earth for each electrode with all other conductors disconnected. Resistance not to exceed 25 ohms for any single anode.
2. Check continuity from each electrode to any test bar or other electrode such that the complete ground loop is tested.
Rod Number
Resistance to
Earth
(ohms)
Ambient
Temperature
(ºC/ºF)
Weather Taps Initials/Date
DISTRIBUTION:
CONTRACTOR/Date
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 25 Electrical Tests
Sheet 6
BONDING RESISTANCE READINGS
(NONELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT/STRUCTURES)
TEST RECORD
TEST EQUIPMENT USED: WEATHER:
NOTES: 1. Vessels, tanks, and structural steel bonded to the main grounding system, dedicated ground rod or foundation, as indicated on drawings listed below.
2. Measure resistance from ground wiretap (or anchor bolt) to tagged equipment frame or structural steel.
EQUIPMENT TAG NO.
OR
STRUCTURE
DRAWING
MEASURED
RESISTANCE
(ohms)
INITIALS/DATE
DISTRIBUTION:
CONTRACTOR/Date
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 26 Electrical Tests
Sheet 7
BONDING RESISTANCE READINGS
(ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT)
TEST RECORD
TEST EQUIPMENT USED: WEATHER:
NOTES: 1. Electrical equipment bonded to the main grounding system or dedicated ground rod, as indicated on drawings listed below.
2. Measure resistance from ground wiretap to tagged equipment bus bars, tagged equipment enclosures, and any other points indicated on the drawings.
EQUIPMENT TAG NO.
OR
STRUCTURE
DRAWING
MEASURED
RESISTANCE
(ohms)
INITIALS/DATE
DISTRIBUTION:
CONTRACTOR/Date
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 27 Electrical Tests
Sheet 9
INSULATION RESISTANCE (EQUIPMENT)
TEST RECORD
TEST EQUIPMENT: SUBSTATION:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: ºC ºF DATE:
REFERENCE DRAWING: REF. SEC.:
NOTES: 1. Use 1,000-V test set for equipment rated 600 volts and below, 2,500/5,000-V test set for equipment rated over 600 volts.
2. For equipment with solid state control circuits, consult manufacturer’s literature for maximum test voltages.
Switchgear
or MCC INSULATION RESISTANCE (megohms) *
Test
Voltage
Rated
Voltage
Initials/Date
(or other) A to G B to G C to G A to B B to C C to A (kV) (kV) *Minimum acceptable values:
EQUIPMENT VOLTAGE CLASS RESISTANCE (megohms)
TESTER’S INITIALS/DATE
DISTRIBUTION:
CONTRACTOR/Date
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 28 Electrical Tests
Sheet 11
EQUIPMENT ABSORPTION RATIO AND POLARIZATION INDEX
TEST RECORD
TEST EQUIPMENT: TEST VOLTAGE:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: ºC ºF DATE:
EQUIP. TEMP., IF KNOWN: ºC ºF REL. HUMIDITY:
NOTES: 1. Perform test as indicated on Test Records for each individual equipment type. Reference the following sheets:
Transformers 8
Equipment 9
Motors and Generators 10
2. Absorption Ratio = 1-Minute Resistance Value
30-Second Resistance Value
3. Polarization Index = 10-Minute Resistance Value
1-Minute Resistance Value
OHMS TO
GROUND
30-SECOND
READING
A TO GROUND
OHMS TO
GROUND
1-MINUTE
READING
A TO GROUND
OHMS TO
GROUND
10-MINUTE
READING
A TO GROUND
DIELECTRIC
ABSORPTION
RATIO
POLARIZATION
INDEX
OHMS TO
GROUND
30-SECOND
READING
B TO GROUND
OHMS TO
GROUND
1-MINUTE
READING
B TO GROUND
OHMS TO
GROUND
10-MINUTE
READING
B TO GROUND
DIELECTRIC
ABSORPTION
RATIO
POLARIZATION
INDEX
OHMS TO
GROUND
30-SECOND
READING
C TO GROUND
OHMS TO
GROUND
1-MINUTE
READING
C TO GROUND
OHMS TO
GROUND
10-MINUTE
READING
C TO GROUND
DIELECTRIC
ABSORPTION
RATIO
POLARIZATION
INDEX
TESTER’S INITIALS/DATE
DISTRIBUTION:
CONTRACTOR/Date
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 29 Electrical Tests
Sheet 13
ELECTRIC MOTOR RUN-IN
TEST RECORD
TEST EQUIPMENT: REFERENCE DRAWING:
NOTES: 1. Duration of tests to comply with specifications.
TEST REMARKS INITIALS/DATE
RESISTANCE:
Bonding resistance measured from motor frame to
main ground/earth system tap.
_______________ ohms
VOLTAGE:
Actual voltage measured at Motor Control Center.
_______________ volts
ROTATION CHECK:
Bump motor to verify rotation. Motor to be
uncoupled.
NO LOAD CURRENT:
At beginning of test _________ amps
At end of test _________ amps
TEMPERATURE OF BEARING:
Check bearing for high temperature:
Before start:
15 minutes after start
30 minutes after start
1 hour after start
2 hours after start
3 hours after start
VIBRATION:
Make visual inspection during run-test. Record any
unusual vibration in remarks column.
NOISE:
Record any unusual noise in remarks column.
DISTRIBUTION:
CONTRACTOR/Date
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16950 - 30 Electrical Tests
Sheet 15
CATEGORY 6 ETHERNET CABLE ASSEMBLY
TEST RECORD
Date/Time: Operator:
Cable Type: Test Equipment Model:
Cable ID: Test Equipment Calibration Date:
Cable Length (ft):
Propagation Delay (ns): [Worst Pair] Pass/Fail
Delay Skew (ns): [Worst Pair] Pass/Fail
Insertion Loss (dB):
Frequency (MHz): [Worst Pair] Pass/Fail
Return Loss (dB):
Frequency (MHz): [Worst Pair] Pass/Fail
Wire Map 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
| | | | | | | |
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pass/Fail
Worst Pair
NEXT (dB):
Frequency (MHz):
[Worst Case Margin]
[Worst Case Value] Pass/Fail
Worst Pair
PSNEXT (dB):
Frequency (MHz):
[Worst Case Margin]
[Worst Case Value] Pass/Fail
Worst Pair
ELFEXT (dB):
Frequency (MHz):
[Worst Case Margin]
[Worst Case Value] Pass/Fail
Worst Pair
PSELFEXT (dB):
Frequency (MHz):
[Worst Case Margin]
[Worst Case Value] Pass/Fail
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16961 - 1 Power System Studies
SECTION 16961
POWER SYSTEM STUDIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provisions: Applicable provisions of Section 16010 become a part of this Section as if repeated herein.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Obtain the services of an independent firm to provide complete Short-Circuit and Protective Device Coordination studies, and Arc Flash Risk Assessment for the electrical system as defined below. The firm performing the work shall have been regularly engaged in short-circuit and protective device coordination services for a period of at least 10 years.
B. The firm performing the work shall be responsible for the collection of all data required to perform the studies, including the electrical utility company's short- circuit current contribution.
C. For the purpose of this specification Section, the "Electrical System" shall be defined as the entire power distribution system, including the utility company's main service disconnect down through the main circuit breaker on each 240/120VAC and 208/120 VAC panelboard of all distributed branch circuits. Some equipment not modified as part of this contract is required to be included in the studies defined in this Section. Items within the "Electrical System" are comprised of:
1. All utility transformers
2. All medium voltage to low voltage transformers
3. All 480 VAC generators, transfer switches, switchboards, panelboards, distribution, power conditioning, motor control, and motors
4. All 480-208 VAC and 480-240 VAC transformers feeding panelboards
5. All 208 VAC and 240 VAC panelboards.
6. All 120V control panels.
D. The Short-Circuit Study shall provide for the calculation of fault currents at each piece of gear in the Electrical System for the entire Site. Fault currents shall be calculated for scenarios of utility and standby power, as outlined in this Section.
E. The Protective Device Coordination Study shall include trip characteristics for all protective devices in the Site Electrical System, from the utility company's main service disconnect through the main circuit breaker on each 208/120 VAC panelboard of all distributed branch circuits. Trip characteristics shall be analyzed for scenarios of utility and standby power, as outlined in this Section.
F. The Arc Flash Risk Assessment shall provide for arc flash incident energy calculations at all panels as required by IEEE 1584 (2018 Edition) and NFPA 70E.
G. Reports:
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16961 - 2 Power System Studies
1. Reports for the Short-Circuit Study, Protective Device Coordination Study, and Arc Flash Risk Assessment shall be stamped and signed by a California Registered Electrical Engineer.
2. Report calculations shall be generated by a software analysis application with proven accuracy and reliability at performing 3-phase fault calculations.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
C. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
D. InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) Standard for Acceptance Testing Specifications (ATS)
E. NFPA 70E, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace F. IEEE 1584 (2018 Edition), Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations G. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) (29 CFR PART 1910), Occupational Safety and Health Standards for General Industry
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data in accordance with the Product Review category of the General Conditions and the submittal requirements of Section 16010.
B. Submit credentials of firm performing the studies to demonstrate sufficient experience with performing this type of work, as specified herein.
C. Preliminary: Preliminary Short-Circuit Study, Protective Device Coordination Study, and Arc Flash Risk Assessment shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to release of equipment drawings for manufacturing. If formal completion of the studies may cause delay in equipment manufacturing, approval from the Engineer may be obtained for preliminary submittal of sufficient study data to ensure that the selection of device and characteristics will be satisfactory.
D. Results of the Short-Circuit Study, Protective Device Coordination Study, and Arc Flash Risk Assessment shall be summarized in a final report. Submit hardbound copies of the complete final report and one digital copy in PDF on a CD. Electronic delivery shall contain full searchable text, and include any computer models developed for the studies at no additional cost.
E. Sample arc flash warning labels for each piece of equipment. Submit copies of labels at full size, with all required information as calculated by the Arc Flash Risk Assessment.
1.05 DATA COLLECTION
A. The firm performing the Short-Circuit Study, Protective Device Coordination Study, and Arc Flash Risk Assessment shall furnish the Contractor with a listing of required data. The Contractor shall collect and furnish all required data. The Contractor shall expedite collection of the data to eliminate unnecessary delays and assure completion of the studies as required for final acceptance of the Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16961 - 3 Power System Studies
equipment shop drawings and/or prior to the release of the equipment for manufacturing.
1.06 MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES
A. The switchgear manufacturer shall furnish the services of a qualified field engineer and necessary tools and equipment in order to test, calibrate, and adjust the protective relays and circuit breaker trip devices as recommended in the Protective Device Coordination study.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Short-Circuit Study and Protective Device Coordination Study shall be performed as outlined in InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) Standard for Acceptance Testing Specifications, Section 6 with exceptions as included in this Section.
B. In order to select relays and fuse characteristics as required for optimum coordination, the coordination study shall be performed as soon as the vendors for the new electrical equipment are identified. Relays and fuse selection by the power distribution equipment suppliers shall be based on the results of the favorably reviewed study.
C. The studies shall be submitted to the Engineer for acceptance before final acceptance of power distribution equipment submittals and before any settings are made on equipment.
D. The final report for the Short-Circuit Study, Protective Device Coordination Study, and Arc Flash Risk Assessment shall be bound in a standard 8 1/2-inch by 11 inch sized report. The selection of all protective relay types, current transformers, and fuse types and ratings shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer and shall be based on the preliminary draft of the coordination study, which shall be submitted with the equipment shop drawings (or earlier). The studies shall be accepted by the Engineer before any equipment is shipped. See Paragraph 1.04 for submittal requirements.
E. The report shall include a single line diagram depicting the entire Electrical System included in the analysis. At a minimum, the single line diagram shall be on an 11- inch by 17-inch sheet, and include the following information:
1. Equipment/bus tags which match the contract documents
2. Equipment/bus ampacity ratings
3. Motor horsepower
4. Protective device frame rating, trip setting, and curve options, as applicable
5. Transformer primary/secondary voltages, kVA rating, and impedance
6. Conductor materials, insulation types, and lengths
F. The studies shall be run on each of the following scenarios:
1. Utility power
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16961 - 4 Power System Studies
2. Generator power
3.02 SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDY
A. Provide a complete Short-Circuit Study. The study shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following, as applicable:
1. Full compliance with applicable ANSI and IEEE Standards.
2. Performed on nationally recognized computer software, such as ETAP or SKM Power Tools.
3. Overall system impedance diagram. The diagram shall include the power company's impedance and X/R ratios and circuit element impedances (e.g., transformers, generators, motors, VFDs, feeders, distribution buses as applicable).
4. Available three phase and ground fault asymmetrical and symmetrical short- circuit fault currents at each piece of electrical equipment, bus, transformer, etc.
5. The momentary and interrupting rating of all elements of the distribution system shall be listed. The maximum available short-circuit fault current available at each element shall be calculated.
6. Executive summary describing the distribution system, the procedures used to develop the study, utility related information furnished by the utility company, including the name and telephone number of the individual supplying the information, identification of all assumptions made in the preparation of the study, identification of any problem areas, and a definitive statement concerning the adequacy of the distribution system to interrupt and withstand the maximum possible short-circuit fault current.
7. Computer printouts for the three phase, single phase and ground fault studies. Printouts shall indicate the short-circuit fault current available at each major equipment and distribution bus within the medium and low voltage distribution systems.
3.03 PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY
A. Provide a complete Protective Device Coordination Study. The Protective Device Coordination Study shall include, but shall not be limited to:
1. Utility protective devices.
2. Service entrance and distribution switchgear.
3. Medium and low voltage power system transformers.
4. Low voltage switchgear, switchboards, power distribution panels and motor control centers.
5. Power factor correction and harmonic mitigation equipment.
6. Motor starters and variable frequency drives.
7. Standby generators.
8. A tabulation of all the settings for every over current protective device, timer, power system relays (e.g., ANSI 50, 51), circuit breaker, recommended fuse and current transformer ratings, etc.
9. Transformer excitation current.
10. Motor and cable damage curves in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
11. Select relay types (e.g., inverse, very inverse, extremely inverse, overcurrent with or without voltage restraint, timers), current transformer ratings and types, fuse, residually or zero sequence connected ground faults protection, Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16961 - 5 Power System Studies
etc. that will allow the system to be protected within the equipment fault ratings and provide the maximum possible coordination between the protective devices.
12. Provide recommended settings for protective devices, such as relays and circuit breakers, to achieve the best selectivity to minimize system disturbances during fault clearing.
13. Provide a complete set of time-current coordination curves on log-log paper for every protective relay, circuit breaker, fuse, timer, etc. serving or located in the electrical equipment furnished for the project, including the utility protective devices. Provide a separate time-current curve for each unique feeder system, without displaying parallel devices powered from a common bus. The time-current curves shall display the coordination from the lowest device in the distribution system up through the utility's protective device.
Clearly identify each device curve displayed on the graph, by color coding and text callouts. Include specific settings used for the curve (as applicable) in the text callout. A single line diagram depicting the portion of the distribution system under study shall appear with each curve. The minimum size log paper to be submitted shall be 11-inch by 17-inch.
14. Time current curves shall include transformer ANSI damage and inrush curves, cable damage curves, circuit breaker and fuse ratings and settings, protective relay settings, and any other information required by ANSI and good design practices. As a minimum, provide curves for:
a. Each medium voltage and low voltage feeder down to 480-volt motor control centers and panelboards.
b. Each main, tie and feeder circuit breakers located in medium voltage and low voltage switchgear, motor control centers and panelboard.
Include the largest feeder circuit breaker in each motor control center and panelboard.
c. Each ground fault protective device provided for the medium voltage and low voltage power distribution systems.
B. The report shall include a reference to any part of the Electrical System where selectivity cannot be achieved, and a brief explanation of the cause. Provide recommendations where applicable for alternate methods that would improve selectivity.
3.04 ARC FLASH RISK ASSESSMENT
A. Provide a detailed Arc Flash Risk Assessment. The analysis shall include, but shall not be limited to:
1. Determine potential arc flash incident energies, arc flash boundaries, shock hazard boundaries and proper personal protection equipment (PPE) for all energized electrical equipment.
2. The study shall determine worst-case scenarios for the arc flash energy level calculations, and any suggested changes to the protection scheme or equipment selection that will result in improved system reliability and safety.
3. The study shall indicate the worst-case values for each of the scenarios listed in Paragraph 3.01F. Provide values in tabular format including at a minimum, location of fault, incident energy, arc flash boundary, working distance, acting protective device, protective device activation time, and arcing fault current.
4. Provide executive summary, including introduction, methodology, information sources, key assumptions, NFPA 70E considerations and calculations.
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16961 - 6 Power System Studies
5. Develop and install arc flash warning labels based on arc flash study results.
3.05 FIELD ADJUSTMENT
A. All field adjustment and modifications shall be performed in the presence of the Owner, before energizing equipment.
B. Adjust relay and protective device settings according to the recommended settings table provided by the coordination study. Field adjustments shall be completed by the equipment manufacturer.
C. Make minor modifications to equipment as required to accomplish conformance with Short-Circuit and Protective Device Coordination studies.
3.06 MODIFICATIONS
A. Notify the Owner in writing of any required major equipment modifications. Major modifications to the equipment shall not be allowed unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer and the Owner.
3.07 ARC FLASH WARNING LABELS
A. The vendor shall provide a 4 inch by 4 inch thermal transfer type label of high adhesion polyester for each work location analyzed. Labels shall be machine printed, with no field markings.
B. The label shall have an orange header, compliant with ANSI Z535, with the wording, "WARNING, SHOCK & ARC FLASH HAZARD", and shall include the following information:
1. Location designation (equipment identification tag)
2. Nominal voltage
3. Arc flash boundary
4. Incident energy at working distance (in calories/centimeter-squared)
5. Working distance
6. Shock boundaries
a. Limited approach distance
b. Restricted approach distance
7. Required personal protective equipment,
8. Engineering report number, revision number and issue date.
9. Where voltage exceeds 600 VAC or incident energy is greater than 40 cal/cm2, label header shall be changed to "DANGER, SHOCK & ARC FLASH HAZARD."
C. Arc flash labels shall be provided in the following manner and all labels shall be based on recommended overcurrent device settings.
1. For each 600, 480 and applicable 240 and 208 VAC panelboards and disconnects, one arc flash label shall be provided.
2. For each industrial control panel, provide one arc flash label.
3. For each transformer, provide one arc flash label at both the front and rear access points, as applicable.
4. For each low voltage motor control center, at least one arc flash label shall be provided. Motor control centers larger than five sections shall bear one arc flash label for each five sections. Back-to-back or turned corner Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16961 - 7 Power System Studies
configurations shall be treated as two motor control centers for the purpose of labeling.
5. For each 96-inches of low voltage switchboard, one arc flash label shall be provided.
6. For each standalone VFD or motor starter, one arc flash label shall be provided.
7. For each switchgear, provide one arc flash label for each the front and rear of the incoming compartment and one arc flash label on each compartment that houses a draw-out device.
8. For each medium voltage motor control center, provide one arc flash label each for the front and rear of the incoming compartment, one label for each individual starter or switch operating handle, and one label each for any draw- out power drawers.
9. Where equipment includes a "maintenance mode" bypass setting on a protective device as a temporary arc-flash reduction measure, provide one arc flash label at the applicable protective device which indicates the calculated values when maintenance mode is enabled. This label shall be clearly marked to indicate what it represents.
D. The Contractor shall affix the labels in accordance with the following:
1. Labels shall be in a clearly visible location on the front panel of the equipment near the incoming service or main protective device. Labels on equipment with bottom-entry incoming service shall be placed a minimum of 60-inches from the bottom of the equipment.
2. Labels affixed to outdoor equipment which includes an outer door and inner deadfront panel shall be placed on the deadfront panel to avoid fading due to exposure to the elements.
3. For labels affixed to removable compartment doors or covers, the removable cover shall be clearly marked to identify the specific compartment for which it is intended to be used.
3.08 ARC FLASH TRAINING
A. The equipment manufacturer shall provide arc flash training to the Owner's staff. At a minimum, the training shall include potential arc flash hazards associated with working on energized equipment and maintenance procedures in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70E, Standard For Electrical Safety Requirements For Employee Workplaces. The training shall be recorded in a video format and provided on a DVD or solid-state media to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
Job No. 2244100*02
City of Carlsbad
Poinsettia Lift Station Generator
Replacement Project
16961 - 8 Power System Studies
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Appendix A
Building Permit Application Template
1 Daniel Zimny
From: Spencer Waldron
Sent: Tuesday, December 26, 2023 1:09 PM
To: Daniel Zimny
Subject: CBC2023-0108; 2351 GEODE LN
Attachments: B-2 Commercial Application FILLABLE 2022.pdf; B-59 PART 1 Waste Management Plan - FILLABLE 2022.pdf; B-61 Owner-Builder Acknowledgment 2022.pdf; CBC2023-0108 HAZMAT FORM.pdf Follow Up Flag: Follow up
Flag Status: Flagged
Hello, your project is approved and ready to issue. Please read this email for instructions on how to pick up your permit.
Next steps:
1. Bring all documents listed below AND THIS EMAIL to the building counter (we cannot accept via email)
2. Payment of permit fees can be done online or in person
3. We will issue the permit to a licensed general contractor or owner/builder* (or their authorized agent)
4. PLEASE COME TO THE BUILDING COUNTER TO RECEIVE YOUR STAMPED PLANS AND JOB CARD NO APPOINTMENT NECESSARY (COUNTER HOURS ARE MONDAY THRU FRIDAY 8:00AM – 4:00PM FOR ISSUANCE)
All documents listed below must be brought in to the bulding counter at time of issuance. (we cannot accept via email).
1. B-1 OR B-2 APPLICATION INCOMPLETE: Please complete the attached permit application. a. *If Owner-Builder – Owner to complete Option B on page 2 of the application as well as completing the attached B-61 Owner-Builder Acknowledgement form. FOR more information on Owner/Builder see Contractors State License Board: https://www2.cslb.ca.gov/Consumers/Know_Risks_Of_Owner_- _Builder/
b. If Contractor – Contractor to complete the contractor information on page 1 and Option A on page 2. If the contractor does not have a current City of Carlsbad business license, they can apply here:
https://www.carlsbadca.gov/services/depts/finance/licenses/ Once applied, add confirmation number to section where the business license number would go.
2. COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO: Hazardous Materials Questionnaire (STAMPED BY APPLICABLE AGENCY IF REQUIRED) a. The responses to the submitted form (attached above) indicate that stamps from both the HMD and APCD are required.
3. B-59 WASTE MANAGEMENT FORM: Please complete Part 1 of the attached waste management plan and return to the building department.
1. PERMIT PAYMENT:
2 a. Due this being a city project, I have sent the invoice for the outstanding fee to our management analyst to work on tranferring the funds between departments.
Please do not email documents.
For questions on the permit issuance process, or to speak with a Building Technician, please email [email protected]
COMMERCIAL
BUILDING PERMIT
APPLICATION
B-2
Plan Check
Est. Value
PC Deposit
Date
Job Address Suite: APN:
Tenant Name #: Lot #: Year Built:
Year Built:_______ Occupancy:_______ Construction Type:______ Fire sprinklers: YES NO A/C: YES NO BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
PROPERT Y OWNER
Name:
Address:
St ate: Zip: City: State: Zip:
Phone:
Em ail:
CONTRACTOR OF RE CORD
Business Name:
St ate: Zip:
APPLICANT (PRIMARY CONTACT)
Name:
Address:
City:
Phone:
Email:
DESIGN PROFESSIONAL
Name:
Address:
City:
Phone:
Email:
Architect State License:
Address:
City: State: Zip:
Phone:
Email:
CSLB License #: Class:
Carlsbad Business License # (Required):
APPLICANT CERTIFICATION: I certify that I have read the application and state that the above information is correct and that the information on the plans is accurate. I agree to comply with all City ordinances and State laws relating to building construction.
NAME (PRINT): DATE:
1635 Faraday Ave Carlsbad, CA 92008
SIGN:
Ph: 442-339‐2719 Fax: 760‐602‐8558 Email: [email protected] 1 REV. 07/21
Solar: KW, Modules, Mounted: Roof Ground
Reroof:
Plumbing/Mechanical/Electrical
Other: ______________________________________________________________________________________ Additional Gas or Electrical Features?
Pool/Spa: SF
Tenant Improvement: ___________ SF, Existing Use: ________________ Proposed Use: ________________ ___________ SF, Existing Use: ________________ Proposed Use: ________________ Addition/New:___________________________ New SF and Use, New SF and Use _______________ SF Deck, ________________SF Patio Cover, __________________ SF Other (Specify)__________
THIS PAGE REQUIRE
D AT PERMIT ISSUANCE PLAN CHECK NUMBER: __________________ A BUILDING PERMIT CAN BE ISSUED TO EITHER A STATE LICENSED CONTRACTOR OR A PROPERTY OWNER. IF THE PERSON SIGNING THIS FORM IS AN AGENT FOR EITHER ENTITY AN AUTHORIZATION FORM OR LETTER IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO PERMIT ISSUANCE.
(OPTION A): LICENSED CO NTRACTOR DECLARATION:
I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code, and my license is in full force and effect. I also affirm under penalty of perjury one of the following declarations (CHOOSE ONE):
I have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self‐insure for workers’ compensation provided by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work which this permit is issued. Policy No.
-OR-
I have and will maintain worker’s compensation, as required by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued.
My workers’ compensation insurance carrier and policy number are: Insurance Company Name:
Policy No. _____________________________________________________________ Expiration Date:
-OR-
Certificate of
Exemption: I certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the workers’ compensation Laws of California. WARNING: Failure to secure workers compensation coverage is unlawful and shall subject an employer to criminal
penalties and civil fines up to $100,000.00, in addition the to the cost of compensation, damages as provided for in Section 3706 of the Labor Code, interest and attorney’s fees.
CONSTRUCTION LENDING AGENCY, IF ANY:
I hereby affirm that there is a construction lending agency for the performance of the work this permit is issued (Sec. 3097 (i) Civil Code).
Lender’s Name: Lender’s Address:
CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION: I certify that I have read the application and state that the above information is correct and that the information on the plans is accurate. I agree to comply with all City ordinances and State laws relating to building construction.
NAME (PRINT): SIGNATURE: DATE:
Note: If the person signing above is an authorized agent for the contractor provide a letter of authorization on contractor letterhead. ‐ OR ‐
(OPTION B): OWNER‐BUILDER DECLARATION:
I hereby affirm that I am exempt from Contractor’s License Law for the following reason:
I, as owner of the property or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work and the structure is not intended or offered for sale (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractor’s License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and who does such work himself or through his own employees, provided that such improvements are not intended or offered for sale. If, however, the building or improvement is sold within one year of completion, the owner‐builder will have the burden of proving that he did not build or improve for the purpose of sale). -OR-
I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractor’s License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and contracts for such projects with contractor(s) licensed pursuant to the Contractor’s License Law).
-OR-
I am exempt under Business and Professions Code Division 3, Chapter 9, Article 3 for this reason:
AND,
FORM B‐61 “Owner Builder Acknowledgement and Verification Form” is required for any permit issued to a property owner.
By my signature below I acknowledge that, except for my personal residence in which I must have resided for at least one year prior to completion of the improvements covered by this permit, I cannot legally sell a structure that I have built as an owner‐builder if it has not been constructed in its entirety by licensed contractors. I understand that a copy of the applicable law, Section 7044 of the Business and Professions Code, is available upon request when this application is submitted or at the following Web site: http://www.leginfo.ca.gov/calaw.html.
OWNER CERTIFICATION: I certify that I have read the application and state that the above information is correct and that the information on the plans is accurate. I agree to comply with all City ordinances and State laws relating to building construction.
NAME (PRINT): SIGN: DATE:
Note: If the person signing above is an authorized agent for the property owner include form B‐62 signed by property owner. 1635 Faraday Ave Carlsbad, CA 92008 Ph: 442-339‐2719 Fax: 760‐602‐8558 Email: [email protected] 2 REV. 07/21
Rev. 05/22
without a completed Construction Waste Management Plan.
APPLICABLE TO NEW CONSTRUCTION, ALL RESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS AND COMMERCIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS OVER $200K. If you have questions about the recycling requirement or completing this form, please contact Republic Services at (760) 332-6464 a certified C&D recycler, or the Carlsbad Building Division at (442) 339-2700. Please note: Unless you are self-ha uling, Republic Services or approved haulers must be used for all construction projects within the City of Carlsbad.
PART 1 Complete and submit this form when applying for a Building Permit. Note: Permits will not be issued Applicant Information
Permit No. Project Title
Project Address APN
Owner Contractor Architect Other
Applicant Name
Last First
Applicant Address
Phone ( ) E-mail Address
Applicant Mailing Address
(if different than project address)
Project Type
(check all that apply):
Residential Commercial Public Building Industrial
Brief Description
Project Size Estimated Cost of Project $
(square footage)
Please check the appropriate box:
I plan on using REPUBLIC SERVICES roll-off bin(s) for all materials and will provide all receipts after construction.
I plan on using a City Approved Hauler and will provide all receipts after construction.
This is a proposed LEED certified project and I plan on separating materials on site in conjunction with Republic Acknowledgement: I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the information provided in and with this form pertains to construction and demolition debris generated only from the project listed in PART 1, that I have reviewed the accuracy of the information, and that the information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Print Name ___Signature _____Date
CONSTRUCTION WASTE
MANAGEMENT PLAN
B-59
Development Services
Building Division
1635 Faraday Avenue
442-339-2719
www.carlsbadca.gov
DEBRIS RECYCLING ESTIMATE:
SECTION A Permit No. Project Title
Project Address APN
Applicant Name Phone ( )
Last First
SECTION B Complete the following table with estimated waste tonnage to be generated by your project.
This is your plan for construction waste management. Changes can be made on the final recycle report.
Goal: the diversion rate shall be 65% by weights of debris.
Material Type Estimated
Waste Quantity
(tons)
A
Place a (ü) check
next to items to be
reused or salvaged
B
Place a (ü) check next
to items to be
recycled
C
Place a (ü) check next
to items to be
disposed at landfill
Complete this line of the table only if
only using WASTE MANAGEMENT
roll-off bins.
Mixed C&D Debris
Asphalt & Concrete
Brick / Masonry / Tile
Mixed Inert Debris
Cabinets, Doors, Fixtures,
Windows (circle all that apply)
Carpet
Carpet Padding / Foam
Cardboard
Ceiling Tile (acoustic)
Drywall (used, new, scrap)
Landscape Debris (brush, trees,
stumps, etc.) No dirt.
Unpainted Wood & Pallets
Roofing Materials
Scrap Metal
Stucco
Other:
TOTAL =
SECTION C
To meet 65% Diversion Requirement (estimate) x 0.65 = tons Total Estimated Waste from above Minimum Required Diversion Contractor/Owner Signature Date
PART 1 Complete, obtain signature, and submit this form when applying for a Building Permit. Note: Permits will (cont’d) not be issued without a completed Construction Waste Management Plan.
Rev. 05/22
Rev. .05/22
Category Material
Mixed Debris Construction
Demolition
Asphalt/Concrete Asphalt (broken)
Concrete (broken)
Concrete (solid slab)
Brick/Masonry/Tile Brick (broken)
Brick (whole, palletized)
Masonry brick (broken)
Tile
Building Materials (cabinets, doors, windows, etc.)
Cardboard (flat)
Carpet By square foot
By cubic yard
Carpet Padding/Foam
Ceiling Tiles Whole (palletized)
Loose
Drywall (new or used) 1/2” (by square foot)
5/8” (by square foot)
Demo/used (by cu. yd.)
Landscape Debris (brush, trees, etc.)
Asphalt Composition
Shingles, asphalt Shingle
Unpainted Wood/Pallets By board foot
By cubic yard
Trash/Garbage
Other (estimated weight)
Column A
Volume
cy
cy
cy
cy
cy
cy
cy
cy
sq ft
cy
cy
sq ft
cy
sq ft
cy
cy
sq ft
sq ft
cy
cy
cy
bd ft
cy
cy
cy
cy
cy
cy
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Column B
Tons/Unit
0.18 1.19
0.70 1.20
1.30 0.70
1.51 0.60
0.00175
0.15 0.05
0.0005
0.30 0.000125
0.0003
0.09 0.0008
0.00105
0.25 0.15
0.22 0.001375
0.15 0.18
estimate
estimate
estimate
estimate
Total all
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Column C
Tons
Conversion Table for Common Construction Waste
This document is informational only. It is here to help you convert truckload quantities to tons, if necessary.
HM-9171 (9/18) County of San Diego - DEH - Hazardous Materials Division
OFFICE USE ONLY
RECORD ID #
PLAN CHECK #
BP DATE / /
SAN DIEGO REGIONAL
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
QUESTIONNAIRE
Business Name
Business Contact
Telephone #
Project Address (include suite)
City
State
Zip Code
APN#
Mailing Address (include suite)
City
State
Zip Code
Plan File#
Project Contact Applicant E-mail
Telephone #
The following questions represent the facility’s activities, NOT the specific project description.
PART I: FIRE DEPARTMENT – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: (not required for projects within the City of San Diego): Indicate by circling the item, whether your business will use, process, or store any of the following hazardous materials. If any of the items are circled, applicant must contact the Fire Protection Agency with jurisdiction prior to plan submittal.
Occupancy Rating: Facility’s Square Footage (including proposed project):
1. Explosive or Blasting Agents 5. Organic Peroxides 9. Water Reactives 13. Corrosives
2. Compressed Gases 6. Oxidizers
10. Cryogenics
14. Other Health Hazards
3. Flammable/Combustible Liquids 7. Pyrophorics
11. Highly Toxic or Toxic Materials
15. None of These.
4. Flammable Solids 8. Unstable Reactives 12. Radioactives PART II: SAN DIEGO COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION (HMD): If the answer to any of the questions is yes, applicant must contact the County of San Diego Hazardous Materials Division, 5500 Overland Avenue, Suite 170, San Diego, CA 92123.
Call (858) 505-6700 prior to the issuance of a building permit.
FEES ARE REQUIRED Project Completion Date: Expected Date of Occupancy:
YES NO (for new construction or remodeling projects)
1. Is your business listed on the reverse side of this form? (check all that apply).
2. Will your business dispose of Hazardous Substances or Medical Waste in any amount?
3. Will your business store or handle Hazardous Substances in quantities greater than or equal to 55 gallons, 500 pounds and/or 200 cubic feet?
4. Will your business store or handle carcinogens/reproductive toxins in any quantity?
5. Will your business use an existing or install an underground storage tank?
6. Will your business store or handle Regulated Substances (CalARP)?
7. Will your business use or install a Hazardous Waste Tank System (Title 22, Article 10)?
8. Will your business store petroleum in tanks or containers at your facility with a total facility storage capacity equal to or greater than 1,320 gallons? (California’s Aboveground Petroleum Storage Act).
CalARP Exempt
/
Date Initials
CalARP Required
/
Date Initials
CalARP Complete
/
Date Initials
PART III: SAN DIEGO COUNTY AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT (APCD): The following questions are intended to identify the majority of air pollution issues at the planning stage. Your project may require additional measures not identified by these questions. Some residential projects may be exempt from APCD requirements. If yes is answered for either questions 1, 2 or 5 or f or more comprehensive requirements, please contact APCD at [email protected]; (858) 586-2650; or 10124 Old Grove Road, San Diego, CA 92131.
YES NO
1. Will the project disturb 100 square feet or more of existing building materials?
2. Will any load supporting structural members be removed?
3. (ANSWER ONLY IF QUESTION 1 or 2 IS YES) Has an asbestos survey been performed by an individual that has passed an EPA-approved building inspector course?
4. (ANSWER ONLY IF QUESTION 1 or 2 IS YES) Based on the survey results, will the project disturb any asbestos containing material? If yes, a notification may be required at least 10 working days prior to commencing asbestos removal. Additionally, a notification may be required prior to the removal of a load supporting structural member(s) regardless of the presence of asbestos.
5. Will the project or associated construction equipment emit air contaminants? See the reverse side of this form for typical equipment requiring an APCD permit. If yes, contact APCD prior to the issuance of a building permit.
6. (ANSWER ONLY IF QUESTION 5 IS YES) Will the project or associated construction equipment be located within 1,000 feet of a school boundary?
Briefly describe business activities: Briefly describe proposed project:
I declare under penalty of perjury that to the best of my knowledge and belief the responses made herein are true and correct. / /
Name of Owner or Authorized Agent Signature of Owner or Authorized Agent Date FOR OFFICAL USE ONLY:
FIRE DEPARTMENT OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION:
BY: DATE: / /
EXEMPT OR NO FURTHER INFORMATION REQUIRED RELEASED FOR BUILDING PERMIT BUT NOT FOR OCCUPANCY RELEASED FOR OCCUPANCY COUNTY-HMD*
APCD COUNTY-HMD APCD COUNTY-HMD APCD
*A stamp in this box only exempts businesses from completing or updating a Hazardous Materials Business Plan. Other permitting requirements may still apply
HM-9171 (9/18) County of San Diego - DEH - Hazardous Materials Division
LIST OF BUSINESSES WHICH REQUIRE REVIEW AND APPROVAL FROM THE COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION Check all that apply:
AUTOMOTIVE CHEMICAL HANDLING MISCELLANEOUS
Battery Manufacturing/Recycling
Boat Yard
Car Wash
Dealership Maintenance/Painting
Machine Shop
Painting
Radiator Shop
Rental Yard Equipment
Repair/Preventive Maintenance
Spray Booth
Transportation Services
Wrecking/Recycling
Photographic Processing
Pool Supplies/Maintenance
Printing/Blue Printing
Road Coatings
Swimming Pool
Toxic Gas Handler
Toxic Gas Manufacturer
Asphalt Plant
Biotechnology/Research
Cannabis-r elated
Manufacturing Dispensary Other
Co-Generation Plant
Dental Clinic/O ffice
Dialysis Center
Emergency Generator
Frozen Food Processing Facility
Hazardous Waste Hauler
Hospital/Convalescent Home
Laboratory/Biological Lab
Medical Clinic/Office
Nitrous Oxide (NOx) Control System
Pharmaceuticals
Public Utility
Refrigeration System
Rock Quarry
Ship Repair/Construction
Telecommunications Cell Site
Veterinary Clinic/Hospital
Wood/Furniture Manufacturing/Refinishing
Brewery/Winery/Distillery
METAL WORKING
Anodizing
Chemical Milling/Etching
Finish-C oating/Painting
Flame Spraying
Foundry
Machine Shop-D rilling/Lathes/Mills
Metal Plating
Metal Prepping/Chemical Coating
Precious Metal Recovery
Sand Blasting/Grinding
Steel Fabricator
Wrought Iron Manufacturing
CHEMICAL HANDLING
Agricultural supplier/distributor
Chemical Manufacturer
Chemical Supplier/Distributor
Coatings/Adhesive
Compressed Gas Supplier/Distributor
Dry Cleaning
Fiberglass/Resin Application
Gas Station
Industrial Laundry
Laboratory
Laboratory Supplier/Distributor
Oil and Fuel Bulk Supply
Pesticide Operator/Distributor
AEROSPACE
Aerospace Industry
Aircraft Maintenance
Aircraft Manufacturing
ELECTRONICS
Electronic Assembly/Sub-A ssembly
Electronic Components Manufacturing
Printed Circuit Board Manufacturing
NOTE: THE ABOVE LIST INCLUDES BUSINESSES, WHICH TYPICALLY USE, STORE, HANDLE, AND DISPOSE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.
ANY BUSINESS NOT INCLUDED ON THIS LIST, WHICH HANDLES, USES OR DISPOSES OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES MAY STILL REQUIRE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION (HMD) REVIEW OF BUSINESS PLANS. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL (858) 505-6880.
LIST OF AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT PERMIT CATEGORIES Businesses, which include any of the following operations or equipment, will require clearance from the Air Pollution Control District.
CHEMICAL
47 – Organic Gas Sterilizers
32 – Acid Chemical Milling
33 – Can & Coil Manufacturing
44 – Evaporators, Dryers & Stills Processing
Organic Materials
24 – Dry Chemical Mixing & Detergent Spray
Towers
35 – Bulk Dry Chemicals Storage
55 – Chrome Electroplating Tanks
COATINGS & ORGANIC SOLVENTS
27 – Coating & Painting
37 – Plasma Arc & Ceramic Deposition Spray
Booths
38 – Paint, Stain & Ink Mfg
27 – Printing
27 – Polyester Resin/Fiberglass Operations
METALS
18 – Metal Melting Devices
19 – Oil Quenching & Salt Baths
32 – Hot Dip Galvanizing
39 – Precious Metals Refining
ORGANIC COMPOUND MARKETING
(GASOLINE, ETC)
25 – Gasoline & Alcohol Bulk Plants & Terminals
25 – Intermediate Refuelers
26 – Gasoline & Alcohol Fuel Dispensing
COMBUSTION
34 – Piston Internal – Combustion Engines
13 – Boilers & Heaters (1 million BTU/hr or larger)
14 – Incinerators & Crematories
15 – Burn Out Ovens
16 – Core Ovens
20 – Gas Turbines, and Turbine Test Cells & Stands
48 – Landfill and/or Digester Gas Flares
ELECTRONICS
29 – Automated Soldering
42 – Electronic Component Mfg
FOOD
12 – Fish Canneries
12 – Smoke Houses
50 – Coffee Roasters
35 – Bulk Flour & Powered Sugar Storage
SOLVENT USE
28 – Vapor & Cold Degreasing
30 – Solvent & Extract Driers
31 – Dry Cleaning
ROCK AND MINERAL
04 – Hot Asphalt Batch Plants
05 – Rock Drills
06 – Screening Operations
07 – Sand Rock & Aggregate Plants
08 – Concrete Batch, CTB, Concrete Mixers, Mixers
& Silos
10 – Brick Manufacturing
OTHER
01 – Abrasive Blasting Equipment
03 – Asphalt Roofing Kettles & Tankers
46 – Reverse Osmosis Membrane Mfg
51 – Aqueous Waste Neutralization
11 – Tire Buffers
17 – Brake Debonders
23 – Bulk Grain & Dry Chemical Transfer & Storage
45 – Rubber Mixers
21 – Waste Disposal & Reclamation Units
36 – Grinding Booths & Rooms
40 – Asphalt Pavement Heaters
43 – Ceramic Slip Casting
41 – Perlite Processing
40 – Cooling Towers – Registration Only
91 – Fumigation Operations
56 – WWTP (1 million gal/day or larger) & Pump
Station
NO
TE: OTHER EQUIPMENT NOT LISTED HERE THAT IS CAPABLE OF EMITTING AIR CONTAMINANTS MAY REQUIRE AN AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT PERMIT. IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS, CONTACT THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT AT (858) 586-2600.
Appendix B
Station As-Built Drawings for
Reference Only
-w
-
----- 4 - -
11201
Iulu UI UU I -
I.... U. U UUUUUU lUll UUU
immimm
UUU UUUUUUlUll UUUUUUUUUUUU I.... UUUUUUU I.... U...... U.... IUUU •UUUUUUUII E3
IllUU
huh uuPuu.
IUU UUUUUUUU r
om IIUUUl UUUUUUUUUI•UUUIUUU1UUUUUUUIIUUUUUU 11111 UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUI IU UUUIUUUUUUUSUUUU IUUUU UUUUUUUUUIUUUUUU flu,. NO __. i.l 0I ;_ .
U.. ISlU •IUUUU NONEU ISIUU 6
UUUUUU •UUUUU Mull UUUUUU UUUUUU MIII UUUUUU UUUUUU MENEM U U U I ITL _I••___ -- U QL 2 O Z.4, TOUtT 1'7~ RO~T `40~1~-
I IiII!UUUUI!u..us.uwr!:fl:nII:pp:Ini: jj.: U. UU11111fl1 U UUU MIN No U UUUI I
mommoomwoemommom •... .. ......
M WW
UUUURUUUUUURRUMUUW .U. UU UUUUSU kOMNIU UUUUUUUUUUUUUUU UUUUUUU UI •IUUUI UHI!111L 4iI!!tuii .JI!iiiI ..ME A., MINES
. I....
'IIfliUUflhiUUUUIàii!U!EIUI • AIIIIIUIiU!!!!!
UUUUU IUUUU -UUUU. ' liIIIIUUUUUU 111U•U UUUUUU UUU•UU UUUI UUU I F 'ii_ ' trTii' U U i mmmmU UUUUUU UU
PIW~AdT 0
mom MOWN MENEM
so
- - ------ -- ----.
I1J1t111tti L H I if JJ -
ff1 [hi: 111 ± I r=a' H. + i. l±if T Lii J Iii H -1RIZ.1"=401 I I 39+00 40+00 41+00 42+00 43+00 44+00 45+00 46+00 47+00 48+00 PROPOS ED 5'DIA SEWER ACcE$S MANHOLE /S ACCESS MANHOLE GREENS S SPACE PROPOSED CUM EAS!~MIENT
/ PROPOSED 12 PVC SEWER FM BY OTHERS
BY O- TH E-RS BY OTHERS. SEE NOTE 1. 5' DiA SEWER ACCESS MANHOLE VLL4GES POINSETTIA LJFT STATON WITH 15 PVC STUB BY OTHERS
STA \ / CMWD /TA1°D ' SEWER ACCESS MANHOLE
101+80
©
SEE DETAIL
N 04 15 PVC STUB FOR FUTURE C
0 GRAVITY SEWER CONNECTION
I I / I fl55C r%5AvtU- IJ( 'J-W •II' ----- - - -- - / = 1116~- d, In; port, by otrs. While this information is believed to be -
ASL- ConsaftI Engineefi is not responsible for its occurocy. (BY OTHERS) - por for erDr or ornisjon$ wh(ch mqyL have been incorporated into I STA 101 +55.00
APN 215-034-08 12- PLUG VALVE
0) -.---' I \ EXIST 12 DIP R/FSS
--
-: - - -- -- r
PIPEUNE_DATA R L T DELTA / BEARING DESCRIPTION
0 2520.00" 463.21' 232.26' 1031'54' 24' DIP
21 - 34.14' - N 71'56'59' E 24' DIP
- 80.50' - N 6424127N W 24' DIP
- 182.50' - N 40'37'54' W 24' DIP
4 - 22.00' - N 86'45'41' W 24 0 DIP
- 189.15' - N 81'04'08 E 24' DIP
1491.00' 382.61 192.36 1442'11' 24' DIP
- 1559.56' - N 66'21'57 E 24' DIP - -
- 160.00' - N 16'11'59' W 12' DIP
- 0 - - 20.00' - N 7Y48'01' E 12' P VC
- 0 - 62.15' - N 16.20100N W 15' PVC
\\\
\
\ EXIST 10' VWD EASEMENT
3\
EXIST 20' VWD EASEMENT
STA 101+ 0.00
12 x 12' TEE W ITH 12' PLUG
INSTALL THRUST BLOCK
PER VWD STD DWG W-15-
AWFrHARINAREAOF \ ,
CONSTRUCT BLOWOFF PIPE
- -
&nr 0
PROPOSE)
J A
POI'ISETflA
" Q) '-"STA 43+50
XIST OH ELECTRICAL CTS #6
INSTAI I 2-WIRE TEST S TATION LLIIVN) .
WITH 3 ANODES
SEE DETAIL
...................
-
COORDINATE TABLE
o STATION N E DESCRIPTION
() STA 39+66.88 1987016.92 6252368.57 END CURVE
() STA 40+01.02 1987027.50 6252401.03 HORIZ ANG PT 4Y38'35' STA 40+81.52 1986992.73 6252473.63 HORIZ ANG PT 23'46'33' - STA 42+64.02 1986854.23 1252592.47 HORIZ ANG PT 46'07'48' STA 42+86.02 1986852.98 1252614.44 HORIZ ANG PT 1210'l1' - STA 44+75.17 1986882.35 1252801.30 BEGIN CURVE
28 -
- 1988355.27 1252569.82 RADIUS PT
29 = STA 48+57.78 1986989.33 1253167.56 END CURVE -
W STA 100+00.00 1986927.93 1253000.84 24' x 12' TEE
- 0 - STA 101+6000 1987081.58 1252956.20 5 DtA MANHOLE
- 0 - STA 101+80.00 11987087.16 1252975.41 5 DIA MANHOLE 0 STA 102+42.15 1987146.80 P252957.93 1 END BLOWOFF PIPE Ct\3I
UUTrLrffrES '21oz CONSTRUCT 24" DIP
\ I
) PROPOSED GRADING (BY OTHERS)
-- - -- ---- - - --- ------
- - - - - - - - -
STATION EQUATION
STA 4 6+80 M.ÔJN -
SEWER PROPOSED 20' VWD EASEMENT 5' (riP) STA 100+00 (BLOWOFF PIPE) 24' x 12' TEE
12' PLUG VALVE
ASL Consulting Engineers 11770 BERNARDO PLAZA CT., SUITE 116 SAN DIEGO, CA 92128
(619) 673-5505 FAX (619) 673-1610
EC CR0 ORA WINGS"
DESCRIPTION
REVISIONS
DESIGNED BY RSA CHECKED BY
DRAWN BY KAB DATE 4/02/98
NOTES:
1. THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF THE PROPOSED 2. CONTRACTOR TO OVER EXCAVATE - - -
12' PVC SEWER FM BY OTHERS IS SCHEDULED TO COMPETENT MATERIAL AS FROM FEBRUARY 1 TO MAY 31, 1998. THUS, DIRECTED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL PROPOSED THESE UTILITIES MAY BE IN PLACE BEFORE ENGINEER. RECOMPACT WITH BASE THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW 24' DIP MATERIAL TO 90% RELATIVE OPEN ' SEWER, & THEREFORE MUST BE PROPERLY COMPACTION.
SPACE SUPPORTED DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.
IF CONSTRUCTION IS SIMULTANEOUS, CONTRACTOR C-4111 SHALL COORDINATE AS REQUIRED.
OUSIo oe VALLECITOS WATER DISTRICT VALL.ECITOS WATER DIS1JICT VALLECITOS WATER DISTRICT ASL PROJECT NO. 2020.010.02
RECOMMENDED BY
11 6f LAND OUTFALL SEWER REPLACEMENT SHEET NO. J~ OF rn t/ 045927 *12-31-98J*J 7 II-4 (ORIGINAL STA 187+00 TO 268+00) D DWG. NO FILE NAME T SSPPT OF cAk'\i
_______________ PRESTON H. LEWIS DATE 'DeIPIS 0. LAMB DATE PLAN & PROFiLE 2111- ooi- 08 RCE NO. 46927 DIRECTOR OF E1(I1G & OPAT1ONS P0 411 VWD LN 98-33
CMWD 95-402 5ht. .
C-2i (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
Appendix C
CARB Fleet Compliance Certification
City Attorney Approved Version 12/14/2023
DISCLOSURE & SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT
VEHICLE EMISSION DISCLOSURE & COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENT.
This Project is subject to the following regulation(s) by the California Air Resources Board. In bidding this Project, it shall be the Bidder’s sole responsibility to evaluate and include the cost of complying with all equipment and vehicle emission requirements under this Contract and applicable law in its Bid.
ADVANCED CLEAN FLEETS.
Vehicles with a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) greater than 8,500 lbs. and light -duty package delivery vehicles operated in California may be subject to the California Air Resources Board Advanced Clean Fleets regulations. Such vehicles may therefore be subject to requirements to reduce emissions of air pollutants. For more information, please visit the CARB Advanced Clean Fleets webpage at https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our-work/programs/advanced-clean- fleets.
Bidders utilizing subcontractors shall provide a signed certificate of reported compliance for each listed subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed Subcontractors form. Bidders, and its subcontractors must be registered as compliant fleet s at the time of bid submittal. In the event that a bidder, or its subcontractors, are exempt from this regulation, the bidder must submit a signed statement attesting to the fact, and to the reason(s) why it is not subject to the High Priority and Federal Fleets Regulation of Title 13, CCR Section 2015 through 2015.6 and the State and Local Government Fleets Regulation of Title 13, CCR Section 2013 through 2013.4.
Failure to certify as a compliant fleet or provide an attestation to an exemption, may render the bid non-responsive.
IN-USE OFF-ROAD DIESEL-FUELED FLEETS.
Any contractor utilizing off highway vehicles or equipment may be subject to compliance with the In-Use Off-Road Diesel-Fueled Fleets Regulation. For more information, please visit the CARB In-Use Off -Road Diesel -Fueled Fleets Regulation webpage at : https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/our- work/programs/use-road-diesel-fueled-fleets-regulation.
Bidders shall submit with its Bid a valid California Air Resources Board certificate of reported compliance. Bidders utilizing subcontractors shall submit the DOORS ID number for each listed subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed Subcontractors form. Bidders are responsible for including a certificate of reported compliance for each identified subcon tractor.
Failure to submit valid certificates may render the bid non-responsive.
GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.
Contractor will keep fully informed of federal, state and local laws and ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed by Contractor, or in any way affect the performance of the Services by Contractor. Contractor will at all times observe and comply with these laws, ordinances, and regulations and will be responsible for the compliance of Contractor's services with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations.
Contractor will be aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and will comply with those requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors and consultants whose services are required by this Agreement.
City Attorney Approved Version 12/14/2023
Contractor is aware of the requirements of the emissions reduction regulations being mandated by the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) and that it will comply with all applicable regulations before commencing the performance of the work and maintain compliance throughout the duration of this Agreement.
CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD.
The California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) implemented amendments to the In-Use Off-Road Diesel- Fueled Fleets Regulations (“Regulation”) which are effective on January 1, 2024, and apply broadly to all self-propelled off-road diesel vehicles 25 horsepower or greater and other forms of equipment used in California. A copy of the Regulation is available at:
https://ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/barcu/regact/2022/off-roaddiesel/appa-1.pdf
Bidders are required to comply with all CARB and Regulation requirements, including, without limitation, all applicable sections of the Regulation, as codified in Title 13 of the California Code of Regulations section 2449 et seq. throughout the term of the Project. Bidders must provide, with their Bid, copies of Bidder’s and all listed subcontractors the most recent, valid Certificate of Reported Compliance (“CRC”) issued by CARB. Failure to provide valid CRCs as required herein may render the Bid non-responsive.
The City of Carlsbad is a Public Works Awarding Body, as that term is defined under Title 13 California Code of Regulations section 2449(c)(46). Accordingly, Bidders must submit, with their Bids, valid Certificates of Reported Compliance (“CRC”) for the Bidder’s fleet, and for the fleets of any listed subcontractors (including any applicable leased equipment or vehicles). Bidders must complete and submit the Fleet Compliance Certification, on the form provided. Failure to provide a CRC for the Bidder, and for all listed subcontractors, or failure to complete the Fleet Compliance Certification, may render the Bid non-responsive.
COMPLIANCE WITH CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD REGULATIONS.
Contractor shall comply, and shall ensure all subcontractors comply, with all applicable requirements of the most current version of the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) regulations including, without limitation, all applicable terms of Title 13, California Code of Regulations Division 3, Chapter 9 and all pending amendments (“Regulation”).
Throughout the Project, and for three (3) years thereafter, Contractor shall make available for inspection and copying any and all documents or information associated with Contractor’s and subcontractors’ fleet including, without limitation, Certificates o f Reported Compliance (“CRC”), fuel/refueling records, maintenance records, emissions records, and any other information the Contractor is required to produce, keep or maintain pursuant to the Regulation upon two (2) calendar days’ notice from the City of Carlsbad.
Contractor shall be solely liable for any and all costs associated with complying with the Regulation as well as for any and all penalties, fines, damages, or costs associated with any and all violations, or failures to comply with the Regulation. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City of Carlsbad , its officials (appointed and elected), officers, and employees from any claims, liabilities, costs, penalties or interest arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with the Regulation.
City Attorney Approved Version 12/14/2023
FLEET COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION.
Bidder hereby acknowledges that they have reviewed the CARB’s policies, rules and regulations and are familiar with the requirements of Title 13, California Code of Regulations, Division 3, Chapter 9, effective on January 1, 2024 (the “Regulation”). Bidder hereby certifies, subject to the penalty of perjury, that the option checked below relating to the Bidder’s fleet, and/or that of their subcontractor(s) (“Fleet”) is true and correct:
□ The Fleet is subject to the requirements of the Regulation, and the appropriate Certificate(s) of Reported Compliance have been attached hereto.
□ The Fleet is exempt from the Regulation under Section 2449.1(f)(2), and a signed description of the subject vehicles, and reasoning for exemption has been attached hereto.
□ Bidder and/or their subcontractor is unable to procure R99 or R100 renewable diesel fuel as defined in the Regulation pursuant to Section 2449.1(f)(3). Bidder shall keep detailed records describing the normal refueling methods, their attempts to procure renewable diesel fuel and proof that shows they were not able to procure renewable diesel (i.e. , third party correspondence or vendor bids).
□ The Fleet is exempt from the requirements of the Regulation pursuant to Section 2449(i)(4) because this Project has been deemed an “emergency”, as that term is defined in Section 2449(c)(18). Bidder shall only operate the exempted vehicles in the emergency situation and records of the exempted vehicles must be maintained, pursuant to Section 2449(i)(4).
□ The Fleet does not fall under the Regulation or are otherwise exempt and a detailed reasoning is attached to this certification.
Name of Bidder:
Signature:
Name:
Title:
Date:
AVE
COSTALABLVDCARLSBAD
RD
ALGA
PALOMAR
AIRPORTRD
ELCAMINOREAL
RANCHOSANTA FERD
POINSETTIALANE
ALICANTERDELFUERTE
OLIVENHAIN RD.
MELROSEDR.
FARADAY
COLLEGEBLVD
PASEODELNORTE
AVE
AVENIDAENCINASCANNONRD
MONROESTCARLSBAD
VILLAGEDRMARRONTAMARACK
AVERD
LAKECALAVERA
BUENAVISTALAGOONAGUAHEDIONDALAGOONBATIQUITOSLAGOONAVIARA
PKWYVICINITY MAP
CONSTRUCTION PLANSCITY COUNCILCARLSBAD, CALIFORNIAKEITH BLACKBURN - MAYORMELANIE BURKHOLDER - COUNCIL MEMBERPRIYA BHAT-PATEL - MAYOR PRO TEMTERESA ACOSTA - COUNCIL MEMBERCAROLYN LUNA - COUNCIL MEMBER
GENERATOR REPLACEMENT
FOR
LOCATION MAP
N
POINSETTIALANE
SHEET INDEX
SHEET NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
DRAWINGNUMBER
1 TITLE SHEET, LOCATION MAPS, AND SHEET INDEX
G-1
2 CSGBC NON-RESIDENTIAL CHECKLIST - I
G-2
3 CSGBC NON-RESIDENTIAL CHECKLIST - II
G-3
4 CSGBC NON-RESIDENTIAL CHECKLIST - III
G-4
5 CIVIL ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES
C-1
6 CIVIL LEGEND
C-2
7 OVERALL SITE PLAN AND KEY MAP
C-3
8 CIVIL DEMO AND SITE PLAN
C-4
9 CIVIL GRADING AND UTILITY PLAN
C-5
10 CIVIL DETAILS
C-6
11 GENERAL ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES
E-1
12 GENERAL ELECTRICAL LEGEND - I
E-2
13 GENERAL ELECTRICAL LEGEND - II
E-3
14 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION DETAILS
E-4
15 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
E-5
16 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM - DEMO AND REVISED
E-6
17 PANELBOARD SCHEDULE
E-7
18 GENERATOR BUILDING DEMOLITION AND MODIFIED PLANS
E-8
19 ELECTRICAL ROOM DEMOLITION AND MODIFIED PLANS
E-9
20 STANDARD ELECTRICAL DETAILS
E-10
21 GENERATOR BUILDING DEMOLITION AND MODIFIED PLANS/SECTION M-1
22 GENERATOR BUILDING MECHANICAL DETAILS
M-2
23STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, & SPECIAL INSPECTIONS S-1
24 STRUCTURAL STANDARD DETAILS
S-2
25 STRUCTURAL GENERATOR ROOM FOUNDATION PLAN
S-3
HWY 78I-5
I-5
City ofCarlsbadPOINSETTIA LIFT STATION
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DWG. NO.
DRAWING TITLE
331-1E
POINSETTIA SEWAGE LIFT STATION (1997)
451-2
POINSETTIA SEWAGE LIFT STATION UPGRADE (2007)
486-6
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION STANDBY PUMP SYSTEM (2017)
486-6A
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION HYDRAULIC SURGE PROTECTION (2020)
PROJECT LOCATION
POINSETTIALANE
BATIQUITOSLAGOON AIRPORTRD
ALICANTERD
EL FUERTE STEL FUERTE ST
AVIARA PKWY
ALGA RD
POINSETTIALANECAMINO VIDA ROBLE
CAMINOELREAL
PROJECT LOCATION
I HEREBY DECLARE THAT I AM THE ENGINEER OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT, THAT I HAVEEXERCISED RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OVER THE DESIGN OF THE PROJECT AS DEFINED INSECTION 6703 OF THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE, AND THAT THE DESIGN ISCONSISTENT WITH CURRENT STANDARDS. I UNDERSTAND THAT THE CHECK OF PROJECTDRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD DOES NOT RELIEVE ME ASENGINEER OF WORK, OF MY RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE PROJECT DESIGN.KENNEDY/JENKS CONSULTANTS9325 SKY PARK COURT, SUITE 300SAN DIEGO, CA 92123858-676-7500DECLARATION OF RESPONSIBLE CHARGEBY:
DATE:
R.C.E. NO.:REGISTRATION EXPIRATION DATE:
NOVEMBER 2023
N
PROJECT NO. 3840-23POINSETTIALIFT STATION2351 Geode LaneCarlsbad, CA 92009
SEWER LIFT STATION UPGRADE PROGRAM
REFERENCED APPLICABLE CODES2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC)2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC)2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC)2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC)2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC)2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (CEnC)2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CGBSC )
PROJECT NARRATIVE:THE PROJECT INCLUDES THE REPLACEMENT OF A STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATOR INSTALLATION WITH ASUB-BASE FUEL TANK WITHIN THE CHEMICAL STORAGE/GENERATOR BUILDING AND THE REPLACEMENT OF ANAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH WITHIN THE CONTROL/PUMP STATION BUILDING.THE PROJECT ALSO INCLUDES THE ADDITION OF A NEW MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AND ASSOCIATEDCONDUIT AND WIRING OUTSIDE OF THE CHEMICAL STORAGE/GENERATOR BUILDING AND RECEPTACLE FORINTERCONNECTION TO A PORTABLE GENERATOR. REROUTING OF EXIST UTILITIES, PATCHING OF PAVEMENTIS ALSO INCLUDED.THE PROJECT ALSO INCLUDES REPLACEMENT EXHAUST AND VENT SYSTEM PIPING FOR THEENGINE-GENERATOR AND FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY, REPLACEMENT LOUVERS AND EXHAUST VENTILATIONSYSTEM FOR THE GENERATOR ROOM.
FACILITY INFORMATIONCATEGORY/CRITERIAGENERATOR/CHEMICAL STORAGE BUILDINGCONTROL/PUMP BUILDINGCONTRUCTION TYPETYPE II-B, PER CBC 602.2SINGLE STORY, SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR, METAL ROOF OVERMETAL FRAMINGTYPE II-B, PER CBC 602.2SINGLE STORY, OVER BASEMENT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOM,SEPARATION TO BURIED SEWAGE WET WELL WITH MANHOLE ACCESS,METAL ROOF OVER METAL FRAMINGALLOWABLE AREA15,500 SF15,500 SF ACTUAL AREA661 SF1,170 SF OCCUPANCYCLASSIFICATIONSGENERATOR ROOM, 'F-1', 338 SFCONTROL ROOM, 'F-1', 423 SFBLOWER ROOM, 'F-1',151 SF (NO NEW WORK)LAVATORY, 'F-1', 40 SF (NO NEW WORK)CHEMICAL STORAGE ROOM, 'F-1', 172 SF (NO NEW WORK)UTILITY ENCLOSURE, 'U', 43 SF (NO NEW WORK)-PUMP ROOM (BASEMENT), 'F-1', 664 SF (NO NEW WORK)-SEWAGE WET WELL, 'U', 251 SF (NO NEW WORK)OCCUPANCYSEPARATIONSPER NFPA 37, 1-HOUR SEPARATION REQUIRED AT GENERATORROOM TO ADJACENT SPACESEXISTING 2-HOUR SEPARATIONS PROVIDED BETWEEN 'F-1' AND 'U' OCCUPANCIESCHEMICAL STOAGEDIESEL FUEL (CAS 000169-00-0),CLASS 2 COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID,400 GALLONS - GENERATOR ROOM(NONE) BIOXIDE®, AMMONIUM CALCIUM NITRATE SALT SOLUTION(CAS 15245-12-2), NO HAZARDOUS CLASSIFICATION1500 GALLONS - CHEMICAL STORAGE ROOM- TIMOTHY WATERSC86080
09/30/2024
11-22-20231TITLE SHEET, LOCATION MAPS,
G-1
AND SHEET INDEXEATW-
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
TIMOTHY WATERSNo. C86080C I V I LExp. 9/30/24
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
CHAPTER 5NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURESSECTION 5.101 GENERAL5.101.1 SCOPEThe provisions of this chapter outline planning, design and development methods that include environmentallyresponsible site selection, building design, building siting and development to protect, restore and enhance theenvironmental quality of the site and respect the integrity of adjacent properties.
DIVISION 5.1PLANNING AND DESIGN
Y
SECTION 5.102 DEFINITIONS5.102.1 DEFINITIONSThe following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference)CUTOFF LUMINAIRES. Luminaires whose light distribution is such that the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does notnumerically exceed 25 (2.5 percent) at an angle of 90 degrees above nadir, and 100 (10 percent) at a vertical angle of80 degrees above nadir. This applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire.LOW-EMITTING AND FUEL EFFICIENT VEHICLES.Eligible vehicles are limited to the following:1. Zero emission vehicle (ZEV), enhanced advanced technology PZEV (enhanced AT ZEV) or transitional zeroemission vehicles (TZEV) regulated under CCR, Title 13, Section 1962.2. High-efficiency vehicles, regulated by U.S. EPA, bearing a fuel economy and greenhouse gas rating od 9 oe10 as regulated under 40 CFR Section 600 Subpart D.NEIGHBORHOOD ELECTRIC VEHICLE (NEV). A motor vehicle that meets the definition of "low-speed vehicle"either in Section 385.5 of the Vehicle Code or in 49CFR571.500 (as it existed on July 1, 2000), and is certified tozero-emission vehicle standards.TENANT-OCCUPANTS. Building occupants who inhabit a building during its normal hours of operation as permanentoccupants, such as employees, as distinguished from customers and other transient visitors.VANPOOL VEHICLE. Eligible vehicles are limited to any motor vehicle, other than a motortruck or truck tractor,designed for carrying more than 10 but not more than 15 persons including the driver, which is maintained and usedprimarily for the nonprofit work-related transportation of adults for the purpose of ridesharing.Note: Source: Vehicle Code, Division 1, Section 668ZEV. Any vehicle certified to zero-emission standards.SECTION 5.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT5.106.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACREOF LAND. Newly constructed projects and additions which disturb less than one acre of land, and are not part of alarger common plan of development or sale, shall prevent the pollution of storm water runoff from the constructionactivities through one or more of the following measures:5.106.1.1 Local ordinance. Comply with a lawfully enacted storm water management and/or erosion controlordinance.5.106.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs). Prevent the loss of soil through wind or water erosion by implementing an effective combination of erosion and sediment control and good housekeeping BMPs.1. Soil loss BMPs that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Scheduling construction activity during dry weather, when possible.b. Preservation of natural features, vegetation, soil, and buffers around surface waters.c. Drainage swales or lined ditches to control stormwater flow.d. Mulching or hydroseeding to stabilize disturbed soils.e. Erosion control to protect slopes.f. Protection of storm drain inlets (gravel bags or catch basin inserts).g. Perimeter sediment control (perimeter silt fence, fiber rolls).h. Sediment trap or sediment basin to retain sediment on site.i. Stabilized construction exits.j. Wind erosion control.k. Other soil loss BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency.2. Good housekeeping BMPs to manage construction equipment, materials, non-stormwater discharges and wastes that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Dewatering activities.b. Material handling and waste management.c. Building materials stockpile management.d. Management of washout areas (concrete, paints, stucco, etc.).e. Control of vehicle/equipment fueling to contractor's staging area.f. Vehicle and equipment cleaning performed off site.g Spill prevention and control.h. Other housekeeping BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency.
DIVISION 5.2ENERGY EFFICIENCYSECTION 5.201 GENERAL5.201.1 Scope [BSC-CG]. California Energy Code [DSA-SS]. For the purposes of mandatory energy efficiencystandards in this code, the California Energy Commission will continue to adopt mandatory building standards.DIVISION 5.3WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATIONSECTION 5.301 GENERAL5.301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish the means of conserving water use indoors, outdoorsand in wastewater conveyance.SECTION 5.302 DEFINITIONS5.302.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference)EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF) [DSA-SS]. An adjustment factor when applied toreference evapotranspiration that adjusts for plant factors and irrigation efficiency, which ae two major influences onthe amount of water that needs to be applied to the landscape.FOOTPRINT AREA [DSA-SS]. The total area of the furthest exterior wall of the structure projected to natural grade,not including exterior areas such as stairs, covered walkways, patios and decks.METERING FAUCET. A self-closing faucet that dispenses a specific volume of water for each actuation cycle. Thevolume or cycle duration can be fixed or adjustable.GRAYWATER. Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 17922.12, "graywater" means untreated wastewater thathas not been contaminated by any toilet discharge, has not been affected by infectious, contaminated, or unhealthybodily wastes, and does not present a threat from contamination by unhealthful processing, manufacturing, oroperating wastes. "Graywater" includes, but is not limited to wastewater from bathtubs, showers, bathroomwashbasins, clothes washing machines and laundry tubs, but does not include waste water from kitchen sinks ordishwashers.MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). The California ordinance regulating landscapedesign, installation and maintenance practices that will ensure commercial, multifamily and other developer installedlandscapes greater than 2500 square feet meet an irrigation water budget developed based on landscaped area andclimatological parameters.MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). [HCD] The California model ordinance(California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 2.7), regulating landscape design, installation andmaintenance practices. Local agencies are required to adopt the updated MWELO, or adopt a local ordinance at leastas effective as the MWELO.POTABLE WATER. Water that is drinkable and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) DrinkingWater Standards. See definition in the California Plumbing Code, Part 5.POTABLE WATER. [HCD] Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culinary, and domestic purposes, and meets theU.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards and the requirements of the Health AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.RECYCLED WATER. Water which, as a result of treatment of waste, is suitable for a direct beneficial use or acontrolled use that would not otherwise occur [Water Code Section 13050 (n)]. Simply put, recycled water is watertreated to remove waste matter attaining a quality that is suitable to use the water again.SUBMETER. [HCD 1] A secondary device beyond a meter that measures water consumption of an individual rentalunit within a multiunit residential structure or mixed-use residential and commercial structure. (See Civic Code Section1954.202 (g) and Water code Section 517 for additional details.)WATER BUDGET. Is the estimated total landscape irrigation water use which shall not exceed the maximum appliedwater allowance calculated in accordance with the Department of Water Resources Model Efficient LandscapeOrdinance (MWELO).
5.106.5.3 Electric vehicle (EV) charging. [N] Construction to provide electric vehicle infrastructure and facilitateelectric vehicle charging shall comply with Section 5.106.5.3.1 and shall be provided in accordance withregulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code.Exceptions:1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance withthis section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions:a.Where there is no local utility power supplyb.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating thelocal utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation ofSection 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project.2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are notrequired to comply with this code section5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces.[N] EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.3.1 and the followingrequirements:1.Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less that 1-inch (25 mm)diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) servingthe area, and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capableand into a suitable listed cabinet, box,enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may beused to serve multiple EV charging spaces.2.A service panel or subpanel (s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical loadcapacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EVcapable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS.3.The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacityto supply full rated amperage at each EV capable space.4.The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrentprotective devices space(s) as "EV CAPABLE". The raceway termination location shall bepermanently and visibly marked as "EV CAPABLE."Note: A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment or designed as a future EVcharging space shall count as at least one standard automobile parking space only for the purpose ofcomplying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements established by an enforcementagency. See vehicle Code Section 22511.2 for further details.
ABBREVIATION DEFINITIONS:HCDDepartment of Housing and Community DevelopmentBSCCalifornia Building Standards CommissionDSA-SSDivision of the State Architect, Structural SafetyOSHPDOffice of Statewide Health Planning and DevelopmentLRLow RiseHRHigh RiseAAAdditions and AlterationsNNew
5.106.4.1.2 Long-term bicycle parking. For new buildings with tenant spaces that have 10 or more tenant-occupants, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant-occupant vehicular parkingspaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.5.106.4.1.3 For additions or alterations that add 10 or more tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant vehicular parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.5.106.4.1.4 For new shell buildings in phased projects provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of theanticipated tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.5.106.4.1.5 Acceptable bicycle parking facility for Sections 5.106.4.1.2, 5.106.4.1.3, and 5.106.4.1.4 shallbe convenient from the street and shall meet one of the following:1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers.Note: Additional information on recommended bicycle accommodations may be obtained from Sacramento Area Bicycle Advocates.5.106.4.2 Bicycle parking. [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, comply with Sections 5.106.4.2.1 and 5.106.4.2.25.106.4.2.1 Student bicycle parking. Provide permanently anchored bicycle racks conveniently accessed with a minimum of four two-bike capacity racks per new building.5.106.4.2.2 Staff bicycle parking. Provide permanent, secure bicycle parking conveniently accessed with a minimum of two staff bicycle parking spaces per new building. Acceptable bicycle parking facilitiesshall be convenient from the street or staff parking area and shall meet one of the following:1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers.
5.106.4 BICYCLE PARKING. For buildings within the authority of California Building Standards Commission asspecified in Section 103, comply with Section 5.106.4.1. For buildings within the authority of the Division of the StateArchitect pursuant to Section 105, comply with Section 5.106.4.25.106.4.1 Bicycle parking. [BSC-CG] Comply with Sections 5.106.4.1.1 and 5.106.4.1.2; or meet the applicable local ordinance, whichever is stricter.5.106.4.1.1 Short-term bicycle parking. If the new project or an addition or alteration is anticipated to generate visitor traffic, provide permanently anchored bicycle racks within 200 feet of the visitors' entrance, readily visible to passers-by, for 5% of new visitor motorized vehicle parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one two-bike capacity rack.Exception: Additions or alterations which add nine or less visitor vehicular parking spaces.
CHAPTER 3GREEN BUILDINGSECTION 301 GENERAL301.1 SCOPE. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory inthe application checklists contained in this code. Voluntary green building measures are also included in theapplication checklists and may be included in the design and construction of structures covered by this code,but are not required unless adopted by a city, county, or city and county as specified in Section 101.7.301.3 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. [BSC-CG] The provisionsof individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to newly constructed buildings, building additions of 1,000 square feet or greater, and/or building alterations with a permit valuation of $200,000 or above (for occupancies withinthe authority of California Building Standards Commission). Code sections relevant to additions and alterations shall only apply to the portions of the building being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work.A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and/or alterations [A]. When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used.301.3.1 Nonresidential additions and alterations that cause updates to plumbing fixtures only:Note: On and after January 1, 2014, certain commercial real property, as defined in Civil Code Section1101.3, shall have its noncompliant plumbing fixtures replaced with appropriate water-conserving plumbing fixtures under specific circumstances. See Civil Code Section 1101.1 et seq. for definitions, types of commercial real property affected, effective dates, circumstances necessitating replacement of noncompliant plumbing fixtures, and duties and responsibilities for ensuring compliance.301.3.2 Waste Diversion. The requirements of Section 5.408 shall be required for additions and alterations whenever a permit is required for work.301.4 PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES. (see GBSC)301.5 HEALTH FACILITIES. (see GBSC)SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS. In mixed occupancy buildings, each portion of a building shall comply with the specific green building measures applicable to each specific occupancy.SECTION 303 PHASED PROJECTS303.1 PHASED PROJECTS. For shell buildings and others constructed for future tenant improvements,only those code measures relevant to the building components and systems considered to be new construction (or newly constructed) shall apply.303.1.1 Initial Tenant improvements. The provisions of this code shall apply only to the initial tenant improvements to a project. Subsequent tenant improvements shall comply with the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 non-residential additions and alterations.
5.106.5.3.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS).ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacityspecified in Section5.106.5.3.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. EachEVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicleand shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs.5.106.5.3.4 Accessible EVCS.When EVSE is installed, accessible EVSC shall be provided in accordance with the California BuildingCode, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3.Note: For EVCS signs, refer to Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission VehicleSigns and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s).5.106.5.4 Electric Vehicle (EV) charging: medium-duty and heavy-duty. [N]Construction shall comply with section 5.106.5.4.1 to facilitate future installation of electric vehicle supplyequipment (EVSE). Construction for warehouses, grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loadingspaces shall also comply with Section 5.106.5.4.1 for future installation of medium- and heavy-duty EVSE.Exceptions:1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with thissection is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions:a.Where there is no local utility power supply.b.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcing agency substantiating thatadditional local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementationof Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project.When EVSE(s) is/are installed, it shall be in accordance with the California Building Code, the California Electrical Code and as follows:5.106.5.4.1 Electric vehicle charging readiness requirements for warehouse, grocery stores and retail storeswith planned off-street loading spaces.[N]In order to avoid future demolition when adding EV charging supply and distribution equipment, spareraceways(s) or busway(s) and adequate capacity for transformers(s), service panels(s) or subpanel(s) shall beinstalled at the time of construction in accordance with the California Electrical Code. Construction plans andspecifications shall include but are not limited to, the following:1.The transformer, main service equipment and subpanel shall meet the minimum powerrequirement in Table 5.106.5.4.1 to accommodate the dedicated branch circuits for the futureinstallation of EVSE.2.The construction documents shall indicate on or more location(s) convenient to the plannedoffstreet loading space(s) reserved for medium-and heavy-duty ZEV charging cabinets andcharging dispensers, and a pathway reserved for routing of conduit from the termination of theraceway(s) or busway(s) to the charging cabinet(s) and dispenser(s) as shown in Table5.106.5.4.13.Raceway(s) or busway(s) originating at a main service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the areawhere potential future medium-and heavy-duty EVSE will be located and shall terminate in closeproximity to the potential future location of the charging equipments for medium- and heavy-dutyvehicles.4.The raceway(s) or busway(s) shall be sufficient size to carry the minimum additional system loadto the future location of the charging for medium- and heavy-duty ZEVs as shown in Table5.106.5.4.1.
TABLE 5.106.5.3.1TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUALPARKING SPACESNUMBER OF REQUIRED EVCAPABLE SPACESNUMBER OF EVCS (EVCAPABLE SPACESPROVIDED WITH EVSE)^20-900 10-2520 26-5082 51-75133 76-100174 101-150256 151-200359 201 AND OVER20% of total¹25% of EV capable spaces¹
5.106.8 LIGHT POLLUTION REDUCTION. [N]. l Outdoor lighting systems shall be designed and installed to complywith the following:1.The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0-4 as defined in Chapter 10,Section 10-114 of the California Administrative Code; and2.Backlight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM-15-11 (shown in Table A-1 in Chapter 8);3.Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B inChapter 8) and4.Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8, [N] or Comply with a local ordinancelawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7, whichever is more stringent.Exceptions: [N]1. Luminaires that qualify as exceptions in Sections 130.2 (b) and 140.7 of the California Energy Code.2. Emergency lighting.3. Building facade meeting the requirements in Table 140.7-B of the California Energy Code, Part 6.4. Custom lighting features as allowed by the local enforcing agency, as permitted by Section 101.8 Alternate materials, designs and methods of construction.5. Luminaires with less than 6,200 initial luminaire lumens.TABLE 5.106.8 [N] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT,UPLIGHT AND GLARE (BUG) RATINGS 1,2 ALLOWABLE RATINGLIGHTINGZONELZ0LIGHTINGZONE LZ1LIGHTINGZONE LZ2LIGHTINGZONE LZ3LIGHTINGZONE LZ4MAXIMUM ALLOWABLEBACKLIGHT RATING 3 Luminaire greater than 2mounting heights (MH) fromproperty lineN/ANo LimitNo LimitNo LimitNo Limit Luminaire back hemisphere is1-2 MH from property lineN/AB2B3B4B4 Luminaire back hemisphere is0.5-1 MH from property lineN/AB1B2B3B3 Luminaire back hemisphere isless than 0.5 MH from propertylineN/AB0B0B1B2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLEUPLIGHT RATING (U)For area lighting 3N/AU0U0U0U0 For all other outdoorlighting,including decorativeluminairesN/AU1U2U3UR DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.
5.106.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB ONE OR MORE ACRES OFLAND. Comply with all lawfully enacted stormwater discharge regulations for projects that (1) disturb one acre ormore of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of a larger common plan of development sale.Note: Projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of thelarger common plan of development or sale must comply with the post-construction requirements detailed in theapplicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General permit for Stormwater DischargesAssociated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities issued by the State Water Resources Control Board orthe Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit).The NPDES permits require postconstruction runoff (post-project hydrology) to match the preconstruction runoff(pre-project hydrology) with the installation of postconstruction stormwater management measures. The NPDESpermits emphasize runoff reduction through on-site stormwater use, interception, evapotranspiration, and infiltrationthrough nonstructural controls, such as Low Impact Development (LID) practices, and conversation design measures.Stormwater volume that cannot be addressed using nonstructural practices is required to be captured in structuralpractices and be approved by the enforcing agency.Refer to the current applicable permits on the State Water Resources Control Board website at:www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. Consideration to the stormwater runoff management measuresshould be given during the initial design process for appropriate integration into site development.
N/AYN/A
1.Where there is insufficient electrical supply.2.The number of required EVCS (EV capable spaces provided with EVSE) in column 3 count towardsthe total number of required EV capable spaces shown in column 2.5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)EV capable spaces shall be provided with EVSE to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table5.106.5.3.1. The EVCS required by Table 5.106.5.3.1 may be provided with EVSE in any combination ofLevel 2 and Direct Current Fast Charging (DCFC), except that at least one Level 2 EVSE shall beprovided.One EV charger with multiple connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall bepermitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EV capable space isaccumulatively supplied to the EV charger.The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EVcapable spaces without EVSE by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to theservice panel or subpanel.
YN/AYN/A RESPON.PARTYRESPON.PARTYRESPON.PARTYRESPON.PARTY
5.106.8.1 Facing- BacklightLuminaries within 2MH of a property line shall be oriented so that the nearest property line is behind the fixture,and shall comply with the backlight rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance tothe nearest point of that property line.Exception: Corners. If two property lines (or two segments of the same property line) have equidistant pointto the luminaire, then the luminaire may be oriented so that the intersection of the two lines (the corner) is directly behind the luminaire. The luminaire shall still use the distance to the nearest points(s) on the propertylines to determine the required backlight rating.5.106.8.2 Facing-Glare.For luminaires covered by 5.106.8.1, if a property line also exists within or extends into the front hemisphere within2MH of the luminaire then the luminaire shall comply with the more stringent glare rating specified in Table5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point on the nearest property line within the fronthemisphere.Note: [N] 1.See also California Building Code, Chapter 12, Section 1205.6 for college campus lighting requirements for parking facilities and walkways. 2.Refer to Chapter 8 (Compliance Forms, Worksheets and Reference Material) for IES TM-15-11 Table A-1, California Energy Code Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B.3. Refer to the California Building Code for requirements for additions and alterations.5.106.10 GRADING AND PAVING. Construction plans shall indicate how site grading or a drainage system willmanage all surface water flows to keep water from entering buildings. Examples of methods to manage surfacewater include, but are not limited to, the following:1.Swales.2.Water collection and disposal systems.3.French drains.4.Water retention gardens.5.Other water measures which keep surface water away from buildings and aid in groundwater recharge.Exception: Additions and alterations not altering the drainage path.5.106.12 SHADE TREES [DSA-SS]. Shade Trees shall be planted to comply with Sections 5.106.12.1, 5.106.12.2,and 5.106.12.3. Percentages shown shall be measured at noon on the summer solstice. Landscape irrigationnecessary to establish and maintain tree health shall comply with Section 5.304.6.5.106.12.1 Surface parking areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal, shall be installedto provide shade over 50 percent of the parking area within 15 years.Exceptions: Surface parking area covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures with roofingmaterials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part inlieu of shade tree planting.5.106.12.2 Landscape areas. Shade tress plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed toprovide shade of 20% of the landscape area within 15 years.Exceptions: Playfields for organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation.5.106.12.3. Hardscape areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed toprovide shade over 20 percent of the hardscape area within 15 years.Exceptions:1.Walks, hardscape areas covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures or shade structures with roofingmaterials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieuof shade tree planting.2.Designated and marked play areas of organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation.
TABLE 5.106.5.4.1 RACEWAY CONDUIT AND PANEL POWERREQUIREMENTS FOR MEDIUM- AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE [N] BUILDING TYPEBUILDING SIZE (SQ. FT.)NUMBER OFOFF-STREETLOADING SPACESADDITIONALCAPACITYREQUIRED (KVA)FOR RACEWAY &BUSWAY ANDTRANSFORMER &PANEL Grocery10,000 to 90,0001 or 22003 or Greater400 Greater than 90,0001 or Greater400 Retail10,000 to 135,0001 or 22003 or Greater400 Greater than 135,0001 or Greater400 Warehouse20,000 to 256,0001 or 22003 or Greater400 Greater than 256,0001 or Greater400 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLEGLARE RATING 5 (G)MAXIMUM ALLOWABLEGLARE RATING 5 (G)N/AG1G2G3G4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLEGLARE RATING 5 (G)N/AG0G1G1G2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLEGLARE RATING 5 (G)N/AG0G0G1G1 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLEGLARE RATING 5 (G)N/AG0G0G0G1 1. IESNA Lighting Zones 0 and 5 are not applicable; refer to Lighting Zones as defined in the California EnergyCode and Chapter 10 of the Callifornia Administrative Code.2. For property lines that abut public walkways, bikeways, plazas and parking lots, the property line may beconsidered to be 5 feet beyond the actual property line for purpose of determining compliance with this section. Forproperty lines that abut public roadways and public transit corridors, the property line may be considered to be thecenterline of the public roadway or public transit corridor for the purpose of determining compliance with thissection.3. General lighting luminaires in areas such as outdoor parking, sales or storage lots shall meet these reducedratings. Decorative luminaries located in these areas shall meet U-value limits for "all other outdoor lighting" DOC.REF.DOC.REF.DOC.REF.DOC.REF.
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODENONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 1 (January 2023) Y = YESN/A=NOT APPLICABLERESPON. PARTY=RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)DOC. REF.=DOCUMENT REFERENCE POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
ZACHARY D. HARRISNo. M28906Exp. 6/30/24M E C H A N I C A L
CSGBCNON-RESIDENTIAL CHECKLIST - I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2 G-2
EAZDHTW
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
5.303.3 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures (water closets and urinals) and fittings (faucets and showerheads) shall comply with the following:5.303.3.1 Water Closets. The effective flush volume of all water closets shall not exceed 1.28 gallons per flush. Tank-type water closets shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Tank-Type toilets.Note: The effective flush volume of dual flush toilets is defined as the composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush.5.303.3.2 Urinals.5.303.3.2.1 Wall-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of wall-mounted urinals shall not exceed0.125 gallons per flush.5.303.3.2.2 Floor-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of floor-mounted or other urinals shall not exceed 0.5 gallons per flush.5.303.3.3 Showerheads. [BSC-CG]5.303.3.3.1 Single showerhead. Showerheads shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi. Showerheads shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPAWaterSense Specification for Showerheads.5.303.3.3.2 Multiple showerheads serving one shower. When a shower is served by more than one showerhead, the combined flow rate of all the showerheads and/or other shower outlets controlled by a single valve shall not exceed 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi, or the shower shall be designed to allow only one shower outlet to be in operation at a time.Note: A hand-held shower shall be considered a showerhead.
DIVISION 5.4MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCEEFFICIENCYSECTION 5.401 GENERAL5.401.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of achieving material conservation and resourceefficiency through protection of buildings from exterior moisture, construction waste diversion, employment oftechniques to reduce pollution through recycling of materials, and building commissioning or testing and adjusting.
SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL ANDRECYCLING5.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT. Recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 65% of thenon-hazardous construction and demolition waste in accordance with Section 5.408.1.1, 5.408.1.2 or 5.408.1.3; ormeet a local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent.5.408.1.1 Construction waste management plan. Where a local jurisdiction does not have a construction anddemolition waste management ordinance, submit a construction waste management plan that:1. Identifies the construction and demolition waste materials to be diverted from disposal by efficient usage, recycling, reuse on the project or salvage for future use or sale.2. Determines if construction and demolition waste materials will be sorted on-site (source-separated) or bulk mixed (single stream).3. Identifies diversion facilities where construction and demolition waste material collected will be taken.4. Specifies that the amount of construction and demolition waste materials diverted shall be calculated byweight or volume, but not by both.5.408.1.2 Waste Management Company. Utilize a waste management company that can provide verifiable documentation that the percentage of construction and demolition waste material diverted from the landfill complies with this section.Note: The owner or contractor shall make the determination if the construction and demolition waste materialwill be diverted by a waste management company.Exceptions to Sections 5.408.1.1 and 5.408.1.2:1. Excavated soil and land-clearing debris.2. Alternate waste reduction methods developed by working with local agencies if diversion or recycle facilities capable of compliance with this item do not exist.3. Demolition waste meeting local ordinance or calculated in consideration of local recycling facilities and markets.5.408.1.3 Waste stream reduction alternative. The combined weight of new construction disposal that doesnot exceed two pounds per square foot of building area may be deemed to meet the 65% minimum requirementas approved by the enforcing agency.5.408.1.4 Documentation. Documentation shall be provided to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with Sections 5.408.1.1, through 5.408.1.3. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency.Notes:1. Sample forms found in "A Guide to the California Green Building Standards Code (Nonresidential)" located www.dgs.ca.gov/BSC/Resources/Page-Content/Building-Standards-Commission- Resources-List-Folder/CALGreen may be used to assist in documenting compliance with the waste management plan.2. Mixed construction and demolition debris processors can be located at the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle).5.408.2 UNIVERSAL WASTE. [A] Additions and alterations to a building or tenant space that meet the scopingprovisions in Section 301.3 for nonresidential additions and alterations, shall require verification that Universal Wasteitems such as fluorescent lamps and ballast and mercury containing thermostats as well as other California prohibitedUniversal Waste materials are disposed of properly and are diverted from landfills. A list of prohibited Universal Wastematerials shall be included in the construction documents.Note: Refer to the Universal Waste Rule link at: http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/universalwaste/5.408.3 EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARING DEBRIS. 100 percent of trees, stumps, rocks and associatedvegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. For a phased project, suchmaterial may be stockpiled on site until the storage site is developed.Exception: Reuse, either on or off-site, of vegetation or soil contaminated by disease or pest infestation.Notes:1. If contamination by disease or pest infestation is suspected, contact the County Agricultural Commissioner and follow its direction for recycling or disposal of the material.2. For a map of know pest and/or disease quarantine zones, consult with the California Department of Food and Agriculture. (www.cdfa.ca.gov) DIVISION 5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITYSECTION 5.501 GENERAL5.501.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of reducing the quantity of air contaminants thatare odorous, irritating, and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of a building's installers, occupants and neighbors.SECTION 5.502 DEFINITIONS5.502.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference)ARTERIAL HIGHWAY. A general term denoting a highway primarily for through traffic usually on a continuous route.A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL (dBA). The sound pressure level in decibels as measured on a sound level meterusing the internationally standardized A-weighting filter or as computed from sound spectral data to which A-weightingadjustments have been made.1 BTU/HOUR. British thermal units per hour, also referred to as Btu. The amount of heat required to raise one poundof water one degree Fahrenheit per hour, a common measure of heat transfer rate. A ton of refrigeration is 12,000 Btu,the amount of heat required to melt a ton (2,000 pounds) of ice at 320 Fahrenheit.COMMUNITY NOISE EQUIVALENT LEVEL (CNEL). A metric similar to the day-night average sound level (Ldn),except that a 5 decibel adjustment is added to the equivalent continuous sound exposure level for evening hours (7pmto 10pm) in addition to the 10 dB nighttime adjustment used in the Ldn.COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS. Composite wood products include hardwood plywood, particleboard and mediumdensity fiberboard. “Composite wood products” does not include hardboard, structural plywood, structural panels,structural composite lumber, oriented strand board, glued laminated timber, timber, prefabricated wood I–joists orfinger–jointed lumber, all as specified in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 17, Section 93120.1(a).Note: See CCR, Title 17, Section 93120.1.DAY-NIGHT AVERAGE SOUND LEVEL (Ldn). The A-weighted equivalent continuous sound exposure level for a24-hour period with a 10 dB adjustment added to sound levels occurring during nighttime hours (10p.m. to 7 a.m.).DECIBEL (db). A measure on a logarithmic scale of the magnitude of a particular quantity (such as sound pressure,sound power, sound intensity) with respect to a reference quantity.ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV). An automotive-type vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger automobiles, buses,trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles, and the like, primarily powered by an electric motorthat draws current from a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array, or other source of electric current.Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) are considered electric vehicles. For purposes of the California Electrical Code, off-road, self-propoelled electric vehicles, such as industrial trucks, hoists, lifts, transports, golf carts, airline groundsupport equipment, tractors, boats, and the like, are not included.ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION(S) (EVCSj). One or more spaces intended for charging electric vehicles.ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE). The conductors, including the ungrounded, grounded, andequipment grounding conductors and the electric vehicle connectors, attachment plugs, and all other fittings, devices,power outlets, or apparatus installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiringand the electric vehicle.ENERGY EQUIVALENT (NOISE) LEVEL (Leq). The level of a steady noise which would have the same energy asthe fluctuating noise level integrated over the time of period of interest.EXPRESSWAY. An arterial highway for through traffic which may have partial control of access, but which may or maynot be divided or have grade separations at intersections.FREEWAY. A divided arterial highway with full control of access and with grade separations at intersections.GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP). The radiative forcing impact of one mass-based unit of a given greenhousegas relative to an equivalent unit of carbon dioxide over a given period of time. Carbon dioxide is the referencecompound with a GWP of one.GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL VALUE (GWP VALUE). A 100-year GWP value published by theIntergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in either its Second Assessment Report (SAR) (IPCC, 1995); orits Fourth Assessment A-3 Report (AR4) (IPCC, 2007). The SAR GWP values are found in column "SAR (100-yr)" ofTable 2.14.; the AR4 GWP values are found in column "100 yr" of Table 2.14.HIGH-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that is: (a) a chlorofluorocarbon, ahdrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, a perfluorocarbon, or any compound or blend of compounds, with aGWP value equal to or greater than 150, or (B) any ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code ofFederal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). LONG RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction,with a radius 1.5 times the pipe diameter.LOW-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that: (A) has a GWP value less than150, and (B) is not an ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82,sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009).MERV. Filter minimum efficiency reporting value, based on ASHRAE 52.2–1999.MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL REACTIVITY (MIR). The maximum change in weight of ozone formed by adding acompound to the "Base REactive Organic Gas (ROG) Mixture" per weight of compound added, expressed tohundreths of a gram (g O3/g ROC).PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR (PWMIR). The sum of all weighted-MIR for all ingredients in a product subject to thisarticle. The PWMIR is the total product reactivity expressed to hundredths of a gram of ozone formed per gram ofproduct (excluding container and packaging).PSIG. Pounds per square inch, guage.REACTIVE ORGANIC COMPOUND (ROC). Any compound that has the potential, once emitted, to contribute toozone formation in the troposphere.SCHRADER ACCESS VALVES. Access fittings with a valve core installed.SHORT RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction,with a radius 1.0 times the pipe diameter.SUPERMARKET. For the purposes of Section 5.508.2, a supermarket is any retail food facility with 8,000 square feetor more conditioned area, and that utilizes either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connectedto remote compressor units or condensing units.VOC. A volatile organic compound broadly defined as a chemical compound based on carbon chains or rings withvapor pressures greater than 0.1 millimeters of mercury at room temperature. These compounds typically containhydrogen and may contain oxygen, nitrogen and other elements. See CCR Title 17, Section 94508(a).Note: Where specific regulations are cited from different agencies such as SCAQMD, ARB, etc., the VOC definitionincluded in that specific regulation is the one that prevails for the specific measure in question.SECTION 5.503 FIREPLACES5.503.1 FIREPLACES. Install only a direct-vent sealed-combustion gas or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealedwoodstove or pellet stove, and refer to residential requirements in the California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6,Subchapter 7, Section 150. Woodstoves, pellet stoves and fireplaces shall comply with applicable local ordinances.5.503.1.1 Woodstoves. Woodstoves and pellet stoves shall comply with U.S. EPA New Source PerformanceStandards (NSPS) emission limits as applicable, and shall have a permanent label indicating they are certifiedto meet the emission limits.SECTION 5.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL5.504.1 TEMPORARY VENTILATION. The permanent HVAC system shall only be used during construction if necessary to condition the building or areas of addition or alteration within the required temperature range for material and equipment installation. If the HVAC system is used during construction, use return air filters with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8, based on ASHRAE 52.2-1999, or an average efficiency of 30% based on ASHRAE 52.1-1992 Replace all filters immediately prior to occupancy, or, if the building is occupied during alteration, at the conclusion of construction.5.504.3 Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction. At the time ofrough installation and during storage on the construction site until final startup of the heating, cooling and ventilationequipment, all duct and other related air distribution component openings shall be covered with tape, plastic,sheetmetal or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dust, water and debris whichmay enter the system.
5.410.2.1 Owner's or Owner Representative's Project Requirements (OPR). [N] The expectations and requirements of the building appropriate to its phase shall be documented before the design phase of the project begins. This documentation shall include the following:1. Environmental and sustainability goals.2. Building sustainable goals.3. Indoor environmental quality requirements.4. Project program, including facility functions and hours of operation, and need for after hours operation.5. Equipment and systems expectations.6. Building occupant and operation and maintenance (O&M) personnel expectations.5.410.2.2 Basis of Design (BOD). [N] A written explanation of how the design of the building systems meetsthe OPR shall be completed at the design phase of the building project. The Basis of Design document shall cover the following systems:1. Renewable energy systems.2. Landscape irrigation systems.3. Water reuse system.5.410.2.3 Commissioning plan. [N] Prior to permit issuance a commissioning plan shall be completed to document how the project will be commissioned. The commissioning plan shall include the following:1. General project information.2. Commissioning goals.3. Systems to be commissioned. Plans to test systems and components shall include:a. An explanation of the original design intent.b. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests.c. Functions to be tested.d. Conditions under which the test shall be performed.e. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance.4. Commissioning team information.5. Commissioning process activities, schedules and responsibilities. Plans for the completion of commissioning shall be included.5.410.2.4 Functional performance testing. [N] Functional performance tests shall demonstrate the correct installation and operation of each component, system and system-to-system interface in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Functional performance testing reports shall contain information addressingeach of the building components tested, the testing methods utilized, and include any readings and adjustmentsmade.
5.410.2.6 Commissioning report. [N] A report of commissioning process activities undertaken through the design and construction phases of the building project shall be completed and provided to the owner or representative.5.410.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING. New buildings less than 10,000 square feet. Testing and adjusting ofsystems shall be required for new buildings less than 10,000 square feet or new systems to serve an addition oralteration subject to Section 303.1.5.410.4.2 (Reserved)Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting system and controls, as wellas water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements and Sections 120.5, 120.6, 130.4, and 140.9(b)3 for additional testing requirements of specific systems.5.410.4.2 Systems. Develop a written plan of procedures for testing and adjusting systems. Systems to be included for testing and adjusting shall include at a minimum, as applicable to the project:1. Renewable energy systems.2. Landscape irrigation systems.3. Water reuse systems.5.410.4.3 Procedures. Perform testing and adjusting procedures in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and applicable standards on each system.5.410.4.3.1 HVAC balancing. In addition to testing and adjusting, before a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, the system shall be balanced in accordance with the procedures defined by the Testing Adjusting and Balancing Bureau National Standards; the National Environmental Balancing Bureau Procedural Standards; Associated Air BalanceCouncil National Standards or as approved by the enforcing agency.
SECTION 5.303 INDOOR WATER USE5.303.1 METERS. Separate submeters or metering devices shall be installed for the uses described in Sections503.1.1 and 503.1.2.5.303.1.1 Buildings in excess of 50,000 square feet. Separate submeters shall be installed as follows:1. For each individual leased, rented or other tenant space within the building projected to consume more than 100 gal/day (380 L/day), including, but not limited to, spaces used for laundry or cleaners, restaurant or food service, medical or dental office, laboratory, or beauty salon or barber shop.
SECTION 5.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS5.410.1 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS. Provide readily accessible areas that serve the entire building and areidentified for the depositing, storage and collection of non-hazardous materials for recycling, including (at a minimum)paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics, organic waste, and metals or meet a lawfully enacted local recyclingordinance, if more restrictive.Exception: Rural jurisdictions that meet and apply for the exemption in Public ResourcesCode 42649.82 (a)(2)(A) et seq. shall also be exempt from the organic waste portion of this section.5.410.1.1 Additions. All additions conducted within a 12-month period under single or multiple permits, resulting in an increase of 30% or more in floor area, shall provide recycling areas on site.Exception: Additions within a tenant space resulting in less than a 30% increase in the tenant space floor area.5.410.1.2 Sample ordinance. Space allocation for recycling areas shall comply with Chapter 18, Part 3, Division 30 of the Public Resources Code. Chapter 18 is known as the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Access Act of 1991 (Act).Note: A sample ordinance for use by local agencies may be found in Appendix A of the document at the CalRecycle’s web site.
5.410.2.5 Documentation and training. [N] A Systems Manual and Systems Operations Training are required,including Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) requirements in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations.5.410.2.5.1 Systems manual. [N] Documentation of the operational aspects of the building shall be completed within the systems manual and delivered to the building owner or representative. The systems manual shall include the following:1. Site information, including facility description, history and current requirements.2. Site contact information.3. Basic operations and maintenance, including general site operating procedures, basic troubleshooting, recommended maintenance requirements, site events log.4. Major systems.5. Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes.6. A copy of verifications required by the enforcing agency or this code.7. Other resources and documentation, if applicable.5.410.2.5.2 Systems operations training. [N] A program for training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall be developed and documented in the commissioning report and shall include the following:1. System/equipment overview (what it is, what it does and with what other systems and/or equipment it interfaces).2. Review and demonstration of servicing/preventive maintenance.3. Review of the information in the Systems Manual.4. Review of the record drawings on the system/equipment.
2. Where separate submeters for individual building tenants are unfeasible, for water supplied to the following subsystems:a. Makeup water for cooling towers where flow through is greater than 500 gpm (30 L/s).b. Makeup water for evaporative coolers greater than 6 gpm (0.04 L/s).c. Steam and hot water boilers with energy input more than 500,000 Btu/h (147 kW).5.303.1.2 Excess consumption. A separate submeter or metering device shall be provided for any tenant within a new building or within an addition that is projected to consume more than 1,000 gal/day.
SECTION 5.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE5.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. Nonresidential developments shall complywith a local water efficient landscape ordinance or the current California Department of Water Resources' Model WaterEfficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO), whichever is more stringent.Notes:1. The Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) is located in the California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Chapter 2.7, Division 2.2. MWELO and supporting documents, including a water budget calculator, are available at: https://www.water.ca.gov/.5.304.6 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. For public schools and community colleges,landscape projects as described in Sections 5.304.6.1 and 5.304.6.2 shall comply with the California Department ofWater Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) commencing with Section 490 of Chapter2.7, Division 2, Title 23, California Code of Regulations, except that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF)shall be 0.65 with an additional water allowance for special landscape areas (SLA) of 0.35.Exception: Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of the MWELO.5.304.6.1 Newly constructed landscapes. New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet.5.304.6.2 Rehabilitated landscapes. Rehabilitated landscape projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 1,200 square feet.
DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.
5.303.4 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT.5.303.4.1 Food Waste Disposers. Disposers shall either modulate the use of water to no more than 1 gpm when the disposer is not in use (not actively grinding food waste/no-load) or shall automatically shut off after nomore than 10 minutes of inactivity. Disposers shall use no more than 8 gpm of water.Note: This code section does not affect local jurisdiction authority to prohibit or require disposer installation.5.303.5 AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION. For those occupancies within the authority of the CaliforniaBuilding Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, the provisions of Section 5.303.3 and 5.303.4 shall applyto new fixtures in additions or areas of alteration to the building.5.303.6 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures and fittings shall be installedin accordance with the California Plumbing Code, and shall meet the applicable standards referenced in Table 1701.1of the California Plumbing Code and in Chapter 6 of this code.
YN/A
SECTION 5.402 DEFINITIONS5.402.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference)ADJUST. To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjusta damper.BALANCE. To proportion flows within the distribution system, including sub-mains, branches and terminals,according to design quantities.BUILDING COMMISSIONING. A systematic quality assurance process that spans the entire design and constructionprocess, including verifying and documenting that building systems and components are planned, designed, installed,tested, operated and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements.ORGANIC WASTE. Food waste, green waste, landscape and pruning wste, nonhazardous wood waste, and foodsoiled paper waste that is mixed in with food waste.TEST. A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipmentSECTION 5.407 WATER RESISTANCE AND MOISTURE MANAGEMENT5.407.1 WEATHER PROTECTION. Provide a weather-resistant exterior wall and foundation envelope as required byCalifornia Building Code Section 1402.2 (Weather Protection), manufacturer's installation instructions or localordinance, whichever is more stringent.5.407.2 MOISTURE CONTROL. Employ moisture control measures by the following methods.5.407.2.1 Sprinklers. Design and maintain landscape irrigation systems to prevent spray on structures.5.407.2.2 Entries and openings. Design exterior entries and/or openings subject to foot traffic or wind-drivenrain to prevent water intrusion into buildings as follows:5.407.2.2.1 Exterior door protection. Primary exterior entries shall be covered to prevent water intrusion by using nonabsorbent floor and wall finishes within at least 2 feet around and perpendicular tosuch openings plus at least one of the following:1. An installed awning at least 4 feet in depth.2. The door is protected by a roof overhang at least 4 feet in depth.3. The door is recessed at least 4 feet.4. Other methods which provide equivalent protection.5.407.2.2.2 Flashing. Install flashings integrated with a drainage plane.
5.410.2 COMMISSIONING. [N] New buildings 10,000 square feet and over. For new buildings 10,000 square feetand over, building commissioning shall be included in the design and construction processes of the building project toverify that the building systems and components meet the owner’s or owner representative’s project requirements.Commissioning shall be performed in accordance with this section by trained personnel with experience on projects ofcomparable size and complexity. For I-occupancies that are not regulated by OSHPD or for I-occupancies andL-occupancies that are not regulated y the California Energy Code Section 100.0 Scope, all requirements in Sections5.410.2 through 5.410.2.6 shall apply.Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating,ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting systems and controls, as well as waterheating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirementsCommissioning requirements shall include:1. Owner’s or Owner representative’s project requirements.2. Basis of design.3. Commissioning measures shown in the construction documents.4. Commissioning plan.5. Functional performance testing.6. Documentation and training.7. Commissioning report.Exceptions:1. Unconditioned warehouses of any size.2. Areas less than 10,000 square feet used for offices or other conditioned accessory spaces within unconditioned warehouses.3. Tenant improvements less than 10,000 square feet as described in Section 303.1.1.4. Open parking garages of any size, or open parking garage areas, of any size, within a structure.Note: For the purposes of this section, unconditioned shall mean a building, area, or room which does not provide heating and or air conditioning.Informational Notes:1. IAS AC 476 is an accreditation criteria for organizations providing training and/or certification of commissioning personnel. AC 476 is available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction as a reference for qualifications of commissioning personnel. AC 476 des not certify individuals to conduct functional performance tests or to adjust and balance systems.2. Functional performance testing for heating, ventilation, air conditioning systems and lighting controls must be performed in compliance with the California Energy Code.
5.410.4.4 Reporting. After completion of testing, adjusting and balancing, provide a final report of testing signed by the individual responsible for performing these services.5.410.4.5 Operation and maintenance (O & M) manual. Provide the building owner or representative with detailed operating and maintenance instructions and copies of guaranties/warranties for each system. O & M instructions shall be consistent with OSHA requirements in CCR, Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations.5.410.4.5.1 Inspections and reports. Include a copy of all inspection verifications and reports requiredby the enforcing agency.
YN/AYN/AYN/A RESPON.PARTYRESPON.PARTYRESPON.PARTYRESPON.PARTY
5.303.3.4 Faucets and fountains.5.303.3.4.1 Nonresidential Lavatory faucets. Lavatory faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.5 gallons per minute at 60 psi.5.303.3.4.2 Kitchen faucets. Kitchen faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. Kitchen faucets may temporarily increase the flow above the maximum rate,but not to exceed 2.2 gallons per minute at 60 psi, and must default to a maximum flow rate of 1.8 gallonsper minute at 60 psi.5.303.3.4.3 Wash fountains. Wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than1.8 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi].5.303.3.4.4 Metering faucets. Metering faucets shall not deliver more than 0.20 gallons per cycle.5.303.3.4.5 Metering faucets for wash fountains. Metering faucets for wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.20 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi].Note: Where complying faucets are unavailable, aerators or other means may be used to achieve reduction.5.303.3.4.6 Pre-rinse spray valueWhen installed, shall meet the requirements in the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) Table H-2, Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A), and Section 1607 (d)(7), and shall be equipped with an integral automatic shutoff.FOR REFERENCE ONLY:The following table and code section have been reprinted from the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) and Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A).TABLE H-2STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL PRE-RINSE SPRAYVALUES MANUFACTURED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 28, 2019PRODUCT CLASS[spray force in ounce force (ozf)]MAXIMUM FLOW RATE (gpm)Product Class 1 (≤1.00 Product Class 2 (> 5.0 ozf and ≤1.20 Product Class 3 (> 8.0 ozf)1.28 X
X
X
X
X
X
X
XX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR
DOC.REF.DOC.REF.DOC.REF.DOC.REF.
C-4M-1E-1
C-4M-1E-1
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
ZACHARY D. HARRISNo. M28906Exp. 6/30/24M E C H A N I C A L 3CSGBC
G-3
EAZDHTWNON-RESIDENTIAL CHECKLIST - II2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODENONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 2 (January 2023) Y = YESN/A=NOT APPLICABLERESPON. PARTY=RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)DOC. REF.=DOCUMENT REFERENCE DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
5.504.4.3 Paints and coatings. Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in Table 5.504.4.3, unless more stringent local limits apply. The VOC content limit for coatings that do not meet the definitions for the specialtycoatings categories listed in Table 5.504.4.3 shall be determined by classifying the coating as a Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss coating, based on its gloss, as defined in Subsections 4.21, 4.36 and 4.37 of the 2007 California Air Resources Board Suggested Control Measure, and the corresponding Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss VOC limit in Table 5.504.4.3 shall apply.5.504.4.3.1 Aerosol Paints and coatings. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits forROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and (d)(2) of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94520; and in areas under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally comply with the percent VOC by weight of productlimits of Regulation 8 Rule 49.
5.504.4.4.1 Carpet cushion. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers,"Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350).See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs.https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material5.504.4.4.2 Carpet adhesive. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of Table 5.504.4.1.5.504.4.5 Composite wood products. Hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard composite wood products used on the interior or exterior of the buildings shall meet the requirements for formaldehyde as specified in ARB's Air Toxics Control Measure (ATCM) for Composite Wood (17 CCR 93120 etseq.). Those materials not exempted under the ATCM must meet the specified emission limits, as shown in Table 5.504.4.5.5.504.4.5.3 Documentation. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided as requested by the enforcing agency. Documentation shall include at least one of the following:1. Product certifications and specifications.2. Chain of custody certifications.3. Product labeled and invoiced as meeting the Composite Wood Products regulation (see CCR, Title 17, Section 93120, et seq.).4. Exterior grade products marked as meeting the PS-1 or PS-2 standards of the Engineered Wood Association, the Australian AS/NZS 2269 or European 636 3S standards.5. Other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency.
TABLE 5.504.4.1 - ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT1,2 Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per LiterARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONSCURRENT VOC LIMITINDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES50 CARPET PAD ADHESIVES50 OUTDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES150 WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVES100 RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES60 SUBFLOOR ADHESIVES50 CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES65 VCT & ASPHALT TILE ADHESIVES50 DRYWALL & PANEL ADHESIVES50 COVE BASE ADHESIVES50 MULTIPURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES70 STRUCTURAL GLAZING ADHESIVES100 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE ADHESIVES250 OTHER ADHESIVES NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED50 SPECIALTY APPLICATIONSPVC WELDING510 CPVC WELDING490 ABS WELDING325 PLASTIC CEMENT WELDING250 ADHESIVE PRIMER FOR PLASTIC550 CONTACT ADHESIVE80 SPECIAL PURPOSE CONTACT ADHESIVE250 STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER ADHESIVE140 TOP & TRIM ADHESIVE250 SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONSMETAL TO METAL30 PLASTIC FOAMS50 POROUS MATERIAL (EXCEPT WOOD)50 WOOD30 FIBERGLASS80 1. IF AN ADHESIVE IS USED TO BOND DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES TOGETHER, THE ADHESIVEWITH THE HIGHEST VOC CONTENT SHALL BE ALLOWED.2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOCCONTENT SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENTDISTRICT RULE 1168, www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/SC/CURHTML/R1168.PDFTABLE 5.504.4.2 - SEALANT VOC LIMITLess Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per LiterSEALANTSCURRENT VOC LIMITARCHITECTURAL250 MARINE DECK760 NONMEMBRANE ROOF300 ROADWAY250 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE450 OTHER420 SEALANT PRIMERSARCHITECTURAL NONPOROUS250 POROUS775 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS500 MARINE DECK760 OTHER750 NOTE: FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOCCONTENT SPECIFIED IN THESE TABLES, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENTDISTRICT RULE 1168.
TABLE 5.504.4.3 - CONT.GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, LESS WATER & LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDSCOATING CATEGORYCURRENT VOC LIMITSPECIALTY COATINGSALUMINUM ROOF COATINGS400 BASEMENT SPECIALTY COATINGS400 BITUMINOUS ROOF COATINGS50 BITUMINOUS ROOF PRIMERS350 BOND BREAKERS350 CONCRETE CURING COMPOUNDS350 CONCRETE/MASONRY SEALERS100 DRIVEWAY SEALERS50 DRY FOG COATINGS150 FAUX FINISHING COATINGS350 FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS350 FLOOR COATINGS100 FORM-RELEASE COMPOUNDS250 GRAPHIC ARTS COATINGS (SIGN PAINTS)500 HIGH-TEMPERATURE COATINGS420 INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS250 LOW SOLIDS COATINGS1120 MAGNESITE CEMENT COATINGS450 MASTIC TEXTURE COATINGS100 METALLIC PIGMENTED COATINGS500 MULTICOLOR COATINGS250 PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS420 PRIMERS, SEALERS, & UNDERCOATERS100 REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALERS350 RECYCLED COATINGS250 ROOF COATINGS50 RUST PREVENTATIVE COATINGS250 SHELLACS:CLEAR730 OPAQUE550 SPECIALTY PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS100 STAINS250 STONE CONSOLIDANTS450 SWIMMING POOL COATINGS340 TRAFFIC MARKING COATINGS100 TUB & TILE REFINISH COATINGS420 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES250 WOOD COATINGS275 WOOD PRESERVATIVES350 ZINC-RICH PRIMERS340 1. GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, INCLUDING WATER & EXEMPT COMPOUNDS2. THE SPECIFIED LIMITS REMAIN IN EFFECT UNLESS REVISED LIMITS ARE LISTED IN SUBSEQUENT COLUMNS INTHE TABLE.3. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD,ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, FEB. 1, 2008. MORE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLEFROM THE AIR RESOURCES BOARD.
TABLE 5.504.4.5 - FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS1 MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS IN PARTS PER MILLIONPRODUCTCURRENT LIMITHARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER CORE0.05 HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COMPOSITE CORE0.05 PARTICLE BOARD0.09 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD0.11 THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD20.13 1. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIRTOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1333. FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 93120 THROUGH 93120.12.2. THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD HAS A MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF 5/16 INCHES (8 MM).
5.508.2 Supermarket refrigerant leak reduction. New commercial refrigeration systems shall comply with theprovisions of this section when installed in retail food stores 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and thatutilize either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units orcondensing units. The leak reduction measures apply to refrigeration systems containing high-global-warming potential(high-GWP) refrigerants with a GWP of 150 or greater. New refrigeration systems include both new facilities and thereplacement of existing refrigeration systems in existing facilities.Exception: Refrigeration systems containing low-global warming potential (low-GWP) refrigerant with a GWP value less than 150 are not subject to this section. Low-GWP refrigerants are nonozone-depleting refrigerants that include ammonia, carbon dioxide (CO2), and potentially other refrigerants.5.508.2.1 Refrigerant piping. Piping compliant with the California Mechanical Code shall be installed to be accessible for leak protection and repairs. Piping runs using threaded pipe, copper tubing with an outside diameter (OD) less than 1/4 inch, flared tubing connections and short radius elbows shall not be used in refrigerant systems except as noted below.5.508.2.1.1 Threaded pipe. Threaded connections are permitted at the compressor rack.5.508.2.1.2 Copper pipe. Copper tubing with an OD less than 1/4 inch may be used in systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or less.5.508.2.1.2.1 Anchorage. One-fouth-inch OD tubing shall be securely clamped to a rigid base tokeep vibration levels below 8 mils.5.508.2.1.3 Flared tubing connections. Double-flared tubing connections may be used for pressure controls, valve pilot lines and oil.Exception: Single-flared tubing connections may be used with a multiring seal coated with industrial sealant suitable for use with refrigerants and tightened in accordance with manufacturer'srecommendations.5.508.2.1.4 Elbows. Short radius elbows are only permitted where space limitations prohibit use of long radius elbows.5.508.2.2 Valves. Valves Valves and fittings shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and as follows.5.508.2.2.1 Pressure relief valves. For vessels containing high-GWP refrigerant, a rupture disc shall be installed between the outlet of the vessel and the inlet of the pressure relief valve.5.508.2.2.1.1 Pressure detection. A pressure gauge, pressure transducer or other device shall be installed in the space between the rupture disc and the relief valve inlet to indicate a disc rupture or discharge of the relief valve.5.508.2.2.2 Access valves. Only Schrader access valves with a brass or steel body are permitted for use.5.508.2.2.2.1 Valve caps. For systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or more, valve capsshall be brass or steel and not plastic.5.508.2.2.2.2 Seal caps. If designed for it, the cap shall have a neoprene O-ring in place.5.508.2.2.2.2.1 Chain tethers. Chain tethers to fit ovr the stem are required for valves designed to have seal caps.Exception: Valves with seal caps that are not removed from the valve during stem operation.5.508.2.3 Refrigerated service cases. Refrigerated service cases holding food products containing vinegar andsalt shall have evaporator coils of corrosion-resistant material, such as stainless steel; or be coated to preventcorrosion from these substances.5.508.2.3.1 Coil coating. Consideration shall be given to the heat transfer efficiency of coil coating to maximize energy efficiency.5.508.2.4 Refrigerant receivers. Refrigerant receivers with capacities greater than 200 pounds shall be fittedwith a device tha indicates the level of refrigerant in the receiver.5.508.2.5 Pressure testing. The system shall be pressure tested during installation prior to evacuation and charging.5.508.2.5.1 Minimum pressure. The system shall be charged with regulated dry nitrogen and appropriate tracer gas to bring system pressure up to 300 psig minimum.5.508.2.5.2 Leaks. Check the system for leaks, repair any leaks, and retest for pressure using the samegauge.5.508.2.5.3 Allowable pressure change. The system shall stand, unaltered, for 24 hours with no morethan a +/- one pound pressure change from 300 psig, measured with the same gauge.5.508.2.6 Evacuation. The system shall be evacuated after pressure testing and prior to charging.5.508.2.6.1 First vacuum. Pull a system vacuum down to at least 1000 microns (+/- 50 microns), and hold for 30 minutes.5.508.2.6.2 Second vacuum. Pull a second system vacuum to a minimum of 500 microns and hold for 30minutes.5.508.2.6.3 Third vacuum. Pull a third vacuum down to a minimum of 300 microns, and hold for 24 hourswith a maximum drift of 100 microns over a 24-hour period.CHAPTER 7INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS702 QUALIFICATIONS702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING. HVAC system installers shall be trained and certified in the properinstallation of HVAC systems including ducts and equipment by a nationally or regionally recognized training orcertification program. Uncertified persons may perform HVAC installations when under the direct supervision andresponsibility of a person trained and certified to install HVAC systems or contractor licensed to install HVAC systems.Examples of acceptable HVAC training and certification programs include but are not limited to the following:1. State certified apprenticeship programs.2. Public utility training programs.3. Training programs sponsored by trade, labor or statewide energy consulting or verification organizations.4. Programs sponsored by manufacturing organizations.5. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency.702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD]. When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or theresponsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection orother duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competenceto the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition toother certifications or qualifications acceptable to the enforcing agency, the following certifications or education may beconsidered by the enforcing agency when evaluating the qualifications of a special inspector:1. Certification by a national or regional green building program or standard publisher.2. Certification by a statewide energy consulting or verification organization, such as HERS raters, building performance contractors, and home energy auditors.3. Successful completion of a third party apprentice training program in the appropriate trade.4. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency.Notes:1. Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code.2. HERS raters are special inspectors certified by the California Energy Commission (CEC) to rate homes in California according to the Home Energy Rating System (HERS).[BSC-CG] When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agentshall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiatecompliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcingagency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition, the special inspector shall have acertification from a recognized state, national or international association, as determined by the local agency. Thearea of certification shall be closely related to the primary job function, as determined by the local agency.Note: Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code.703 VERIFICATIONS703.1 DOCUMENTATION. Documentation used to show compliance with this code shall include but is not limited to,construction documents, plans, specifications, builder or installer certification, inspection reports, or other methodsacceptable to the enforcing agency which demonstrate substantial conformance. When specific documentation orspecial inspection is necessary to verify compliance, that method of compliance will be specified in the appropriatesection or identified applicable checklist.
SECTION 5.505 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL5.505.1 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL. Buildings shall meet or exceed the provisions of California Building Code,CCR, Title 24, Part 2, Sections 1202 (Ventilation) and Chapter 14 (Exterior Walls). For additional measures, seeSection 5.407.2 of this code.SECTION 5.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY5.506.1 OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY. For mechanically or naturally ventilated spaces in buildings, meet the minimumrequirements of Section 120.1 (Requirements For Ventilation) of the California Energy Code, or the applicable localcode, whichever is more stringent, and Division 1, Chapter 4 of CCR, Title 8.5.506.2 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING. For buildings or additions equipped with demand controlventilation, CO2 sensors and ventilation controls shall be specified and installed in accordance with the requirementsof the California Energy Code, Section 120(c)(4).5.506.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring in classrooms.(DSA-SS) Each public K-12 school classroom, as listed in Table 120.1-A of the California Energy Code, shall be equipped with a carbon dioxide monitor or sensor that meets the following requirements:1.The monitor or sensor shall be permanently affixed in a tamper-proof manner in each classroom between 3 and6 feet (914 mm and 1829 mm) above the floor and at least 5 feet (1524 mm) away from door and operablewindows.2.When the monitor or sensor is not integral to an Energy Management Control System (EMCS), the monitor orsensor shall display the carbon dioxide readings on the device. When the sensor is integral to an EMCS, thecarbon dioxide readings shall be available to and regularly monitored by facility personnel.3.A monitor shall provide notification though a visual indicator on the monitor when the carbon dioxide levels in theclassroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. A sensor integral to an EMCS shall provide notification to facilitypersonnel through a visual and/or audible indicator when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom haveexceeded 1,100ppm.4.The monitor or sensor shall measure carbon dioxide levels at minimum 15- minute intervals and shall maintain arecord of previous carbon dioxide measurements of not less than 30 days duration.5.The monitor or sensor used to measure carbon dioxide levels shall have the capacity to measure carbon dioxidelevels with a range of 400ppm to 2000ppm or greater.6.The monitor or sensor shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within 75ppm at 1,000ppm carbondioxide concentration and shall be certified by the manufacturer to require calibration no more frequently thanonce every 5 years.SECTION 5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT5.507.4 ACOUSTICAL CONTROL. Employ building assemblies and components with Sound Transmission Class(STC) values determined in accordance with ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413, or Outdoor-Indoor Sound TransmissionClass (OITC) determined in accordance with ASTM E 1332, using either the prescriptive or performance method inSection 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.2.Exception: Buildings with few or no occupants or where occupants are not likely to be affected by exterior noise, as determined by the enforcement authority, such as factories, stadiums, storage, enclosed parking structures and utility buildings.Exception: [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, the requirements of this section and all subsections apply only to new construction.5.507.4.1 Exterior noise transmission, prescriptive method. Wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall meet a composite STCrating of at least 50 or a composite OITC rating of no less than 40, with exterior windows of a minimum STC of40 or OITC of 30 in the following locations:1. Within the 65 CNEL noise contour of an airport.Exceptions:1. Ldn or CNEL for military airports shall be determined by the facility Air Installation Compatible Land Use Zone (AICUZ) plan.2. Ldn or CNEL for other airports and heliports for which a land use plan has not been developed shall be determined by the local general plan noise element.2. Within the 65 CNEL or Ldn noise contour of a freeway or expressway, railroad, industrial source or fixed-guideway source as determined by the Noise Element of the General Plan.5.507.4.1.1. Noise exposure where noise contours are not readily available. Buildings exposed to anoise level of 65 dB Leq - 1-hr during any hour of operation shall have building, addition or alteration exterior wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source meeting a composite STC rating ofat least 45 (or OITC 35), with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 (or OITC 30).5.507.4.2 Performance Method. For buildings located as defined in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.1.1, wall androof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall be constructed to provide an interior noise environment attributable to exterior sources that doesnot exceed an hourly equivalent noise level (Leq-1Hr) of 50 dBA in occupied areas during any hour of operation.5.507.4.2.1 Site Features. Exterior features such as sound walls or earth berms may be utilized as appropriate to the building, addition or alteration project to mitigate sound migration to the interior.5.507.4.2.2 Documentation of Compliance. An acoustical analysis documenting complying interior soundlevels shall be prepared by personnel approved by the architect or engineer of record.5.507.4.3 Interior sound transmission. Wall and floor-ceiling assemblies separating tenant spaces and tenantspaces and public places shall have an STC of at least 40.Note: Examples of assemblies and their various STC ratings may be found at the California Office of NoiseControl: www.toolbase.org/PDF/CaseStudies/stc_icc_ratings.pdf.SECTION 5.508 OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY5.508.1 Ozone depletion and greenhouse gas reductions. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppressionequipment shall comply with Sections 5.508.1.1 and 5.508.1.2.5.508.1.1 Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do notcontain CFCs.5.508.1.2 Halons. Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain Halons.
5.504.4.6 Resilient flooring systems. Where resilient flooring is installed, at least 80 percent of floor area receiving resilient flooring shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"StandardMethod for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers," Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350)See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs.https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material5.504.4.6.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that resilient flooringmaterials meet the pollutant emission limits.5.504.4.7 Thermal insulationComply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method of the Testingand Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers,"Version 1.2, January 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350).See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs.https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material5.504.4.7.1 Verification of compliance.Documentation shall be provided verifying that thermal insulation materials meet the pollutant emissionlimits.5.504.4.8 Acoustical ceiling and wall panels.Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testingand Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, "Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350).See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs.5.504.4.8.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that acoustical finish materials meet the pollutant emission limits.5.504.5.3 Filters. In mechanically ventilated buildings, provide regularly occupied areas of the building with airfiltration media for outside and return air that provides at least a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of13. MERV 13 filters shall be installed prior to occupancy, and recommendations for maintenance with filters ofthe same value shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual.Exceptions: Existing mechanical equipment. 5.504.5.3.1 Labeling. Installed filters shall be clearly labeled by the manufacturer indicating the MERV rating.5.504.7 ENVIRONMENTAL TOBACCO SMOKE (ETS) CONTROL. Where outdoor areas are provided for smoking,prohibit smoking within 25 feet of building entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows and within the building asalready prohibited by other laws or regulations; or as enforced by ordinances, regulations or policies of any city,county, city and county, California Community College, campus of the California State University, or campus of theUniversity of California, whichever are more stringent. When ordinances, regulations or policies are not in place, postsignage to inform building occupants of the prohibitions.
5.504.4.3.2 Verification. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided at the request of the enforcing agency. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following:1. Manufacturer's product specification2. Field verification of on-site product containers5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems.All carpet installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350).See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs.https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material
5.504.4 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL. Finish materials shall comply with Sections 5.504.4.1 through5.504.4.6.5.504.4.1 Adhesives, sealants and caulks. Adhesives, sealants, and caulks used on the project shall meetthe requirements of the following standards:1. Adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, adhesive primers, sealants, sealant primers and caulks shall comply with local or regional air pollution control or air quality management district rules where applicable, or SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits, as shown in Tables 5.504.4.1 and 5.504.4.2. Such products also shall comply with the Rule 1168 prohibition on the use of certain toxic compounds (chloroform, ethylene dichloride, methylene chloride, perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene), except foraerosol products as specified in subsection 2, below.2. Aerosol adhesives, and smaller unit sizes of adhesives, and sealant or caulking compounds (in units of product, less packaging, which do not weigh more than one pound and do not consist of more than 16 fluid ounces) shall comply with statewide VOC standards and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds, of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencingwith Section 94507.
DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.
YN/AYN/AYN/AYN/A RESPON.PARTYRESPON.PARTYRESPON.PARTYRESPON.PARTY X X
X
XX
X
X
X
X CONTRACTOR
ENGINEER
DOC.REF.DOC.REF.DOC.REF.DOC.REF. M-1E-1
M-1
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
ZACHARY D. HARRISNo. M28906Exp. 6/30/24M E C H A N I C A L 4CSGBC
G-4
EAZDHTWNON-RESIDENTIAL CHECKLIST - III2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODENONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 3 (January 2023) Y = YESN/A=NOT APPLICABLERESPON. PARTY=RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)DOC. REF.=DOCUMENT REFERENCE DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
ABBREVIATIONSCIVIL NOTESGENERAL1.OBTAIN PERMITS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE FEATURES WITHIN EASEMENTS, DEDICATIONS ANDPUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY.2.NOT USED3.ORIENT SURFACE FEATURES PARALLEL TO CURB/GUTTER OR WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4.PROTECT ALL SURVEY MONUMENTS.5.SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR DISCOVER ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE CONDITIONS EXISTINGIN THE FIELD AND THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFYTHE OWNER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION.6.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COPY OF AN APPROVED SET OF PLANS ON THECONSTRUCTION SITE AT ALL TIMES.7.NOT USED.8.NOT USED.9."LIMITS OF WORK" INDICATES THE TOTAL AREA OF DISTURBANCE DUE TO THE NATURE ANDSCOPE OF THE WORK. THE TERM MAY ALSO BE USED TO INDICATE AREAS WHERE ACCESS ISLIMITED OR RESTRICTED.10.PROVIDE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL AGENCIESDURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION.11.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL WITHIN THE PUBLICRIGHT OF WAY IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL ORDINANCES. NO WORK SHALL COMMENCE UNTILALL REQUIRED TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES ARE IN PLACE.
LCPL+-
FOOT, FEETINCH, INCHESPOUND, NUMBERPERCENTANDATAPPROXIMATELYCENTERLINEPLATELESS THANEQUALSGREATER THANDEFLECTIONANGLEDEGREE(-S) (ANGULAR)AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALSAGGREGATE BASE, ANCHOR BOLT(-S)ABANDON(-ED)ACRYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE-STYRENEASPHALTIC CONCRETEASBESTOS CEMENT PIPEAMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACTADDITIONALADJUST(-ED,-MENT,-ABLE)AVERAGE DRY WEATHER FLOWACRE-FEETAGGREGATEALTITUDEALUMINUMANCHORAPPROXIMATE(-LY)ARCHITECT(-URAL)AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERSASPHALTASSEMBLYAMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING ANDMATERIALSAVENUEAVERAGEADVANCED WATER TREATMENTAMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATIONBOTTOM OF WALLBEGINNING OF HORIZONTAL CURVEBEGIN CURB RETURNBLIND FLANGEBACKFLOW PREVENTERBUILDINGBLOCK(-S)BENCH MARKBLOWOFFBACK OF CURBBOTTOMBEGINNING OF VERTICAL CURVECURVECENTER-TO-CENTERCALCULATION(S)CABLE TVCATCH BASINCEMENTCUBIC FEET PER SECONDCHANNELCAST IRONCAST IRON PIPECAST IRON SOIL PIPECONSTRUCTION JOINTCLEAR(-ANCE)CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIALCEMENT MORTAR COATEDCEMENT MORTAR LINEDCEMENT MORTAR LINED AND COATEDCORRUGATED METAL PIPECONCRETE MASONRY UNITCONTROL JOINTCENTERCLEANOUTCOLUMNCONCRETECONNECT (-ED, -S, -ION)CONSTRUCTIONCONTINU(-ED, -OUS, -ATION)CORPORATIONCLEANOUT TO GRADECONTROL POINT, CATHODIC PROTECTIONCOUPLINGCHLORINTATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDECRUSHED ROCKCONTROLCATHODIC TEST STATIONCUBIC FOOT, CUBIC FEETCUBIC YARD(-S)DOUBLE CHECK ASSEMBLY (TWIN ELEMENT CHECK VALVE)DEFLECTIONDEGREE(-S)DEMOLISHDEPARTMENTDUCTILE IRON, DROP INLETDIAMETERDIAGONALDIAPHRAGMDIMENSION(-S)DUCTILE IRON PIPEDISCHARGEDISTRIBUTIONDEAD LOADDOWNDISSOLVED OXYGEN '"#%&@<=>∆∠°AASHTOABABAN(-D)ABSACACPADAADDITADJADWFAFAGGALTDALUMANCAPPROXARCHASCEASPHASSYASTMAVEAVGAWTAWWAB/WBCBCRBFBFPBLDGBLKBMBOBOCBOTBVCCC/CCALC(S)CATVCBCEMCFSCHANCICIPCISPCJCLRCLSMCMCCMLCML&CCMPCMUCNJCNTRCOCOLCONCCONNCONSTCONTCORPCOTGCPCPLGCPVCCRCTRLCTSCU FTCU YDDCADEFLDEGDEMODEPTDIDIADIAGDIAPHDIM(-S)DIPDISCHDISTRDLDNDO
DRAINDOWN SPOUTDETAIL(-S)DRAWING(-S)EASTEACHEND OF HORIZONTAL CURVEECCENTRICEPOXY COATEDEND CURB RETURNEACH FACEEFFICIENCYEFFLUENTEXISTING GRADEENERGY GRADE LINEELEVATION, EPOXY LINEDEPOXY LINED AND COATEDELECTRIC(-AL)ELBOWEMERGENCYENCLOSUREENGINEEREDGE OF PAVEMENTENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONAGENCYEQUAL (-LY, -IZATION)EQUIPMENTESTIMATE(-D)ET CETERAELECTROLYSIS TEST STATIONEND OF VERTICAL CURVEEACH WAYEXCAVATEEXHAUSTEXISTINGEXPANSIONEXTERNALFACTORYFACILIT(-Y, -IES)FLEXIBLE COUPLINGFLANGE COUPLING ADAPTERFLOOR CLEANOUTFLOOR DRAINFEEDERFINISHED FLOORFINISHED FLOOR ELEVATIONFINISHED GRADEFIRE HYDRANTFIGUREFINISH(-ED)FLOW LINEFLEXIBLEFLANGE(-D)FLOCCULATIONFLOORFLOW METERFIBER OPTICFEET PER SECONDFIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTICFINISHED SURFACEFOOT, FEETFOOTINGFUTUREGAUGEGRANULAR ACTIVATED CARBONGALLON(-S)GALVANIZEDGASOLINEGRADE BREAKGALVANIZED IRONGROUNDGALLONS PER DAYGALLONS PER HOURGALLONS PER MINUTEGROUND-PENETRATING RADARGRATEGUARDRAILGALVANIZED STEELHIGH, HEIGHTHYDROGEN PEROXIDEHYDROGEN SULFIDESULFURIC ACIDHOSE BIBHIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENEHYDRAULIC GRADE LINEHANDHOLEHOLLOW METALHORIZONTALHORSEPOWERHINGE POINTHIGH POINTHOUR(-S)HEIGHTHEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONINGHIGH WATER LEVELHIGHWAYHYDRAULICINSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLINSIDE DIAMETERINVERT ELEVATIONINCH(-ES)INFLUENTINSTRUMENT(-ATION)INVERTIRON PIPE SIZEIRRIGATIONISOLAT(-E, -ION) DRDSDTL(-S)DWG(-S)EEAECECCECDECREFEFFICEFFLEGEGLELEL&CELECELLEMERGENCLENGREPEPAEQEQPMESTETCETSEVCEWEXCEXHEXISTEXPEXTFACFACILFCFCAFCOFDFDRFFFFEFGFHFIGFINFLFLEXFLGFLOCFLRFMFOFPSFRPFSFTFTGFUTGAGACGALGALVGASGBGIGNDGPDGPHGPMGPRGRGRLGSHH2O2H2SH2SO4HBHDPEHGLHHHMHORZHPH-PHPTHR(S)HTHVACHWLHWYHYDI&CIDIEININFLINSTRINVIPSIRRGISO
ION EXCHANGEJUNCTION BOXJOINTLENGTH, LINELATERALPOUND(-S)POUND(-S) PER SQUARE FOOTLINEAR FEETLONGLIP OF GUTTERLIVE LOADLOCATIONLOW POINTLIQUIFIED PETROLEUM GAS (PROPANE OR BUTANE AS NOTED)LONG RADIUSLEFT TURNLIGHTINGLOW WATER LEVELMAXIMUMMOTOR CONTROL CENTERMECHANICALMICROFILTRATIONMANUFACTURERMILLION GALLON(-S)MILLION GALLONS PER DAYMANHOLEONE-THOUSANDTH OF AN INCHMINIMUMMISCELLANEOUSMECHANICAL JOINTMODIF(-Y, -ICATIONS)MONUMENTMILES PER HOURMECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTHMOUNT(-ED, -ING)METALNORTHNOT APPLICABLENORTH AMERICAN DATUMSODIUM HYPOCHLORITESODIUM HYDROXIDENORTH AMERICAN VERTICAL DATUMNORTHEASTNANOFILTRATIONNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONNATURAL GASAMMONIANOT IN CONTRACTNUMBERNOMINALNORMALNATIONAL PIPE THREADNOT TO SCALENORTHWESTNORMAL WATER LEVELOZONEON CENTEROUTSIDE DIAMETEROVERFLOWORIGINAL GROUNDOPENING(-S)ORIGINALPNEUMATIC, PIPEPROPERTY LINEPERFORATED ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPEPIECE(-S), PHOTOCELL, POINT OF CURVE (BEGIN CURVE)POINT OF COMPOUND CURVEPRETENSIONED CONCRETE CYLINDERPIPEPRESSURE CLEANOUTPRESSURIZED CLEANOUT TO GRADEPOLYETHYLENEPERCOLAT(-E, -ION)PERFORAT(-E, -ED, -ES, -ATION)PROFILEPOINT OF INTERSECTIONPROJECT MANAGERPOTABLEPOWER POLEPAIRPRESSUREPROPERTYPROTECT(-OR)PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE, PRESSURE REDUCING VALVEPOUNDS PER SQUARE FOOTPOUNDS PER SQUARE INCHPIPE SLEEVEPUMP STATIONPRESSURE SUSTAINING VALVEPOINT OF TANGENT (END CURVE), PRESSURE-TREATED, POINT(-S)POLYVINYL CHLORIDE, POINT OF VERTICAL CURVEPOINT OF VERTICAL INTERSECTIONPAVEMENTPOINT OF VERTICAL TANGENCYPOTABLE WATERPOWERPEAK WET WEATHER FLOWRADIUSRIGHT OF WAYREINFORCED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPEREINFORCED CONCRETE PIPEROADREDUCE(-R) IXJBJTLLATLB(-S)LB(-S)/SFLFLGLIPLLLOCLPLPGLRLTLTGLWLMAXMCCMECHMFMFRMGMGDMHMIL(-S)MINMISCMJMOD(-S)MONMPHMSEMT(-D, -G)MTLNN/ANADNAOCLNAOHNAVDNENFNFCNGNH3NICNONOMNORMNPTNTSNWNWLO3OCODOFOGOPNG(-S)ORIGPP/LPACPPC(-S)PCCPCCPPCOPCOTGPEPERCPERFPFPIPMPOTPPPRPRESSPROPPROTPRVPSFPSIPSLPSTAPSVPT(-S)PVCPVIPVMTPVTPWPWRPWWFR, RADR/WRCCPRCPRDRED REGULAT(-E, -OR, -ION, -ING)REINFORC(-E, -ED, -ING, -EMENT)REQUIREDREQUIREMENTRESILIENTRESERVOIRROOMROUNDREVERSE OSMOSISREDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLERAILROADRIGHT TURNROUTERETURNSEWER, SOUTHSIDEWALKSUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITIONSCHEDULESTORM DRAINSTORM DRAIN MANHOLESOUTHEASTSECTIONSIGNALSHEETSIDE INLETSIMILARSPACE(-S, -D)SPECIFICATION(-S)SQUARESQUARE FEETSQUARE MILESSTAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY SEWERSTREETSTATIONSTANDARD(-S)STEELSTEAMSTRUCTUR(-E, -AL)SUPPORT(-S)SURFACESOUTHWESTSYMMETRICALSYSTEMTOP AND BOTTOMTOP OF CONCRETETOP OF PAVEMENTTOP OF STEELTOP OF WALLTYPE ______ PIPETYPE ______ SUPPORTTANGENT(-IAL)TEMPORARY BENCHMARK, TUNNEL BORING MACHINETOTAL DYNAMIC HEADTELEPHONETEMPERATURE, TEMPORARYTHICK(-ENED, -ENER, -NESS)THROUGHTANKTOPOGRAPHYTOTAL, TOTALIZE(R)TEST PITTREATMENTTYPICALUNDERDRAINULTRAFILTRATIONUNDERGROUNDUNKNOWNULTRAVIOLETVARIES, VARIABLEVERTICAL CURVEVITRIFIED CLAY PIPEVERTICALVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (AC)VERIFY IN FIELDVOLUMEVERTICAL POINT OF INTERSECTIONVENTVERTICAL TURBINE PUMPVENT TO ROOFWIDE, WIDTH, WELDED, WESTWITHWITHOUTWATER BARWALL CLEANOUTWOODWATER MANHOLEWATERPROOFWATER SURFACEWELDED STEEL PIPEWATERSTOPWEIGHTWATER TREATMENT PLANTWATERWATER VALVEWASTEWATERWELDED WIRE FABRICWELDED WIRE MESHWASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTTRANSFORMERYARDYEAR REGREINFREQDREQTRESILRESVRMRNDRORPPRRRTRTERTNSS/WSCADASCHSDSDMHSESECTSGNLSHTSISIMSPC(-S, -D)SPEC(-S)SQSQ FTSQ MISSSTSTASTD(-S)STLSTMSTRCSUPPSURFSWSYMSYST&BT/CT/PT/ST/WT-_-PT-_-STANTBMTDHTELTEMPTHKTHRUTNKTOPOTOTTPTRTMTTYPUDUFUGUNKNUVVARVCVCPVERTVFDVIFVOLVPIVTVTPVTRWW/W/OWBWCOWDWMHWPWSWSPWSTPWTWTPWTRWVWWWWFWWMWWTPXFMRYDYR RECORD DRAWING REFERENCE NOTESSITE FEATURES AND UTILITIES SHOWN ON SHEET C-1, C-4, AND C-5 WERE TRACED FROM RECORD DRAWINGS (ASBUILT FOR"CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR POINSETTIA SEWAGE LIFT STATION UPGRADE" DATED MAY 2007, AND APPROVED ON 6-14-07) ANDSUPPLEMENTED WITH INFORMATION FROM RECORD DRAWINGS (ASBUILT FOR "PLANS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THEPOINSETTIA SEWAGE LIFT STATION IN THE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT" AS-BUILT DATED 6/18/99).SURFACE FEATURES AND UTILITIES PROVIDED AS REFERENCE FOR CONSTRUCTION ALL LOCATIONS TO BE FIELD VERIFIED.SPOT ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON C-5 WERE TRACED FROM RECORD DRAWINGS (ASBUILT FOR "PLANS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OFTHE POINSETTIA SEWAGE LIFT STATION IN THE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT" AS-BUILT DATED 6/18/99).CONTOUR SHOWN ON SHEET C-5 WERE TRACED FROM RECORD DRAWINGS (ASBUILT FOR "CONSTRUCTION PLANS FORPOINSETTIA SEWAGE LIFT STATION UPGRADE DATED MAY 2007, AND APPROVED ON 6-14-07) CONTAINING THE FOLLOWINGSOURCE OF TOPOGRAPHY. CONTOURS PROVIDED AS REFERENCE FOR CONSTRUCTION ALL ELEVATIONS TO BE FIELD VERIFIED.
PIPING1.THESE NOTES ARE GENERIC IN NATURE. PROJECT SPECIFIC NOTES ON FOLLOWING DRAWINGSTAKE PRECEDENCE.2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICESCRITERIA FOR THE SEPARATION BETWEEN WATER MAINS, NON-POTABLE WATER UTILITIES, ANDSEWER.3.INSTALL WATER, STORM, AND SEWER PIPELINES WITH A MINIMUM OF 36 INCHES OF COVER,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4.PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF PIPE SHOP DRAWINGS, VERIFY THE INVERT ELEVATIONS, ALIGNMENT,OUTSIDE DIAMETER, LOCATION, AND MATERIAL OF ALL EXISTING PIPELINES TO WHICH NEWPIPELINES WILL BE CONNECTED.5.PIPE STATIONING REPRESENTS THE HORIZONTAL PROJECTION OF THE PIPE CENTERLINEBETWEEN MANHOLES, POINTS OF INFLECTION, AND/OR CENTER OF FITTINGS.6.RESTRAIN ALL PIPE, FITTINGS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS, AND/OR FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERSUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THRUST PROTECTION SHALL BE ADEQUATE FOR TEST PRESSURESSPECIFIED.7.LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE EXISTINGPIPE(S) OR STRUCTURE(S) TO WHICH NEW PIPE(S) IS/ARE CONNECTING. VERIFY EXACTLOCATION, SIZE, MATERIALS, AND INVERT ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PIPE DRAWINGS.8.PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.9.USE CAUTION WHEN WORKING IN PROXIMITY TO GAS. NOTIFY UTILITY COMPANY WHEN WORKINGWITHIN THE VICINITY, AND FOLLOW UTILITY SAFETY GUIDELINES AND OSHA REQUIREMENTS.HAND DIG ALL CONSTRUCTION WITHIN 5 FEET HORIZONTALLY OF ANY GAS MAIN.10.USE CAUTION WHEN WORKING IN PROXIMITY TO OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL LINES. FOLLOWELECTRICAL UTILITY SAFETY GUIDELINES AND OSHA REQUIREMENTS.11.CROSSING PIPELINES SHOWN IN PROFILE REPRESENT OUTSIDE DIAMETER UNLESS OTHERWISENOTED.12.ORIENT ECCENTRIC MANHOLE(S) SUCH THAT THE LID IS OUTSIDE OF WHEEL PATH.13.COORDINATES LOCATING MANHOLES ARE TO THE CENTER OF THE STRUCTURE.14.SIZE OF FITTING SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS CORRESPONDS TO THE ADJACENT STRAIGHT RUNOF PIPE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. MATCH TYPE OF JOINT AND FITTING MATERIAL TOADJACENT STRAIGHT RUN OF PIPE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.15.PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. FINAL PIPE SUPPORTLOCATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERPRIOR TO INSTALLATION.16.NUMBER AND LOCATION OF UNIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE. PROVIDE UNIONSNECESSARY TO FACILITATE CONVENIENT REMOVAL OF VALVES AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT.17.COORDINATE AND PERFORM CONNECTIONS TO THE WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS, IFAPPLICABLE.
GRADING1.ADJUST VALVE BOXES, PULL BOXES, VAULTS, AND MAHOLES TO FINISHED GRADES AND SLOPESSHOWN ON CIVIL GRADING DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED. MANHOLES INOPEN FIELDS SHALL BE SET ONE FOOT ABOVE GRADE. APPROXIMATE RIM ELEVATIONS ARESHOWN ON DRAWINGS.2.GRADES SHOWN ARE TO TOP OF THE FINISHED SURFACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
DEMOLITION1.DEMOLITION EXTENTS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THEWORK. EXTENTS OF DEMOLITION REFLECTED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL INCORPORATEDEMOLITION MEANS AND METHODS.2.PROVIDE COORDINATES OF ABANDONED UTILITIES IN THE RECORD DRAWINGS.
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
JOSE A. CUEVASNo. C63541Exp. 9/30/24C I V I L
User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:47 PM
5CIVIL ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTESC-1
EAJCPT
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
CORROSION CONTROL SYMBOLS
EROSION CONTROL SYMBOLS
EXISTING FEATURESPIPING AND UTILITIESTOPOGRAPHY AND MAPPING SYMBOLSGEOTECHNICAL SYMBOLSROADWORK AND PAVING
STRUCTURES
SLOPE ON PAVED SURFACE OR PIPEBERM SLOPE (HORZ TO VERT)S=0.0123:1
P/LP/LR/WR/W
125MAJOR CONTOURSMINOR CONTOURSTOP OF SLOPETOE OF SLOPEPROPERTY LINERIGHT-OF-WAY LINEGRADE BREAKRIDGE LINEEASEMENT LINETEMPORARY EASEMENT LINE
RESMTESMTTRAIL OR DIRT ROADFLOW LINEFLOOD HAZARD AREAEDGE OF WETLANDSRAILROAD
GUARDRAIL (PERMANENT)
VEGETATION
WELL
G
BLOWOFF(IN PLAN) LOCATE ON SIDE SHOWNBLOWOFF(IN PROFILE)FIRE HYDRANT(IN PLAN)MHMANHOLE(IN PLAN)CLEANOUT TO GRADE(IN PLAN)
SOIL BORING LOCATIONTEST PIT LOCATIONMONITORING WELL
RIPRAPHAY BALE/STRAW WATTLESILT FENCE
ELECTROLYSIS TEST STATIONCATHODIC TEST STATIONCATSIJTSFPTSCSTSCORROSION TEST STATIONCASING TEST STATIONINSULATING JOINT TEST STATIONFOREIGN PIPELINE TEST STATIONCURRENT SPAN TEST STATION
FENCE (CHAIN LINK)FENCE (WOOD)
STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE (BELOW GRADE)
BENCH MARKSITE COORDINATES(SEE TABLE ON DRAWINGS)SITE COORDINATESN XXXXXX.XXE XXXXXX.XXCONTROL POINTFINISHED ELEVATION/GRADEEXISTING ELEVATION/GRADE
ASPHALT(IN PLAN AND SECTION)CONCRETE CURBCONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERDRIVEWAY/ACCESS RAMP
GENERAL CIVIL SYMBOLS
DROP INLET CATCH BASIN
NOTES:1.PAVING PATTERNS MAY ONLY APPEAR IN PORTIONS OF PAVEDAREAS TO DEFINE LIMITS OF PAVING.2.SEE ALSO GENERAL LEGEND FOR ADDITIONAL PAVING PATTERNS.AV/AR VALVE(IN PLAN) LOCATE ON SIDE SHOWNAV/AR VALVE(IN PROFILE)
POWER POLE
FG XXX.XXEG XXX.X
TEMPORARY
NATURAL GAS
GUY LINE AND ANCHOR
MONUMENTSITE OR RETAINING WALL
PROTECTIVE BARRIERPROTECTIVE BARRIER(REMOVABLE)
EXISTING UTILITIES
FENCE (SWING GATE)
124
LIMITS OF EXCAVATION
CONTROL SYMBOLS
TREE (SIZE AND TYPE)
HPG HIGH PRESSURE GASLPG LIQUID PETROLEUMW WATER LINEPW POTABLE WATERFIRE FIRE SUPPLY WATERREW RECLAIMED WATERUW UTILITY/NON-POTABLE WATERIRR IRRIGATION WATERSDR STORM DRAINSS SANITARY SEWERSTM STEAMTEL TELEPHONECOMMCOMMUNICATIONS LINEFOC FIBER OPTIC CABLECATV CABLE TVE POWERUNK UNIDENTIFIEDABNDABANDONED UTILITY MB
TC
HRWBFP
BM-XX#
CTST COETSETS
FH
TP-#MW
CO
MAILBOXTRAFFIC SIGNAL BOX OR POLESIGNTELEPHONE BOXCOMMUNICATION/CATV BOXHOSE BIBBHOSE RACKWATER BOX/METERBACKFLOW PREVENTER #
WELDED WIRE FABRIC(IN SECTION)
CURVE DATA(SEE TABLE ON DRAWINGS)XPROPOSED FEATURES
+-LIMITS OF GRADING
LID
FLARED END SECTION
MHLIDMHLIDMANHOLE OR VAULTFH FIRE HYDRANT
SURFACE FLOW DIRECTION
DESCRIPTION
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
JOSE A. CUEVASNo. C63541Exp. 9/30/24C I V I L
User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:47 PM
6CIVIL LEGENDC-2
EAJCPT
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/L
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
JOSE A. CUEVASNo. C63541Exp. 9/30/24C I V I L
User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:48 PM
7 C-3
EAJCPT SITE PLAN
GENERATOR / CHEMICALSTORAGE BUILDING
CONTROL /PUMPBUILDING
ODOR CONTROLSYSTEM
POINSETTIA LANE
4' DIAMETERSURGE TANK
EDGE OFPAVEMENT
25'±AC ACCESSROAD
GATE
GATE
22'±AC ACCESS ROAD
MANHOLE (TYP)
PROPERTYLINE
20' VALLECITOSWATER DISTRICTEASTMENT
FLOW METER ANDEMERGENCY BYPASSCONNECTION VAULTLOCALCONTROL POINT 19'x8' TRAILER MOUNTEDBYPASS PUMPSECONDARY BYPASSLINE CONNECTIONBOLLARDS (TYP)
FENCE (TYP)
CIVIL PROJECT AREASEE SHEETS C-4 AND C-5
SWALE
01"=10'1020
TRANSFORMERPAD
OVERALL SITE PLANAND KEY MAP
APPROXIMATESQ FT: 1272
APPROXIMATESQ FT: 1788
SEE NOTE 1
SEE NOTE 1
1.POTENTIAL CONTRACTOR STAGING AREAS. TO BE COORDINATEDWITH CITY PRIOR TO USE. PROTECT ALL EXIST. ITEMS ADJACENTTO CONTRACTOR STAGING AREAS.GENERAL SHEET NOTES DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
UW
UW
UW
UW
W W
W
W
PW
PW
PWPW
PW
PW
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
JOSE A. CUEVASNo. C63541Exp. 9/30/24C I V I L
User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:48 PM
8CIVIL DEMO AND SITE PLAN
C-4
EAJCPT
DEMO PLAN
GENERATOR / CHEMICALSTORAGE BUILDING
CONTROL /PUMPBUILDING
16" AIR PIPING
8" AIR PIPING4" PVC DRAIN PIPE1" COPPER PLANT WATER LINE 1/2" SCH 80 PVC CHEMICAL FEED PIPING1-1/4" COPPER POTABLE WATER LINE 12" D.I.P. FORCE MAIN
CONDUITS
ODOR CONTROLSYSTEM
SITE PLAN
GENERATOR / CHEMICALSTORAGE BUILDINGODOR CONTROLSYSTEM
1" PW
PROTECTCONCRETE SWALE
PROTECT 16" AIRPIPING TOP 102.97PROTECT 1" RISERS,WALL MOUNTEDHOSE RACK ANDHOSE BIBB SAWCUT AND REMOVEAC PAVEMENT AND BASEFOR NEW DUCT AND PAD5'-2" 21'-1"
4'-2"26'-3"
5'-2"
BEGIN DEMO 1"PLANT WATER
END DEMO OF 1"PLANT WATER
01"=5'51001"=5'510
4'-2"
26'-9"
3'-0"
2'-0"
JOIN EXIST
JOIN EXIST
ASPHALT PAVINGMATCH EXIST AC THICKNESSAND BASE THICKNESS 5'-2"3'-6"CONDUITS
2'-0"
B
PROTECTCONDUITS
A DEMO PORTION OFWALL MOUNTEDDOWNSPOUT
PROTECT 8"AIR PIPING
PROTECTCONDUITSC-61
E-101
C-62
C-63DOOR MODIFICATION
DOWNSPOUT
6" MANUAL TRANSFERSWITCH (MTS) PAD
SHEET KEYNOTESA.REMOVE AND SALVAGE WALL MOUNTED DOOR STOP. RETURN TOOWNERB.IF REQUIRED, REMOVE 1" PLANT WATER FOR INSTALLATION OFELEC DUCT. PROTECT 1" RISER TO WALL MOUNTED HOSE RACKDURING CONSTRUCTION.
1.CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS SHALLINCORPORATE SALVAGE AND/OR RECYCLING OF MATERIALS INACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDSCODE, AS ADOPTED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD.GENERAL SHEET NOTES DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
UW
UW
UW
UW
W W
W
W
PW
PW
PWPW
PW
PW
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L 106.5106
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
JOSE A. CUEVASNo. C63541Exp. 9/30/24C I V I L
User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:48 PM
9CIVIL GRADING AND UTILITY PLAN
C-5
EAJCPT
UTILITY PLAN
GENERATOR / CHEMICALSTORAGE BUILDING
16" AIR PIPING
8" AIR PIPING
4" PVC DRAIN PIPE
1" COPPER PLANT WATER LINE
1/2" SCH 80 PVC CHEMICAL FEED PIPING1-1/4" COPPER POTABLE WATER LINE 12" D.I.P. FORCE MAIN
CONDUITS
ODOR CONTROLSYSTEM
GRADING PLAN
GENERATOR / CHEMICALSTORAGE BUILDINGFF=107.0
CONTROL /PUMPBUILDING
ODOR CONTROLSYSTEM
1PW
106
106.86
106.51 FL
106.10 FL
106.23 FL
01"=5'51001"=5'510
MANUAL TRANSFERSWITCH (MTS) PADSEE NOTE 1
MATCHEXIST ELEV.
MATCH EXISTELEV 106.85
MATCH EXISTELEV 106.79
5'-0"
1'-7"
3'-1" E-101
PROTECT 16" AIRPIPING TOP EL 102.971" COPPER PLANTWATER LINE INSTALL 4'-3"CONDUITS
JOIN EXIST 1" PLANTWATER LINE W/ 45° BENDMATCH EXIST ELEV JOIN EXIST 1" PLANTWATER LINE W/ 1"x1"x1"TEE MATCH EXIST ELEVJOIN EXIST CONCRETE ENCASEDDUCTBANK CONDUITS TOP OFDUCT ESTIMATED AT 104.0. FIELDVERIFY 7'-3"
MATCH EXIST
45° BEND MATCHEXIST ELEV14'-11"
PROTECT 8"AIR PIPINGPROTECTCONDUITS
CONDUITS
MATCHEXIST ELEV.MATCHEXIST ELEV.
1'-3"
MATCH EXIST
A
1.FIELD VERIFY EXIST GRADE AT PAD LOCATION. TOP OF PAD SHALLBE 2" ABOVE EXIST GRADE. SEE STRUCTURAL DETAIL S-3342 FORPAD DETAIL.GENERAL SHEET NOTESSHEET KEYNOTESA.INSTALL REMOVED 1" PLANT WATER WITH REVISE ELEVATIONS ASREQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH ELEC DUCT. RECONNED TOEXIST 1" RISER TO WALL MOUNTED HOSE RACK AND TO EXIST 1"PLANT WATER.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
PROTECTHOSE RACK
PROTECTVENTMATCHEXISTINGREPLACE DOOR LABEL ASREQUIRED WITH SAME FONTAND DESCRIPTION
DOOR JAMBS
DOOR SWINGDIRECTION
DOORKNOB
C-43DOOR MODIFICATION DETAILSCALE: NTSGENERATOR/CHEMICAL STORAGE BUILDING C-41DOWNSPOUT DEMOLITION DETAILSCALE: NTSGENERATOR/CHEMICAL STORAGE BUILDINGC-42DOWNSPOUT MODIFICATION DETAILSCALE: NTSGENERATOR/CHEMICAL STORAGE BUILDING
CLEANLYSAWCUT
REMOVEDOWNSPOUTANCHORSPROTECTUTILITIES ANDBRACKETS
PROTECT VENT
JOIN TO REMAININGDOWN SPOUTINSTALL TRANSITIONDOWNSPOUT PIECE
INSTALLDOWNSPOUT ANDANCHORS TOBUILDING
DOOR STOP SEEDEMO PLAN C-4
C
A
D
B
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
JOSE A. CUEVASNo. C63541Exp. 9/30/24C I V I L
User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:48 PM
10CIVIL DETAILS
C-6
EAJCPT
1.DOWNSPOUT AND DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING MATERIALS,FINISHES, AND PAINTED TO MATCH EXISTING.2.PATCH ANY HOLES ON GENERATOR/CHEMICAL STORAGE BUILDINGWITH CONCRETE TO MATCH EXISTING COLORS AND TEXTURE.3.PROVIDE ATTACHMENTS TO BUILDING WALL AS REQUIRED. SEESTRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES.4.UPON COMPLETION OF DOWNSPOUT INSTALLATION CONDUCTWATER FLOW TEST IN PRESENCE OF ENGINEER AND/OR OWNERTO ENSURE NO LEAKS ALONG DOWN SPOUTS ARE DETECTED.
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
A.REMOVE EXISTING RIGHT-HAND REVERSE DOOR, DOOR FRAMEAND FINISH HARDWARE IN THEIR ENTIRETY. PREPARE ROUGHOPENING READY TO RECEIVE NEW DOOR AND DOOR FRAMEASSEMBLY.B.PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW LEFT-HAND REVERSE GALVANNEALEDDOOR AND DOOR FRAME IN EXISTING ROUGH OPENING. FIELDVERIFY SIZE PRIOR TO ORDERING. PROVIDE NEW DOORHARDWARE TO MATCH EXISTING REMOVED HARDWARE FROMORIGINAL DOOR (INCLUDE DOOR CLOSER WITH HOLD OPEN ARM. DO NOT REUSE EXISTING REMOVED DOOR HARDWARE). FUNCTION AND FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING, FIELD VERIFY. PAINTNEW DOOR AND DOOR FRAME WITH EXTERIOR SEMI-GLOSS LATEXENAMEL. COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING, FIELD VERIFY. C.EXISTING DOWNSPOUT WITH BOTTOM ELBOW TURNOUT AT EASTCORNER OF NORTH WALL TO BE REMOVED/SALVAGED/RELOCATEDTO NORTH CORNER OF EAST WALL. ROUGHLY 12” OF DOWNSPOUTLEADER FROM EXISTING GUTTER TO REMAIN.D.PROVIDE TRANSITION DOWNSPOUT PIECE OF SAME SIZE, PROFILE,AND COLOR FROM REMAINING LEADER TO TOP OF DOWNSPOUTAT NEW LOCATION. PROVIDE STRAPS (TO MATCH EXISTING) ASREQUIRED FOR SECURED FASTENING OF DOWNSPOUT TO WALL.
SHEET KEYNOTES
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:49 PM
ABBREVIATIONSFOOT, FEETINCH, INCHESNUMBERPERCENTANDATAPPROXIMATELYLESS THANEQUALSGREATER THANAMPERE(-S)AIR CONDITIONINGANALOG TO DIGITALAUTO/MANUALABANDON(-ED)ALTERNATING CURRENTAMPERE FRAMEARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERABOVE FINISHED FLOORABOVE FINISHED GRADEANALOG INPUTAMPERES INTERRUPTING CAPACITYANNUNCIATORANTENNAANALOG OUTPUTAPPROXIMATE(-LY)ARCHITECT(-URAL)AMMETER SWITCHADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (DC)AMPERE TRIPAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHAUTOMATICAUXILIARYAMERICAN WIRE GAGEBATTERYBARE COPPERBREAKERCONDUCTOR, CONTACTCONSTANT SPEEDCABINETCALCULATION(S)CATEGORYCATCH BASINCLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEVISIONCHEMI(-CAL, -STRY)CLASSIFICATION I, DIVISION 1CLASSIFICATION I, DIVISION 2CIRCUITCLEAR(-ANCE)CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIALCONDUIT ONLYCOAXIALCOMMONCOMMUNICATIONCONDUITCONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERCONTROL RELAYCURRENT TRANSFORMERCONTROLCUBIC INCH(-ES)DIRECT CURRENTDISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEMDEGREE(-S)DEGREES CELSIUSDEGREES FARENHEITDEMOLISHDISCRETE INPUTDIAMETERDIAGRAMDISCONNECTDISTRIBUTIONDISCRETE OUTPUTDOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROWDOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROWDOORDETAIL(-S)DUPLEXEFFICIENCYEFFLUENTELECTRIC(-AL)ELEMENTARYEMERGENCYENCLOSUREETHERNETENGINEERENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCYEQUIPMENTESTIMATE(-D)EMERGENCY STOPET CETERAELAPSED TIME METERELECTRIC UTILITY SERVICE EQUIPMENTREQUIREMENTS COMMITTEEEXISTINGEXPANSIONEXTERNALFIRE ALARMFACILIT(-Y, -IES)FEEDERFIGUREFULL LOAD AMPERES '"#%&@<=>AA/CA/DA/MABAN(-D)ACAFAFCIAFFAFGAIAICANNANTAOAPPROXARCHASASDATATSAUTOAUXAWGBATTBCBKRCC/SCABCALC(S)CATCBCCTVCHEMCID1CID2CKTCLRCLSMCOCOAXCOMCOMMCONDCPTCRCTCTRLCU INDCDCSDEGDEG CDEG FDEMODIDIADIAGDISCDISTRDODPDTDPSTDRDTL(-S)DUPEFFICEFFLELECELEMEMERGENCLENETENGREPAEQPMESTE-STOPETCETMEUSERCEXISTEXPEXTFAFACILFDRFIGFLA +-
1.SHEETS E-1 THROUGH E-3 CONTAIN GENERALIZED ABBREVIATIONS AND LEGENDS. THIS CONTRACTMAY NOT USE ALL INFORMATION SHOWN ON THOSE SHEETS.2.THE INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT, RACEWAYS, CONDUCTORS, AND CABLES SHOWN ON THESEDRAWINGS OR DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS SETFORTH IN THE LATEST EDITIONS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCALCODES AND UTILITY COMPANY STANDARDS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CONTACTTHE UTILITY COMPANY AND VERIFY THEIR REQUIREMENTS.3.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING THE PROJECT TO VERIFY THESCOPE OF WORK WITH FIELD CONDITIONS. PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO NEWCONDUIT RUNS IN EXISTING BUILDINGS.4.NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IN WRITING IF CONFLICTS IN EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AREDISCOVERED OR IF PROBLEMS ARISE DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS, LACK OF INFORMATION OR ANYOTHER REASON. NO PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR CHANGES WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN FAVORABLYREVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER.5.CONDUIT ROUTING SHOWN ON PLAN DRAWINGS IS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. RACEWAYS SHALL BEINSTALLED IN A MANNER TO PREVENT CONFLICTS WITH EQUIPMENT OR STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS.EXPOSED RACEWAYS SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BEAMS AND WALLS.REFER ALSO TO THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS.6.VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF TERMINAL BOXES AND CONDUIT ENTRANCES TO ALL EQUIPMENTAGAINST APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE STUBBING UP CONDUITS. CONDUIT STUB-UPS SHALLNOT BE MORE THAN 6 INCHES FROM THE CENTERLINE OF TERMINAL BOXES.7.CONNECTIONS BETWEEN RIGID CONDUIT AND MOTOR TERMINAL BOXES OR SIMILAR EQUIPMENTSUBJECT TO VIBRATION SHALL BE FLEXIBLE LIQUID-TIGHT CONDUIT.8.CONDUITS SHALL BE TERMINATED SO AS TO PERMIT NEAT CONNECTION TO MOTORS AND OTHEREQUIPMENT.9.CONDUITS FOR FUTURE EQUIPMENT OR EXTENSIONS SHALL BE TERMINATED AS SHOWN IN THEDETAILS OR AS SPECIFIED.10.LOCATIONS OF PULLBOXES ARE APPROXIMATE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN THE FIELD TOENSURE 6 INCHES (MINIMUM) CLEARANCE FROM MECHANICAL PIPING FLOW LINES.11.ONLY MAJOR PULLBOXES ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PULLBOXES WHERE REQUIRED TO MAKEA WORKABLE INSTALLATION.12.PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILS WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE REFERENCED ONTHE DRAWINGS.13.VERIFY ALL COLOR REQUIREMENTS BEFORE ORDERING MATERIALS.14.THE WIRING DIAGRAMS, QUANTITY AND SIZE OF WIRES AND CONDUIT REPRESENT A SUGGESTEDARRANGEMENT BASED UPON SELECTED STANDARD COMPONENTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.MODIFICATIONS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER MAY BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR TOACCOMMODATE EQUIPMENT ACTUALLY PURCHASED. THE BASIC SEQUENCE AND METHOD OFCONTROL MUST BE MAINTAINED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS.15.REFER TO THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR CERTAIN CONTROL DIAGRAMS, EXACT LOCATIONS OFMECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, AND FOR CERTAIN CONNECTIONS TO BE MADE TO ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS.16.CONDUIT SIZE AND FILL SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE CONDUIT AND CABLE SCHEDULES. WHERE NOSIZE IS SHOWN, THE CONDUIT SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THENATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ADOPTED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. MINIMUM CONDUITSIZE IS 3/4 INCH, EXCEPT WHERE ENCASED OR BURIED. MINIMUM ENCASED OR BURIED CONDUIT SIZEIS 1 INCH.17.PROVIDE EXPANSION OR EXPANSION AND DEFLECTION FITTINGS FOR ALL CONDUIT RUNS CROSSINGEXPANSION JOINTS. REFER TO THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF EXPANSION JOINTS.18.PROVIDE 3/16 INCH NYLON PULL ROPE IN EACH EMPTY CONDUIT.19.FOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE SYSTEMS, ONLY CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE ALLNECESSARY CONDUITS, WIRES, FITTINGS, JUNCTION BOXES AND NECESSARY COMPONENTS SHOWNOR NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, TO MAKE THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION COMPLETE ANDOPERATIONAL. SIZE CONDUITS AND WIRING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.ALL CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. CIRCUIT LOADING SHALLBE AS INDICATED IN THE PANEL SCHEDULES. ALL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS SHALLINCLUDE GROUND WIRE.20.MOUNT LUMINAIRES ACCORDING TO THE MOUNTING HEIGHT GIVEN ON THE DRAWINGS, WITH THEDISTANCE BEING MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE LUMINAIRE TO THE FINISHED FLOOR.PROVIDE APPROPRIATE BRACKETS AND HARDWARE FOR MOUNTING.21.ALL RECEPTACLES IN OUTDOOR AND ANTICIPATED WET AREAS SHALL BE GROUND FAULT CIRCUITINTERRUPTER RECEPTACLES WITH WEATHERPROOF WHILE IN-USE COVERS.22.ALL FREE STANDING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL PANELS SHALL BE SET ON CONCRETEHOUSEKEEPING PADS WITH LEVELING CHANNELS EMBEDDED IN THE PAD.23.ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE MOUNTED SO THAT THE DISTANCE FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE TOPCIRCUIT BREAKER OPERATING HANDLE IN THE UPPERMOST POSITION TO THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALLNOT EXCEED 6'-7".24.ALL SURFACE MOUNTED PANELS AND PANELBOARDS ON THE INTERIOR OF EXTERIOR WALLS ABOVEGRADE OR IN OTHER LOCATIONS CONSIDERED DAMP OR WET SHALL BE MOUNTED SO AS TO MAINTAINA 1/4 INCH (MINIMUM) AIR SPACE BETWEEN THE ENCLOSURE AND THE WALL.25.PROVIDE LOCKOUTS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS.26.REFER TO THE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS, EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS, PANELBOARD SCHEDULES, ANDCOMPONENT/DEVICE LABELS IN THE CONTROL SCHEMATICS FOR NAMEPLATE INFORMATION. SEE THECONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS FOR NAMEPLATE SIZE, COLOR, MATERIAL, AND PLACEMENTREQUIREMENTS.27."NORMAL" STATUS OF SWITCHES OR CONTACTS SHOWN IN CONTROL SCHEMATICS IS THE SHELFPOSITION.28.POLLUTION CONTROL LIMITS FOR THE SELECTION OF FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCEWITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, AS ADOPTED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD.
FLEXIBLEFIBER OPTICFREQUENCYFOOT, FEETFUSEFUTUREFULL VOLTAGE, NON REVERSINGFULL VOLTAGE, REVERSINGFORWARDGROUND (ELECTRICAL)GRANULAR ACTIVATED CARBONGALLON(-S)GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERGROUNDGALVANIZED RIGID STEELHIGH, HEIGHTHEAT DETECTORHIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENEHANGERHANDHOLEHUMAN MACHINE INTERFACEHAND-OFF-AUTOMATICHAND-OFF-REMOTEHORSEPOWERHOUR(-S)HEATERHEATING, VENTILATING, ANDAIR CONDITIONINGHERTZ (CYCLES PER SECOND)INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLINPUT/OUTPUTINSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL ANDELECTRONICS ENGINEERSINDICATING LIGHTINCH(-ES)INSTANTANEOUSINSTRUMENT(-ATION)INTERNET PROTOCOLINFRAREDINTRINSICALLY SAFEINTERNATIONAL SOCIETY OFAUTOMATIONISOLAT(-E, -ION)INTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAYJUNCTION BOXKILOAMPERE(-S)THOUSANDS OF CIRCULAR MILSKILOHERTZKILOVOLT(-S)KILOVOLT-AMPERE(-S)KILOVOLT-AMPERE(-S) REACTIVEKILOVOLT-AMPERE REACTIVE HOUR(-S)KILOWATT(-S)KILOWATT HOUR(-S)LENGTH, LINELIGHTNING ARRESTERLOCAL AREA NETWORKPOUND(-S)LOCAL CONTROL PANELLOCAL CONTROL STATIONLOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMITLOCATIONLOCAL-OFF-REMOTELOCK-OUT, TAG-OUTLIGHTING PANELBOARDLOCAL-REMOTELIMIT SWITCHLIGHTLIGHTINGLOW VOLTAGEMILLIAMPERE(-S)MAXIMUMMAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERMOTOR CONTROL CENTERMOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTORMECHANICALMANUFACTURERMANHOLEMEGAHERTZONE-THOUSANDTH OF AN INCHMINIMUM, MINUTE(-S)MISCELLANEOUSMAIN LUGS ONLYMULTIMODEMAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTIONMODIF(-Y, -ICATIONS)MOTOR OPERATED VALVEMOUNT(-ED, -ING)MOTORMANUAL TRANSFER SWITCHMEDIUM VOLTAGENORTH, NEUTRALNOT APPLICABLESODIUM HYPOCHLORITESODIUM HYDROXIDENORMALLY CLOSEDNATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70)NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORSASSOCIATION FLEXFOFREQFTFUFUTFVNRFVRFWDGGACGALGFCIGNDGRSHHDHDPEHGRHHHMIHOAHORHPHR(S)HTRHVACHZI&CI/OIEEEILININSTINSTRIPIRISISAISOISRJBKAKCMILKHZKVKVAKVARKVARHKWKWHLLALANLB(-S)LCPLCSLELLOCLORLOTOLPL-RLSLTLTGLVmAMAXMCBMCCMCPMECHMFRMHMHZMIL(-S)MINMISCMLOMMMOCPMOD(-S)MOVMT(-D, -G)MTRMTSMVNN/ANAOCLNAOHNCNECNECA
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'SASSOCIATIONINTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTINGASSOCIATIONNOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONNATIONAL FIRE PROTECTIONASSOCIATIONAMMONIANOT IN CONTRACTNORMALLY OPEN, NUMBERNORMALNOT TO SCALEOPEN/CLOSEOZONEOPEN DRIP PROOFOWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTORINSTALLEDOPERATOR INTERFACE TERMINALTHERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYORIGINALOPEN/STOP/CLOSEOVER TEMPERATUREPOLEPUBLIC ADDRESSPULLBOX, PUSHBUTTONPIECE(-S), PHOTOCELLPOINT OF COMMON COUPLINGPHOTOELECTRICPOWER FACTORPOWER FACTOR RELAYPHASEPROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERPOWER MONITORPANELPANELBOARDPOWER OVER ETHERNETPOWER POLEPRIMARYPRESSURE RELIEF VALVE, PRESSUREREDUCING VALVEPOWER SUPPLYPOTENTIAL TRANSFORMERPOLYVINYL CHLORIDEPOWERRADIUSRECEPTACLEREPEAT CYCLE TIMERREMOTE INPUT/OUTPUTROOMREMOTEREVOLUTIONS PER MINUTERESETRESET TIMERREMOTE TELEMETRY UNITREDUCED VOLTAGE, SOLID STATESTART/STOPSUPERVISORY CONTROL ANDDATA ACQUISITIONSILICON CONTROLLED RECTIFIERSMOKE DETECTORSECONDARYSERVICE ENTRANCE RATEDSIGNALSHIELDEDSHEETSINGLEMODESET POINTSURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICESINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROWSPECIFICATION(-S)STAINLESS STEEL, SOLID STATESHORTING TERMINAL BLOCKSTANDARD(-S)STEELSHIELDED TWISTED PAIRSTRUCTUR(-E, -AL)SWITCHBOARDSWITCHGEARSYNCHRONIZINGTIME(-R)TERMINAL BLOCKTRAY CABLETRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOLTOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN COOLEDTELEPHONETEMPERATURE, TEMPORARYTOTALLY ENCLOSED NON-VENTILATEDTHROUGHTOTAL, TOTALIZE(R)THERMOSTATTYPICALUNDERGROUNDUNDERWRITERS LABORATORIESUNKNOWNUNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLYUNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIRULTRAVIOLETVOLTSVARIABLE SPEEDVOLT-AMPERES NEMANETANFCNFPANH3NICNONORMNTSO/CO3ODPOFCIOITOLORIGOSCOTPPAPBPC(-S)PCCPEPFPFRPHPLCPMPNLPNLBDPOEPPPRIPRVPSPT(-S)PVCPWRR, RADRCPTRCTRIORMRMTRPMRSTRTRTURVSSS/SSCADASCRSDSECSERSGNL(SH)SHTSMSPSPDSPDTSPEC(-S)SSSTBSTD(-S)STLSTPSTRCSWBDSWGRSYNCTTBTCTCPTEFCTELTEMPTENVTHRUTOTTSTATTYPUGULUNKNUPSUTPUVVV/SVA
VARIES, VARIABLE, VOLT-AMPERESREACTIVEVENDOR CONTROL PANELVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (AC)VACUUM FAULT INTERRUPTERVOLTMETER SWITCHWIDE, WIDTH, WIRE, WATTS, WESTWITHWITHOUTWIDE AREA NETWORKWATT-HOUR DEMAND METERWATT-HOUR METERWEATHERPROOF, WEATHER PROTECTEDWEATHER RESISTANTWATER TREATMENT PLANTWATERWASTEWATERWASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTTRANSFORMEREXPLOSION PROOF
VARVCPVFDVFIVSWW/W/OWANWHDMWHMWPWRWTPWTRWWWWTPXFMRXP
ELECTRICAL NOTESELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES1.BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO ASSESS THE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION, REMOVALAND MODIFICATION WORK.2.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER SHALL DE-ENERGIZE ALL WIRING PRIOR TO REMOVALOF EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, MOTORS INSTRUMENTATION, CONTROL PANELS, ETC. CONTRACTORSHALL OBTAIN PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER.3.EXPOSED RACEWAYS: REMOVE CONDUIT, WIRES, AND BOXES. PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING. FINISHALL OPENINGS LEFT IN WALLS AND FLOORS.4.CONCEALED CONDUITS IN THE SLAB: REMOVE EXISTING WIRES TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE ANDABANDON CONDUITS IN THE SLAB. CUT CONDUIT FLUSH AND PATCH THE FLOOR TO MATCHEXISTING.5.CONTROL PANELS: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DE-ENERGIZE AND REMOVE ALL CONDUITAND WIRE AS DESCRIBED IN NOTES 3 AND 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE PANELS AS NOTED ONTHE CONTRACT DRAWINGS.6.MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS: DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL CONDUITS AND WIRING TO EXISTINGSTARTERS AND/OR BREAKERS, PANELBOARDS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, INTERLOCKS AND STATUSWIRING WITHIN MCC.7.REFER TO THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ANDREMOVAL REQUIREMENTS.8.CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS SHALL INCORPORATE SALVAGE AND/ORRECYCLING OF MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDSCODE, AS ADOPTED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD.
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 11GENERAL ELECTRICALE-1ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES
DPHJRM-
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOLS
PACKAGED EQUIPMENTLOAD (IN KW OR KVA) AND AMPERES AS INDICATED
LIGHTNING ARRESTOR AND SURGE CAPACITOR
KEY INTERLOCK
DIGITAL INPUT TO PLC/RTU/DCS
SOLID STATE MOTOR PROTECTIVE DEVICE
DIGITAL OUTPUT FROM PLC/RTU/DCSNORMALLY CLOSEDDIGITAL OUTPUT FROM PLC/RTU/DCSNORMALLY OPEN ANALOG INPUT TO PLC/RTU/DCS4-20 mA (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE)LOCATION SYMBOLLEGEND SHOWN ON SCHEMATIC DRAWINGSALL DEVICES ARE LOCATED IN THE MCCUNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISEANALOG OUTPUT FROM PLC/RTU/DCS4-20 mA (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE)
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERRATIO AND NUMBER OF PT'S AS INDICATEDCURRENT TRANSFORMERRATIO AND NUMBER OF CT'S AS INDICATED
ELECTRICAL MOTOR OPERATED VALVEWITH INTEGRAL REVERSING STARTER
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE
HPFLA
OL
# CONTACTORNUMBER INDICATES NEMA SIZE
MEDIUM VOLTAGE DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER
#*
ETM5A
X
X
CR#
CR1XXXX, XXXX
FSLS
TSZS
TRTRTRTR
52 E-STOP PS
5 EARTH GROUND CONNECTION
DISCONNECT SWITCH3 POLE EXCEPT WHERE NOTEDRATING IN AMPERES AS INDICATED
AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCHRATING AND CONFIGURATION AS INDICATED
SHUNT TRIP
FUSESIZE AS INDICATED
LOW VOLTAGE THERMAL-MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKER3-POLE EXCEPT WHERE NOTEDX = CIRCUIT NUMBER OR LOCATION (SEE ELEVATION)
POWER OR DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERCONFIGURATION AND RATING AS INDICATED
MOTORHORSEPOWER AND FULL LOAD AMPERES AS INDICATED
GENERATORRATINGS AS INDICATED
OVERLOAD (THERMAL OR SOLID STATE)
AMMETER SWITCHVOLTMETER SWITCH
RELAY DEVICE FUNCTION# PER ANSI NUMBER C37.2
TERMINATOR / POTHEAD
CAPACITORRATING IN KVAR AS INDICATEDFUSERATING IN AMPERES
ELAPSED TIME METER
MOTOR
CONTROL DEVICE COIL**= TYPECR = CONTROL RELAYTD = TIME DELAY RELAYISR = INTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAYPC = PHOTOCELL
INDICATING LIGHT
PUSH-TO-TEST INDICATING LIGHTX= COLORA= AMBERB= BLUEG= GREENR= REDW= WHITE
SINGLE POLE SWITCHNORMALLY OPEN / CLOSED
EMERGENCY PUSHBUTTONNORMALLY OPEN / CLOSEDPUSHBUTTONNORMALLY OPEN / CLOSEDDISCONNECT SWITCH1-POLE / 3-POLEMULTI-POSITIONSELECTOR SWITCH THREE-POSITION SELECTOR SWITCHX:INDICATES CONTACTS CLOSEDH-O-A:HAND-OFF-AUTOL-O-R:LOCAL-OFF-REMOTEO-S-C:OPEN-STOP-CLOSETERMINAL
CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER
HEATER
CIRCUIT BREAKER OR MCP AS NOTED1-POLE / 3-POLE
EARTH GROUND CONNECTION
CONTACTNORMALLY OPEN / CLOSED
BUZZERBELLHORN
MCP
CONTROL SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS
BATTERY
DELTA-WYEDELTA-WYE GROUNDEDDELTA-DELTA
CHASSIS GROUND CONNECTION(NOT NECESSARILY EARTH GROUNDED) **#
BUSBUS (EXISTING)FEEDERFEEDER (EXISTING) XOOOOX
HAO
XOOOOX
LR
THREE-POSITION SELECTOR SWITCHWITH SPRING-RETURN MOMENTARYCONTACT TWO-POSITION SELECTOR SWITCHX:INDICATES CONTACTS CLOSEDL-R:LOCAL-REMOTEO-C:OPEN-CLOSEA-M:AUTO-MANUAL XOOOOX
OSC
CONDUCTORS - CONNECTEDCONDUCTORS - NOT CONNECTED
AMPS TRIP
GEN
5A
LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR3-POLE EXCEPT WHERE NOTEDX = CIRCUIT NUMBER OR LOCATION (SEE ELEVATION)
AMPS FRAME
AMPS CONTINUOUS
5A
LOW VOLTAGE DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKERINCLUDING L-S-I-G SETTINGS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISEL= LONG TIMES= SHORT TIMEI= INSTANTANEOUSG= GROUND FAULT400AF200AT
OVERLOAD (THERMAL OR SOLID STATE)
30AFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH3 POLE EXCEPT WHERE NOTEDRATINGS IN AMPERES AS INDICATED30A25A METERING DEVICE*= METER TYPEWHM= WATT HOUR METERWM= WATT METERAM= AMMETERVM= VOLTMETERPFM= POWER FACTOR METERSSM= SOLID STATE METER
SPDSSMP
15/25AUTO SYNCHRONIZER RELAY25 SYNCHRONISM CHECK RELAY27 UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY27/59UNDER/OVERVOLTAGERELAY32DIRECTIONAL POWER RELAY37UNDERCURRENT RELAY38HIGH TEMP (BEARING)39VIBRATION RELAY40LOSS OF FIELD/UNDEREXCITATION RELAY41FIELD CONTACTOR43SELECTOR SWITCH46CURRENT IMBALANCE RELAY47PHASE SEQUENCE/FAILURERELAY48GROUND FAULT INCOMPLETESEQUENCE RELAY49HIGH TEMP (OIL OR STATOR)50/51INST/TIME OVERCURRENT RELAY50/51GINST/TIME DIRECTLY CONNECTEDGND OVERCURRENT RELAY KST
NORMALLY OPEN CONTACTLINE REFERENCENORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTLINE REFERENCE M
SOLENOID COILSV-#
NORMALLY OPEN,CLOSE ON REACHING LIMITNORMALLY CLOSED, OPEN ON REACHING LIMIT DI
AIAO
ASVS
MOV
(3)
480:120(3)
RVSS___A
FVNR#
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEWITH CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERRATING IN AMPERES AS INDICATED REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERWITH CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERRATING IN AMPERES AS INDICATEDRVSS= SOLID STATE TYPERVAT= AUTO-TRANSFORMER TYPEVFD___A FULL VOLTAGE COMBINATION STARTERWITH CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER#= NEMA SIZEFVR= REVERSING TYPEFVNR= NON-REVERSING TYPE CR#
__ SEC__ ANEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTORCURRENT RATING IN AMPERES AS NOTEDTIME RATING IN SECONDS AS NOTED
NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTORGNR
COMMUNICATION JACK(ETHERNET UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE)
RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTOR (RTD)
E-STOP
ZS
TSPSLSFS
RECEPTACLE, 120VSPECIAL RECEPTACLE, 208V OR 240V, 1-PHASESPECIAL/WELDING RECEPTACLE, 208V OR 240V, 3-PHASESPECIAL RECEPTACLE, 480V, 3-PHASE RECEPTACLE, 120V
1 KW#__A
NORMALLY CLOSED, OPEN ON INCREASING TORQUE
LIMIT SWITCHES
TORQUE SWITCHTIMED CONTACTSSYMBOLNORMALOPENDELAYEDCLOSEDDELAYED
OPEN TO CLOSEDCLOSED TO OPEN
SENSING SWITCHESCLOSE ONRISINGFALLINGSENSED VARIABLEFLOWLEVELPRESSURETEMPERATURE
INSTANTANEOUSINSTANTANEOUSINSTANTANEOUSOPENDELAYEDCLOSEDDELAYEDINSTANTANEOUS
POTENTIOMETER
X70A100AXMCP100A
REACTOR (LINE OR LOADDEPENDING ON PLACEMENT)
50/51NINST/TIME RESIDUALLYCONNECTED GND OVERCURRENT51GGND FAULT RELAY52POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER55POWER FACTOR TRIP RELAY60VOLTAGE BALANCE62TIME DELAY65GOVERNOR LOAD SHARING/SOFTLANDING CONTROL66TIME BETWEEN STARTS RELAY67DIRECTIONAL REVERSE VAR/KWRELAY71LLOW OIL LEVEL RELAY81O/UOVER/UNDER FREQUENCY RELAY83CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER86UTILITY LOCKOUT RELAY87TLTRANSFORMER DIFFERENTIALRELAY87MMOTOR DIFFERENTIAL RELAY90VAR/PF AND CROSS CURRENTCOMPENSATION CONTROLLER POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:49 PM
12GENERAL ELECTRICALE-2LEGEND - I
DPHJRM-
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
PLAN SYMBOLS
SECURITY ACCESS DEVICE*= TYPECRCARD READERKSKEY SWITCHKPKEYPADRFRADIO FREQUENCY ID HH-#
LUMINAIRE CALLOUTA = LUMINAIRE TYPE* = APPROXIMATE MOUNTING HEIGHT AFFCLG= CEILING MOUNT(SEE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR MORE DETAILS)
BARE COPPER GROUND TO GROUND WIRE IN SLAB,OR UNDERGROUND GROUND GRID,SIZE AS NOTED VIDEO CAMERA*= TYPEFFIXEDPTZPAN-TILT-ZOOM360360 DEGREE FIXED S*X-#a
*X-#
SEMI CIRCLE DENOTESDOWNWARD CONDUIT RISER
MULTIPLE CONDUIT RUNCONDUIT - ENCASEDOR UNDERGROUNDCONDUIT - EXPOSEDOR CONCEALEDCALLOUT INDICATINGCONDUIT PER SCHEDULEHOME RUN TO PANELBOARD OR AS INDICATED(3/4 " CONDUIT, 2 #12, 1 #12 GNDUNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE)FLEXIBLE CONDUITCONDUIT RUN, CONTINUES ONSAME SHEET OR AS NOTEDCONDUIT - CAPPED OR SEALEDOPEN CIRCLE DENOTESUPWARD CONDUIT RISER
MOTOR DISCONNECT SAFETY SWITCH
GROUND ROD - BURIED
INSTRUMENT
LUMINAIRE - STRIP OR TROFFER TYPE(SWITCHED/UNSWITCHED)X = LIGHTING PANEL DESIGNATION#= CIRCUIT NUMBERa = SWITCH DESIGNATIONWALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE(SWITCHED/UNSWITCHED)PENDANT/CEILING MOUNTED LUMINAIRE(SWITCHED/UNSWITCHED)POLE, BRACKET, ARM, ANDMOUNTED LUMINAIRE
WALL/CEILING MOUNTED EXIT LIGHTDIRECTIONAL ARROW WHERE INDICATED,SHADED AREA INDICATES ILLUMINATED FACE
EMERGENCY LUMINAIRE WITHSELF CONTAINED BATTERYJUNCTION BOX
TELEPHONE OUTLETWALL MOUNTED/FLOOR MOUNTEDDATA OUTLETWALL MOUNTED/FLOOR MOUNTEDTELEPHONE/DATA COMBINATION OUTLETWALL MOUNTED/FLOOR MOUNTED
FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONFIRE ALARM STROBEFIRE ALARM HORN X-#a
M
J
FFF
ANTENNA
TV
GROUND CONNECTION - BOLTEDGROUND CONNECTION - EXOTHERMICALLY WELDED
CONDUIT - MULTIPLE INDUCT BANK
P-135
PHOTOCELLTIME CLOCKOCCUPANCY SENSORMOTION SENSOR
GROUND ROD - IN WELL WITH BOX
S*X-#SWITCH - SPECIAL PURPOSEX = LIGHTING PANEL DESIGNATION# = CIRCUIT NUMBER* = SWITCH TYPEMMOTOR RATEDKKEY OPERATEDTTIMER
CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS
GROUNDING
FIRE ALARM HORN/STROBEF
THERMOSTAT
SDSMOKE DETECTORHEAT DETECTORHD
T
FIRE PROTECTION
LIGHTING
RECEPTACLES
MISCELLANEOUS
SECURITY AND COMMUNICATION
EQUIPMENT
PANEL OR CABINET - AS LABELEDSWBD, SWGR, MCC, LP, PNLBD, PLC, ETC
TELEVISION ANTENNA/CABLE OUTLET
*VC*A*
TCPCOM
LIGHT SWITCHX = LIGHTING PANEL DESIGNATION# = CIRCUIT NUMBERa = SWITCH DESIGNATION* = SWITCH TYPE11 WAY33 WAY44 WAYDDIMMER
RECESSED CAN LUMINAIRE(SWITCHED/UNSWITCHED)
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 120V, WALL MOUNTNEMA 5-20R CONFIGURATIONX = LIGHTING PANEL DESIGNATION# = CIRCUIT NUMBER* = RECEPTACLE TYPEWPWEATHERPROOFXPEXPLOSION PROOFGFCIGROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERX-#* DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 120V, FLOOR MOUNTNEMA 5-20R CONFIGURATION AX-#AX-#AX-#SINGLE SPECIAL RECEPTACLE,208V OR 240V, 1-PHASEX = PANEL DESIGNATION# = CIRCUIT NUMBERA = AMPERAGESINGLE SPECIAL/WELDING RECEPTACLE,208V OR 240V, 3-PHASEX = PANEL DESIGNATION# = CIRCUIT NUMBERA = AMPERAGESINGLE SPECIAL RECEPTACLE,480V, 3-PHASEX = PANEL DESIGNATION# = CIRCUIT NUMBERA = AMPERAGE UNDERGROUND RACEWAY HANDHOLEDIMENSIONS AS NOTEDMH-#UNDERGROUND RACEWAY MANHOLEDIMENSIONS AS NOTED POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:49 PM
13GENERAL ELECTRICALE-3LEGEND - II
DPHJRM-
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
EXISTING GENERATOR(CATERPILLAR 3306), EXHAUSTPIPING, FUEL VENT PIPING ANDCOOLING SYSTEM TO BEREMOVED. EQUIPMENT PADSHALL REMAIN IN PLACE ANDSERVE AS THE EQUIPMENT PADFOR THE NEW GENERATOR ANDSUBBASE FUEL TANK.CONTRACTOR SHALL WRAP NEWEXHAUST PIPING TO MATCHEXISTING CEILING. CONTRACTORSHALL PROTECT IN PLACEEXISTING BUILDING OPENINGSAND UTILIZE THEM FOR NEWGENERATOR COOLING LOUVER,FUEL TANK VENTILATION ANDDIESEL PARTICULATE FILTEREXHAUST SYSTEM. IFMODIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED,CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCHSOUND MATERIAL TO MATCHEXISTING AND PATCH AND PAINTEXTERIOR OF BUILDINGOPENINGS.
CONTRACTOR SHALLREMOVE THE EXISTINGAUTOMATIC TRANSFERSWITCH ZENITH MX2000AND ASSOCIATED CABLING.PROTECT EQUIPMENT PADFOR INSTALLATION OF NEWTRANSFER SWITCH.CONTRACTOR SHALLFURNISH, INSTALL ANDCONNECT NEW CABLES,SIZED IN KIND, BETWEENUTILITY SWITCHBOARD ANDATS AND GENERATOR (VIAMTS) AND ATS. WIRECOMPLETE INACCORDANCE WITH THENEC AND LOCAL CODES TOFURNISH A COMPLETE ANDOPERABLE OPTIONALSTANDBY POWER SYSTEM.
CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXHAUST FAN.GENERATOR ROOM HAS 2" +/- RIGID INSULATIONON WALLS AND CEILING. CONTRACTOR SHALLFURNISH AND INSTALL STAINLESS STEEL STRUTFOR DEVICES AND CONDUIT SUPPORTS OFSUFFICIENT DEPTH TO CLEAR. CONTRACTORSHALL PATCH SOUND MATERIAL BASED ON THEREQUIRED OPENING(S).
EXISTING EXHAUST PIPING TO BE REPLACED WITHNEW EXHAUST PIPING. CONTRACTOR SHALLPROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING BUILDING OPENINGFOR EXHAUST PIPING AND UTILIZE THE OPENING FORNEW DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER EXHAUST SYSTEM.IF MODIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED. CONTRACTORSHALL PATCH SOUND MATERIAL TO MATCH EXISTINGAND PATCH AND PAINT EXTERIOR OF BUILDINGOPENINGS.POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:49 PM
14ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION DETAILS
E-4
DPHJRM-
E-81GENERATOR DEMOLITIONE-92AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH DEMOLITIONE-83EXHAUST PIPING DEMOLITION E-84EXHAUST FAN DEMOLITION
E-85HOSE RACK DEMOLITION AND MTS INSTALLATION
EQUIPMENT PAD, SEESTRUCTURAL DETAILS-3342 ON SHEET S-2FOR FURTHER DETAIL NEW 600A MTS IN NEMA 4X,316SS ENCLOSURENEW 400A GENERATORRECEPTACLE REMOVE EXISTING BINDERS AND HOLDERSFROM WALL AND RETURN TO OWNER DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
ESMT
P/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/LP/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
P/L
ODOR CONTROL SYSTEM
4 FTDIAMETERSURGE TANK
GENERATOR BUILDING
SEE SHEET E-9 FOR DEMOLITION ANDMODIFICATION REQUIREMENTS WITHINPUMP STATION ELECTRICAL ROOM NEW 600A MANUALTRANSFER SWITCHIN NEMA 4X 316SSENCLOSURE SHEET KEYNOTESA.CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE EXISTING DUCTBANK AND LOCATEEXISTING CONDUITS 104 (2 - 3" CONDUITS EACH WITH 3#350MCMAND 1#1GND). ONCE DUCTBANK HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED,CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW MANUALTRANSFER SWITCH (MTS) AT APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN.B.CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE CABLES INCONDUITS 104 AND INTERCEPT AND RE-ROUTE EXISTINGCONDUITS 104 TO NEW MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH. CONTRACTORSHALL ROUTE CONDUIT 104A (2-3" CONDUITS) FROM NEW MTS TOEXISTING DUCTBANK AND TIE BACK IN TO THE EXISTING POWERCONDUIT 104 (2-3" CONDUITS). CONDUIT 104A WILL BE THECONDUIT TAG FOR THE RACEWAYS SYTEM BETWEEN MTS ANDGENERATOR. AFTER CONDUITS ARE RE-ROUTED ANDSUCCESSFULLY MANDRELED, CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH,INSTALL AND CONNECT 2 SETS OF 3#350MCM & 1#1GND BETWEENTHE EXISTING ATS AND NEW MTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDESUFFICIENT SLACK IN CONDUCTORS AT THE EXISTING ATS TOTERMINATE TO NEW ATS ONCE ITS REPLACED. WIRE COMPLETE INACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND LOCAL CODES.C.CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A TEMPORARY 250KWGENERATOR FOR STANDBY POWER REQUIREMENTS WHILE THEPERMANENT GENERATOR IS DISCONNECTED AND BEINGREPLACED. CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE THE CONNECTIONS ATTHE MTS TO CONNECT THE TEMPORARY GENERATOR.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH APCD TO OBTAIN THENECESSARY PERMITS FOR THE TEMPORARY GENERATOR.D.CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL, AND CONNECT NEWCONDUIT 104B BETWEEN THE NEW MTS AND THE NEWGENERATOR RECEPTACLE. CONDUIT 104B SHALL BE 4" WITH AWIRE FILL OF 3#500MCM & 1#1GND. WIRE COMPLETE INACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND LOCAL CODES.
AB EXISTING CONDUITS104, 118, 119, AND 120
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:50 PM
15ELECTRICAL SITE PLANE-5
DPHJRM-
C AB
SEE SHEET E-8 FOR DEMOLITION ANDMODIFICATION REQUIREMENTS WITHINTHE GENERATOR ROOMSCALE: 1" = 10'ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN EXISTING CONDUITS104 AND 119EXISTING CONDUITS118 AND 120NEW 400A GENERATORRECEPTACLED DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
SDG&EPADMOUNTXFMR12KVPER SDG&E
WH600A3PNG NG500A18KAIC3P
NE
GENDIESELENGINE480V,3PH, 4W250KW,0.8PF
ATSMAIN C.B.30KAIC
600A3PMCBPFR20A3P
CRANE
200A3P
SS
JJLOSZS-P1
BYPASS
MFRCABLES
200A3P
SS
JJLOSZS-P2
BYPASS
P1 P2
200A3P
SS
JJLOSZS-P3
BYPASS
P3
GND
GROUND RING& CW PIPE
20A3P
COMMINUTORCP8A
40A2P
15KVATR-PB2480V PRI120/240VSECPNL PB2120/240V1PH, 3W30 POS 200A3P200A3P1 1
SUMP PUMPNO. 1SUMP PUMPNO. 2
40A2PPNL PB1120/240V1PH, 3W30 POS15KVA1PH, 3W480V PRI120/240V SEC 15A3P
2AIRCOMPRESSOR
MCC 600A, 480V, 3PH, 3W 42KA BRACING
VCP
30ANEMA 4XLOCATED INCHEMICALROOM
125156 FLA 0.750.75MFRCABLES125156 FLAMFRCABLES125156 FLA SDG&EPADMOUNTXFMR12KVPER SDG&E
WH600A3PNG NG600AF500AT
MAIN C.B.30KAIC
600A3PMCBPFR20A3P
CRANE
200A3P
SS
JLOSZS-P1
BYPASS
MFRCABLES
200A3P
SS
LOSZS-P2
BYPASS
P1 P2
200A3P
SS
LOSZS-P3
BYPASS
P3
GND
GROUND RING& CW PIPE
20A3P
COMMINUTORCP8A
40A2P
15KVATR-PB2480V PRI120/240VSECPNL PB2120/240V1PH, 3W30 POS 200A3P200A3P1 1
SUMP PUMPNO. 1SUMP PUMPNO. 2
40A2PPNL PB1120/240V1PH, 3W30 POS15KVA1PH, 3W480V PRI120/240V SEC 15A3P
2AIRCOMPRESSOR
MCC 600A, 480V, 3PH, 3W 42KA BRACING
VCP
NEMA 4XLOCATED INCHEMICALROOM
125156 FLA 0.750.75MFRCABLES125156 FLAMFRCABLES125156 FLAGEN
J JJ JJ
ATS480V,600A,3PMTS480V,600A,3P
480V,3PH, 4W250KW,0.8PF
GENPORTABLE GENERATOR(BY CONTRACTOR)
30A25A
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:50 PM
16SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM -E-6
DPHJRM-
DEMO AND REVISED
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM - DEMOLITION
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM - REVISED
SHEET KEYNOTESA.CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMOLISH EXISTING ATS AND GENERATOR.CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTINGCONDUCTORS IN CONDUITS 103, 104, AND 105. EACH CONDUIT IS2-3" EACH WITH 3#350MCM & 1#1GND.B.CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE CABLES INCONDUITS 104 AND INTERCEPT AND RE-ROUTE EXISTINGCONDUITS 104 TO NEW MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH.CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUTE CONDUIT 104A (2-3" CONDUITS)FROM NEW MTS TO EXISTING DUCTBANK AND TIE BACK IN TOTHE EXISTING POWER CONDUIT 104 (2-3" CONDUITS). CONDUIT104A WILL BE THE CONDUIT TAG FOR THE RACEWAYS SYTEMBETWEEN MTS AND GENERATOR. AFTER CONDUITS ARERE-ROUTED AND SUCCESSFULLY MANDRELED, CONTRACTORSHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND CONNECT 2 SETS OF 3#350MCM &1#1GND BETWEEN THE EXISTING ATS AND NEW MTS.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SUFFICIENT SLACK INCONDUCTORS AT THE EXISTING ATS TO TERMINATE TO NEW ATSONCE ITS REPLACED. WIRE COMPLETE IN ACCORDANCE WITHNEC AND LOCAL CODES.C.DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH,INSTALL AND CONNECT A 250KW TEMPORARY GENERATOR TOTHE MTS AND PROVIDE A BACKUP POWER SOURCE WHILE THEEXISTING GENERATOR IS BEING REPLACED. CONTRACTOR SHALLCOORDINATE ALL PERMITTING AND PAY ALL ASSOCIATED FEESTO BRING A TEMPORARY SOURCE OF POWER TO THE SITE. 250AF200AT100KWLOADBANK
104A104103
104AA
A
103
105ZENITHMX200
CNEMA 4 GENERATORRECEPTACLE ANDMOUNTING BOX. 480V, 400A,3W, 4P. APPLETONPOWERTITE SERIES PINAND SLEEVE CONNECTION.MODEL AJA40034-400N4-RSOR APPROVED EQUAL104B 105
B
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:50 PM
17PANELBOARD SCHEDULEE-7
DPHJRM-
PANEL PB-2FED FROM: MCC240/120 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE, 3 WIRE BUS: 125AAIC: 10KAMAIN: 100A/2PMOUNTING: INSIDE MCCCKT. NO.DESCRIPTIONCONNECTED KVATRIPAMPS/POLESCKT. NO.DESCRIPTIONCONNECTED KVATRIPAMPS/POLESAB AB1 PUMP ROOM EXHAUST FAN1.1320/12 CHEM FDR0.7020/13 SPARE 0.0020/14 CHEM FDR0.7020/15 GENERATOR EXHAUST FAN0.0520/16 SPARE0.0020/17 GENERATOR HEATER2.5030/18 GENERATOR ROOM RECEPT0.3620/19 GENERATOR WATER HEATER0.2020/110OUTSIDE RECEPT0.7220/111BATTERY CHARGER0.3020/112GENERATOR ROOM LIGHTS0.4220/113METER VAULT0.6020/114OUTSIDE LIGHTS0.2020/115DRY WELL EXHAUST FAN0.5020/216CHEM AREA LIGHTS0.4220/117 0.0018EM LIGHTS0.0520/119SPARE 0.0020/220CHEM ROOM EXHAUST FAN1.0020/121 0.5022SPARE 20/123SPACE 24SPARE 20/125SPACE 26SPARE 20/127SPACE 28SPARE 20/129SPACE 30SPARE 20/1PHASE SUBTOTALS (KVA):2.483.30 1.72.9PHASE TOTALS (KVA):4.16.2TOTAL KVA: 10.3KVATOTAL AMPERES: 43A DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
M
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:50 PM
18GENERATOR BUILDINGE-8
DPHJRM-
DEMOLITION AND MODIFIED PLANS
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'GENERATOR BUILDING DEMOLITION PLAN
SHEET KEYNOTESA.CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTINGCABLES IN CONDUITS 119 (4#14 & 1#14GND BETWEEN ATS ANDGENERATOR CONTROL PANEL), 120 (14#14 & 1#14GND BETWEENMCP AND GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL) AND PB2(7,9,11)(BETWEEN PANELBOARD PB-2 AND GENERATOR AUXILIARYCOMPONENTS). CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT IN PLACE THEEXISTING CONDUITS TO BE UTILIZED WITH NEW GENERATOR. SEESHEET E-9 FOR LOCATION OF EXISTING MCP AND ATS.B.CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND CONNECT NEWCONDUCTORS IN CONDUITS 118 (CAT6 ETHERNET CABLE BETWEENGENERATOR CONTROL PANEL AND MCP), 119 (4#14 & 1#14GNDBETWEEN NEW ATS AND NEW GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL), 120(14#14 & 1#14GND BETWEEN MCP AND NEW GENERATOR CONTROLPANEL) AND PB2(7,9,11) BETWEEN PANELBOARD PB-2 ANDGENERATOR AUXILIARY COMPONENTS (JACKET HEATER, BATTERYCHARGER AND WINDING HEATER). SEE SHEET E-9 FOR LOCATIONOF MCP AND NEW ATS.C.CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERCEPT EXISTING DUCTBANK AND ROUTECONDUIT 104A (2-3" CONDUITS EACH WITH A WIRE FILL OF3#350MCM AND 1#1 GND) BETWEEN THE NEW MTS AND THE NEWGENERATOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE COMPLETE INACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND LOCAL CODES.D.CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND EXISTING CONDUIT STUBUPPB2-7,9,11 TO GENERATOR HEATERS AND BATTERY CHARGER.CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUTE NEW CONDUCTORS (2#10, 4#12 AND1#10 GND) TO GENERATOR ANCILLARY DEVICES. WIRE COMPLETEIN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND LOCAL CODES.E.CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY EXISTING CONDUIT PB-2-5 TO NEWEXHAUST FAN LOCATION IF NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR SHALLPULL NEW CONDUCTORS (2#12 & 1#12 GND) FROM EXISTINGPANELBOARD PB2 TO NEW EXHAUST FAN LOCATION. WIRECOMPLETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND LOCAL CODES.F.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING GENERATOR PAD INPLACE DURING REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING GENERATOR SET.G.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT IN PLACE THE EXISTING GROUNDRING AROUND THE GENERATOR BUILDING WHILE TRENCHINGCONDUIT TO AND FROM THE MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH.
EXISTING CONDUIT PB2(7, 9, 11) WITH EXISTINGCONDUCTORS ANDSPARE CONDUIT 118 EXISTING CONDUIT 104, 119,AND 120 WITH EXISTINGCONDUCTORS AND SPARECONDUIT 118 SEE SHEET E-5FOR CONTINUATION
A
A
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'GENERATOR BUILDING MODIFIED PLAN
SEE SHEET E-5FOR CONTINUATION
EXISTING CONDUIT 104A,118, 119, AND 120 WITHNEW CONDUCTORSB NEW CONDUIT 104A WITHNEW CONDUCTORSCE-44
E-41
E-43
GENERATORCONTROL PANEL
RADIATORMOUNTEDLOAD BANK
PANELBOARD PB-2
EXISTING CONDUIT PB2-7, 9, 11D
GENERATOR AND LOADBANK CIRCUIT BREAKERSNEW EXHAUST FANE
1.GENERATOR ROOM HAS 2+ INCHES OF RIGID INSULATION ONWALLS AND CEILING. PROVIDE STRUT FOR DEVICES AND CONDUITSSUPPORTS OF SUFFICIENT DEPTH TO CLEAR.GENERAL SHEET NOTES F
G
SEE SHEET E-5FOR CONTINUATION
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:50 PM
19ELECTRICAL ROOME-9
DPHJRM-
DEMOLITION AND MODIFIED PLANS
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'ELECTRICAL ROOM MODIFIED PLAN
SHEET KEYNOTESA.CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE POWERCONDUCTORS IN CONDUITS 103 (2-3" CONDUITS EACH WITH3#350MCM & 1#1GND) AND 105 (2-3" CONDUIT EACH WITH3#350MCM & 1#1GND). CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT NEWLYINSTALLED POWER CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT 104 (2-3"C EACHWITH 3#350MCM & 1#1 GND). CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECTAND REMOVE CONTROL CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT 122 (3/4" WITH4#14 & 1#14GND). CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING ATS ANDREPLACE WITH NEW ATS AT THE SAME LOCATION.B.ONCE THE NEW ATS IS SECURED TO EQUIPMENT PAD,CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND CONNECT NEWCONDUCTORS (2 SETS OF 3#350MCM & 1#1 GND) IN EXISTINGCONDUITS 103 AND 105, NEW CONDUCTORS (4#14 & 1#14GND) INEXISTING CONDUIT 122 AND RECONNECT EXISTING NEWLYINSTALLED CONDUCTORS (2 SETS OF 3#350MCM & 1#1 GND) INCONDUIT 104 TO THE ATS. WIRE COMPLETE IN ACCORDANCE WITHTHE NEC AND LOCAL CODES.C.CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND CONNECT NEWCONDUCTORS IN CONDUITS 118 (CAT6 ETHERNET CABLE BETWEENGENERATOR CONTROL PANEL AND MCP), 119 (4#14 & 1#14GNDBETWEEN NEW ATS AND NEW GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL), 120(14#14 & 1#14GND BETWEEN MCP AND NEW GENERATOR CONTROLPANEL) AND PB2(7,9,11) BETWEEN PANELBOARD PB-2 ANDGENERATOR AUXILIARY COMPONENTS (JACKET HEATER, BATTERYCHARGER AND WINDING HEATER). SEE SHEET E-9 FOR LOCATIONOF MCP AND NEW ATS.
1.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUCCESSFULLY MANDREL ALL EXISTINGCONDUITS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW CONDUCTORS.GENERAL SHEET NOTES SCALE: 3/8" = 1'ELECTRICAL ROOM DEMOLITION PLAN
SEE SHEET E-5FOR CONTINUATIONMAIN CONTROL PANEL (MCP)
EXISTING CONDUITS 118,120, AND 122 WITH NEWCONDUCTORSBMOTOR CONTROL CENTER (MCC)EXISTING CONDUITS 118 AND120 WITH NEW CONDUCTORSBEXISTING CONDUIT 103WITH NEW CONDUCTORSB NEW 600A ATS IN NEMA 1GASKETED ENCLOSUREEXISTING CONDUITS118, 120, AND 122A EXISTINGCONDUIT 105A
EXISTING CONDUIT 103A
E-42SEE SHEET E-5FOR CONTINUATION EXISTING CONDUIT 122WITH NEW CONDUCTORS EXISTING CONDUIT105 WITH NEWCONDUCTORSB
B
EXISTING CONDUITS 104 AND119 WITH NEW CONDUCTORSBC C
C
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
18"
3" RED WARNING TAPETRENCH BACKFILLCOMPACTED TO 95%RELATIVE COMPACTIONCONCRETEENCASEMENTW/RED DYE
1. THIS DETAIL TYPICAL FOR NEW OR EXISTING CMU WALLS.2. PREFORMED CHANNEL, FITTINGS AND CLAMPS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL.3. CHANNELS TO BE SPACED AT 5'-0" OC MAXIMUM.4.SUPPORT NOT TO EXCEED 15PLF COMBINED WEIGHT OF CONDUIT SYSTEM.NOTES:
CONDUIT CLAMPS WITH SSBOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS
(2) 1/2" DIAMETER X 3.25" EMEDMENT SST MASONRYANCHORS (HILTI KWIK BOLT-TZ2 OR APPROVED EQUAL)WITH SST CHANNEL NUTS AND LOCK WASHERSELEVATION
AS REQUIRED
6" MIN
1 5/8" SLOTTED STAINLESSSTEEL STRUT CHANNEL
NEW OR EXISTING CMU WALL
5'-0" MAX.
RIGID STEEL/PVC COATEDCONDUIT RISER.RIGID STEEL/PVC COATEDCONDUIT COUPLING ANDPLUG FOR SPARE CONDUIT.PROVIDE RIGID STEEL/PVCCOATED CONDUIT RISER ASREQUIRED FOR DEEPERCONDUITS.FINISHEDFLOOR/GRADE RIGID STEEL/PVCCOATED CONDUITELBOWPVC CONDUIT, SIZE ASREQUIRED ONDRAWINGS6" MIN
CAPSCREWS
PROVIDE CONDUIT SEAL IN WALL AND FLOOR WHERE PENETRATION AREBELOW GRADE OR GROUND WATER LEVEL AND ENTERING INTO WATERCONTAINMENT RESERVOIR.MFR: O-Z/GEDNEY, TYPE FSK
PRESSURECLAMP
SEALINGRINGCONDUITOVERSIZESLEEVEPRESSURE RINGS & SEALINGGROMMET NOTES:WALLBODY104A
5" ASPHALT CONCRETE FINISH COURSE.
3"3" (TYP)29"
6" CLASS II BASE COURSE.
30"
104A104104#4/0 BARE COPPER WIRE
1' - 6" MINIMUM
4" MIN (TYP)
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AC SURFACE COURSE, AC BASE COURSE ANDAGGREGATE BASE ROCK IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY STANDARD DRAWINGSGS-24 THROUGH GS-28.NOTES:
AGGREGATE BASE
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)No. E18977Exp. 12/31/23 User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:51 PM
20STANDARD ELECTRICAL DETAILSE-10
DPHJRM-
-1TYPICAL UNREINFORCED DUCT BANKSCALE: NTS-2CONDUIT SUPPORT DETAILSCALE: NTS-3PVC CONDUIT STUB-UPSCALE: NTS-4CONDUIT SEALSCALE: NTS DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
ZACHARY D. HARRISNo. M28906Exp. 6/30/24M E C H A N I C A L User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 4:00 PM
21GENERATOR BUILDING
M-1
RJZH-
DEMOLITION AND MODIFIED PLANS/ SECTION
-1
CHEMICALROOMBLOWER ROOM
1'-11"
FLEXIBLE DUCTCONNECTOR
GENERATOR ROOM
LOAD BANKDUCT INCREASERW/ACOUSTIC LINER
1'-8"
6" EXTRUDED ALUMINUMLOUVER (16"W X 16" H)
6" EXTRUDED ALUMINUMLOUVER (16"W X 16" H)STANDBYENGINE/GENERATOR 400 - GALLON SUB-BASEFUEL TANK(E) CONCRETEINERTIA PAD
11'-0" +/-
8" EXHAUST PIPINGPLUS INSULATION8" EXHAUST SILENCER
FLEXIBLE DUCTCONNECTORLOAD BANK
4'-4"
4"
1'-0"8" EXHAUST PIPINGPLUS INSULATION8" EXHAUST SILENCER(CRITICAL GRADE) 12" ACOUSTIC LOUVER(72"W X 108"H)
24"6"36"
10'-11"
FLEXIBLE DUCTCONNECTOR(9" LENGTH)INLINE CENTRIFUGALEXHAUST FAN12"x8" OVAL DUCT DN M22
INLINE CENTRIFUGALEXHAUST FAN
12"x8" OVAL DUCT
ELECTRICAL STUB-UPAREA
400 - GALLONSUB-BASE FUELTANK ASSEMBLY
TANK VENT/FUEL SUPPLY /INSTRUMENTATIONCONNECTIONS
4' - 0"(E) VENT PIPE THROUGH(E) WALL PENETRATION(N) PIPE PENETRATION@ 15' - 6" AFF NORMAL TANK VENTS(2 PIPES)
(E) SOUNDATTENUATOR SUPPORT(E) WALL THIMBLE
-1GENERATOR BUILDING SECTIONSCALE: 3/8" = 1'
ELECTRICALSTUB-UP AREAT15S PIPE SUPPORTSEE DETAIL SHEET M-2 M24
DEMO EXISTINGSHUTTER FANASSEMBLYE
DEMO EXISTINGEXHAUST PIPEB
DEMO EXISTINGENGNE/GENERATORASSEMBLYA DEMO EXISTINGSOUND ATTENUATORC
DEMO EXISTINGACOUSTIC LOUVERD
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'GENERATOR BUILDING PLANSCALE: 3/8" = 1'GENERATOR BUILDING DEMOLITION PLAN 10'-5"
CONCRETEINERTIA PAD2 1/2"2 1/2"
M23F
M25
G
VERTICAL DUCTSUPPORT TYP
SHEET KEYNOTESA.SALVAGE ENGINE/GENERATOR AND SUB-BASE FUEL TANK DURINGREMOVAL FROM BUILDING. SHEAR FUEL TANK ANCHORAGE BOLTSLEVEL WITH CONCRETE INERTIA PAD.B.DEMOLISH EXHAUST SILENCER AND EXHAUST PIPING UPSTREAMOF EXHAUST SILENCER. REMOVE EXHAUST PIPING DOWNSTREAMOF SILENCER TO A POINT 24 INCHES FROM INTERIOR WALL.DEMOLISH EXHAUST PIPE INSULATION SYSTEM. DEMOLISH PIPEHANGERS. RETAIN UPPER ATTACHMENT OF HANGER SYSTEM TOSTRUCTURE.C.DEMOLISH EXISTING SOUND ATTENUATOR AND TRANSITIONDUCTWORK TO ENGINE/GENERATOR ASSEMBLY. RETAIN CMUSOUND ATTENUATOR SUPPORT. PROVIDE PLYWOOD COVER (3/4”OSB) OVER SOUND ATTENUATOR SUPPORT OPENING.D.DEMOLISH EXISTING LOUVER. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PLYWOODCOVER (3/4” OSB) OVER EXISTING WALL OPENING.E.DEMOLISH EXISTING WALL EXHAUST FAN ASSEMBLY AND LOUVER.PROVIDE TEMPORARY PLYWOOD COVER (3/4” OSB) OVER EXISTINGWALL OPENING. RETAIN EXISTING CONDUIT FOR NEW POWERSUPPLY WIRING TO REPLACEMENT FAN. (REFER TO ELECTRICALDRAWINGS)F.DESIGN POINT: 400 FM @ 0.15 INCH W.C.; LEFT DISCHARGE (SIDEOUTLET) CONFIGURATION; DIRECT DRIVE ASSEMBLY, 120 VAC,1-PHASE, 60 HZ MOTOR. PROVIDE VERTICAL HANGING NEOPRENEISOLATORS; CONTINUOUS OPERATION, PROVIDE MANUAL DIALSPEED CONTROL ACCESSORY. GREENHECK SQ-90, OR EQUAL.G.PROVIDE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM LOUVER, 6-INCH DEPTH, CHANNELFRAME FOR MOUNTING IN EXISTING WALL OPENING.H.MOUNT ADHESIVE SIGNS ON ENGINE-GENERATOR AND FUEL TANKASSEMBLY AT DIRECTION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER.I.MOUNT "DANGER - COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS" AND "DANGER - NOSMOKING" SIGNS VERTICALLY ABOVE ONE ANOTHER IN LOCATIONSHOWN. MOUNT ADDITIONAL HAZARD ALERTING SIGNAGE ONNORTH WALL OF BUILDING.
NFPA 704 DIAMONDSIGN 'BATTERY ACID'
NFPA 704 DIAMONDSIGN 'DIESEL'TANK LABEL 'DIESEL'HH
HAZARD ALERTINGSIGNAGEI
(E) FIRE EXTINGUISHERH
1.CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS SHALLINCORPORATE SALVAGE AND/OR RECYCLING OF MATERIALS INACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDSCODE, AS ADOPTED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD. 2.POLLUTION CONTROL LIMITS FOR THE SELECTION OF FINISHMATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIAGREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, AS ADOPTED BY THE CITY OFCARLSBAD.
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
2" MIN.
POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
ZACHARY D. HARRISNo. M28906Exp. 6/30/24M E C H A N I C A L User: ERICK ALMALELPlot Date: 11/27/2023 3:52 PM
22GENERATOR BUILDINGM-2
DPHJRM-
MECHANICAL DETAILS
-1T15S PIPE SUPPORTN.T.S.-2GENERATOR ROOM EXHAUST - SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' 16"x16" WALLOPENING W/ LOUVER
IN-LINE CENTRIFUGALEXHAUST FAN(LEFT DISCHARGE)12" X 8" OVAL DUCT 45° MITERED INLET
OVAL MITEREDELBOWOVAL-RECTANGULARDUCT TRANSITIONCMU WALL2" ACOUSTICWALL INSULATION -3INLINE EXHAUST FANSCALE: 1/2" = 1'
-4PIPE PENETRATIONN.T.S.
VERTICAL SUPPORTTHREADED RODS,SEE DETAIL 2 ONDRAWING SHEET S-2,SIMILAR (TYP OF 4)FLEXIBLE DUCTCONNECTION (TYP) EXHAUSTEXHAUSTFANSPRING TYPEVIBRATION ISOLATOR(TYP 4)EXHAUST FAN BRACKETSPER MANUFACTURER(E) CMU WALL 1/2" BOLT, NUT ANDWASHER (TYP 2)(4) 3/4" DIAMETER X 3.75" EMBEDMENTWITH HILTI KWIK-BOLT-TZ2 ORAPPROVED EQUALPLATE3/4" x 9" x 9"GROUT OR DRYPACK3/4" MIN, 1" MAXFLOOR1/4TS3 x 3 x 0.25 UNISTRUT P2542TO 2546 AS REQ'D,OR EQUIVALENTANVIL-STRUT ORB-LINE PRODUCTS1/813/16" PLATE 4 INCHCORE BIT DRILLOPENING
INTERIOR SIDEEXTERIOR SIDE
NOTE1.OPENING DIMENSION AND MECHANICAL SEALINSTALLATION SHALL BE PER MFR'S.RECOMMENDATION. 2" NORMALVENT PIPE
MODULAR MECHANICALEXPANDING RUBBER SEAL(E)CMU WALL
-5VERTICAL DUCT SUPPORTN.T.S.
CMU WALL, BEHIND
ACOUSTIC WALLCOVERING3/4" DIAMETER X 3.75" EMBEDMENT WITH HILTIKWIK-BOLT-TZ2 OR APPROVED EQUAL. ONEANCHOR EACH SIDE, SEE NOTES #8 GALV SHEET MTLTAPPING SCREW,TYP 3 SIDES
1 1/2" x 16 GA STRAPSEE NOTES 1 AND 2OVAL DUCT
NOTES1.SECURE DUCT AT 2 FEET AND AT 7 FEET FROM FLOOR.2.LOCATE DUCTS TIGHT AGAINST ACOUSTIC WALL COVERING.3.EACH WALL ANCHOR SHALL SATISFY THE FOLLOWING4.LOCATE AND AVOID ALL REINFORCEMENT PRIOR TO DRILLING INTO THE MASONRY.5.FOLLOW ICC ESR-4561 FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.6.ALTERNATE OR APPROVED EQUAL ANCHORS SHALL HAVE A CURRENT AND RELATIVEICC-ESR OR IAPMO REPORT, AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO USE.
NOTES:1.CAREFULLY REMOVE ALL EXISING CEILING INSUALTION AND REPLACE WITHNEW OR RE-USE EXISTING INSULATION PENDING CITY APPROVAL.2.DO NOT DAMAGE OR CUT ANY EXISTING FRAMING OR BLOCKING.3.ALIGN SUPPORTS TO EXISTING FRAMING OR BLOCKING. WHERE EXISINGFRAMING IS OFFSET, INSTALL 2X8 BLOCKING (DOUGLASS-FIR #2) WITHSIMPSON A34 CLIPS AT EACH END (OR APPROVED EQUAL).4.REFERENCE DETAIL 2 ON DRAWING SHEET S-2 FOR INFORMATION NOTSHOWN.
ATTACHMENT TO ROOF FRAMING PERDETAIL 2 ON DRAWING SHEET S-2 (TYP) LATERAL BRACE (ONE IN EACH DIRECTION),SEE DETAIL 2 ON DRAWING SHEET S-2,SIMILAR NOTES:1.LOCATE AND AVOID ALL REINFORCEMENT PRIOR TO DRILLING INTO THECONCRETE.2.FOLLOW ICC ESR-4266 FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ANDRECOMMENDATIONS.3.ALTERNATE OR APPROVED EQUAL ANCHORS SHALL HAVE A CURRENT ANDRELATIVE ICC-ESR OR IAPMO REPORT, AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEWPRIOR TO USE. 6" MIN12" MAX
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
23STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES,
S-1
ABBREVIATIONS, & SPECIAL INSPECTIONSPIBPDS- POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIASTRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS1.DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, INCLUDING LATESTREVISIONS, AND ASCE 7-16, EXCEPT WHERE OTHER APPLICABLE CODE OR THE FOLLOWINGNOTES ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE.2.LIVE LOADS:ROOF, BUILDING (REDUCIBLE)20 PSF, 300 LBS POINT3.WIND DESIGN DATA:BASIC WIND SPEED, VULT 102 MPHNOMINAL WIND SPEED, VASD 79 MPH RISK CATEGORYIII EXPOSURE B INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT+/- 0.18 COMPONENTS & CLADDING PRESSURE NOT APPLICABLE(INTERIOR CONDITION)4.SNOW DESIGN DATA: NOT APPLICABLE5.SEISMIC DESIGN DATA:THE SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE AND ASCE 7-16 INCLUDING SUPPLEMENT NO. 3, CONSIDERING EXCEPTION 2 OF SECTION 11.4.8 OF ASCE 7-16, WHERE A SITE-SPECIFICGROUND MOTION PROCEDURE IS NOT REQUIRED.RISK CATEGORY III SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, IE 1.25 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Ip 1.00 MAPPED RESPONSE PARAMETER (SHORT), SS 0.959g MAPPED RESPONSE PARAMETER (1-SEC), S1 0.351g SITE CLASS D DESIGN RESPONSE PARAMETER (SHORT), SDS 0.767g DESIGN RESPONSE PARAMETER (1-SEC), SD1 0.684g SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D LONG PERIOD TRANSITION PERIOD, TL 8 SECONDS BASIC SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEMGENERATORSEISMIC RESPONSE COEFFICIENT, Fp5.91 KIPSCOMPONENT AMPLIFICATION FACTOR, ap1.0 RESPONSE MODIFICATION COEFFICIENT, Rp2.5 ANALYSIS PROCEDURECHAPTER 13 OF ASCE 7-166.FLOOD DESIGN DATA: NOT APPLICABLE
STRUCTURAL NOTES, SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING TABLES EXISTING STRUCTURE REFERENCE DOCUMENTSTHE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE DEVELOPED FROMTHE AVAILABLE RECORD DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTINGCONDITIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY DEMOLITION, ORDERING, OR FABRICATING ANYMATERIALS. IF RECORD DRAWINGS ARE AVAILABLE, AND AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION, OBTAIN ACOPY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT ALTER,DAMAGE, OR REMOVE ANY PORTIONS OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE (INCLUDING NONSTRUCTURALCOMPONENTS) UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.RECORD DRAWINGS USED TO DEVELOP THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:DRAWING TITLE:PLANS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE POINSETTIA SEWAGELIFT STATION IN THE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICTENGINEER OF RECORD:WILSON ENGINEERING CONSULTING ENGINEERSDATE OF RECORD:1999 &AND@ AT#NUMBERØDIAMETERldDEVELOPMENT LENGTHAASHTOAMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALABAGGREGATE BASE, ANCHOR BOLTACIAMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTEADDADDITIONALADJADJACENTAISCAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTIONAISIAMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTEAITCAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF TIMBER CONSTRUCTIONALUMALUMINUMALTALTERNATEANSIAMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTEAPAAMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATIONAPROXAPPROXIMATEARCHARCHITECTURALASTMAMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALSASME AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERSAWSAMERICAN WELDING SOCIETYAWWAAMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATIONB/BOTTOM OFBLKGBLOCKINGBLDGBUILDINGBMBEAMBM-1BEAM MEMBER 1BNBOUNDARY NAILINGBOTBOTTOMBPBASE PLATECCHANNELCC,C/CCENTER-TO-CENTERCBCCALIFORNIA BUILDING CODECIPCAST IN PLACECJCONSTRUCTION JOINTCJPCOMPLETE JOINT PENETRATIONCENTERLINECLSMCONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIALCLRCLEARCNJCONTROL JOINTCOLCOLUMNCONCCONCRETECONNCONNECTIONCONSTCONSTRUCTIONCONTCONTINUOUSDBLDOUBLEDIADIAMETERDIAGDIAGONALDIMDIMENSIONDNDOWNDWG(S)DRAWINGS(E)EXISTINGEAEACHEFEACH FACEELELEVATIONELECELECTRICALEMBEDEMBEDMENTENEDGE NAILINGEQEQUALEQUIPEQUIPMENTESEACH SIDEEWEACH WAYEXPEXPANSIONEXTEXTERIOR(F)FUTUREFDFLOOR DRAINFFFINISH FLOORFLRFLOORFNFIELD NAILINGFNDNFOUNDATIONFRPFIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTICFSFAR SIDEFTFOOT/FEETFTGFOOTINGGAGAGE/GAUGEGALVGALVANIZEDGLBGLULAM BEAMHDGHOT DIP GALVANIZE(D)HORIZ HORIZONTALHSSHOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONHTHEIGHTHWLHIGH WATER LEVELIBCINTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODEICCINTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCILININCHINTINTERIOR JT JOINTKIP 1,000 POUNDSKSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCHL,∠ ANGLELB(S) POUNDSLB/SF POUND(S) PER SQUARE FOOTLL LIVE LOADLLH LONG LEG HORIZONTALLLV LONG LEG VERTICALLLBB LONG LEG BACK-TO-BACKLONGIT LONGITUDINALLT LIGHTLW LIGHT WEIGHTMATL MATERIALMAX MAXIMUMMB MACHINE BOLTMC MOISTURE CONTENTMC MISCELLANEOUS CHANNELMECH MECHANICALMIN MINIMUMMISC MISCELLANEOUSMSEMECHANICALLY STABILIZED EARTHN/ANOT APPLICABLE(N) NEWNDT NON-DESTRUCTIVE TEST(ING)NFPANATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATIONNIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO. NUMBERNOM NOMINALNS NEAR SIDENSG NON-SHRINK GROUTNTS NOT TO SCALEOC ON CENTERSOD OUTSIDE DIAMETEROH OPPOSITE HAND, OVERHEADOPNG(S) OPENING(S)OPP OPPOSITEOSHAOCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ASSOCIATIONPAF POWDER/POWER ACTUATED FASTENERPER PERIODICPEMBPRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGPL PLATEPLF POUND PER LINEAL FOOTPP PARTIAL PENETRATIONPSF POUND PER SQUARE FOOTPSI POUND PER SQUARE INCHPT(S) POINT(S)PT PRESSURE TREATEDR, RAD RADIUSRECT RECTANGLE, RECTANGULARREINF REINFORCING, -MENTREQ'D REQUIREDSCH SCHEDULESF SQUARE FOOTSHT SHEETSIM SIMILARSLBB SHORT LEGS BACK-TO-BACKSLH SHORT LEG HORIZONTALSLV SHORT LEG VERTICALSMS SHEET METAL SCREWSPEC(S) SPECIFICATION(S)SQ SQUARESS STAINLESS STEELSSD SATURATED SURFACE DRYSTAG STAGGERSTD STANDARDSTIFF STIFFENERSTL STEELSTRUC STRUCTURESUSP SUSPENDEDSYM SYMMETRICALT/ TOP OFT&B TOP AND BOTTOMTS STRUCTURAL TUBINGTYP TYPICALUON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDUT ULTRASONIC TESTINGVERT VERTICALVIF VERIFY IN FIELDW/ WITHW/O WITHOUTW, WF WIDE FLANGEWCLIBWEST COAST LUMBER INSPECTION BUREAUWP WORK POINTWSTPWATERSTOPWT WEIGHT, STRUCTURAL TEE WALL THICKNESSWWF WELDED WIRE FABRICYD YARD GENERAL1.THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC), AND THEAPPLICABLE REFERENCED BUILDING CODE STANDARDS.2.THESE NOTES AS WELL AS THE STANDARD DETAILS APPLY TO ALL PARTS OF THE PROJECT,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.3.SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH FAVORABLY REVIEWEDEQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS. DIMENSIONS FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS ARE TO BECOORDINATED WITH FAVORABLY REVIEWED SUBMITTAL BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER.4.DETAILS CALLED OUT WITH S-XXXX SHALL REFER TO THE STANDARD DETAIL FOR WHICH THEYARE SO NAMED.5.ALL STRUCTURES HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR THE COMPLETE CONDITION CONSIDERINGOPERATIONAL, HYDROSTATIC, BACKFILL LOADS, AND APPLICABLE DYNAMIC LOADS ONLY. THESTRUCTURES HAVE NOT BEEN DESIGNED TO RESIST OPERATIONAL, HYDROSTATIC OR BACKFILLLOADS WHILE PARTIALLY CONSTRUCTED. OVERLOADING ANY OF THE STRUCTURES ORSTRUCTURAL ELEMENTS WHILE PARTIALLY CONSTRUCTED IS PROHIBITED.COMPLIANCE1.OBTAIN ALL PERMITS AND COORDINATING ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIALINSPECTOR AND AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR AT LEAST (5) FIVE WORKING DAYSPRIOR TO EACH SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLPROVIDE ACCESS TO THE WORK REQUIRED FOR SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING.3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, DETAIL, FABRICATE, INSTALL AND MAINTAIN SHORING,SHEETING, BRACING AND SLOPING AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN SAFE EXCAVATIONS. THECONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING FULL COMPLIANCE WITH 29 CFR PART1926 OSHA SUBPART P EXCAVATIONS AND TRENCHES REQUIREMENTS. ALL EARTHWORK SHALLBE PERFORMED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING LOCALORDINANCES, CAL/OSHA, HAWAII CIVIL CODE AND HAWAII DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETYREQUIREMENTS, AND APPLICABLE OSHA REQUIREMENTS.
SOIL AND FOUNDATIONS1.NO GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED FOR THIS PROJECT SITE. THE SOILDESIGN VALUES USED FOR THE DESIGN OF THE FOUNDATION ARE CONSISTENT WITH THEORIGINAL DESIGN INTENT AS PROVIDED ON THE RECORD DRAWINGS, AND THE PRESUMPTIVELOAD-BEARING VALUES PER TABLE 1806.2 OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE.2.ALLOWABLE BEARING CAPACITY OF SOILS ARE REPORTED FOR DEAD AND LIVE LOADS ONLY.ALLOWABLE BEARING VALUES MAY BE INCREASED BY ONE-THIRD WHEN TRANSIENT LOADSSUCH AS WIND OR SEISMIC LOADS ARE INCLUDED. THE FOUNDATIONS DESIGN PARAMETERSARE AS FOLLOWS:ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE 1,500 PSFCOHESION130 PSF 3.EXCAVATE DOWN TO THE REQUIRED ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO BACKFILLING WITH COMPACTEDFILL (SUBGRADE). NATIVE MATERIAL SHALL BE SCARIFIED TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 6-INCHES,COMPACTED, AND TESTED TO 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION PER ASTM D1557.4.SUBGRADE (COMPACTED FILL) SHALL BE CLASS 2 AGGREGATE BASE (AB). COMPACTED FILL ANDNATIVE MATERIALS 12-INCHES OR LESS NEED NOT TO COMPLY WITH AN APPROVEDGEOTECHNICAL REPORT PROVIDED THE IN PLACE DENSITY IS NOT LESS THAN 90% OF THEMAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AT OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITHASTM D1557. COMPACT TO 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION AS DETERMINED BY ASTM D1557.5.COMPACTION OF NATIVE MATERIALS AND COMPACTED FILL MATERIALS SHALL BE VERIFIED BYTHE SPECIAL INSPECTOR PER THE 2022 CBC, SECTION 1804.6 AND THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONNOTES ON DRAWINGS. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL BE INDEPENDENT OF THECONTRACTOR.
CONCRETE1.CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318-19 AND ACI 301-16. THEMINIMUM 28-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (PSI) AS NOTED IN THE TABLE BELOW:
2.MIX DESIGN :
3.CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS :
4.AGGREGATE IN CONCRETE :4.1.AGGREGATES SHALL BE CLEAN, AND CONFORM TO ASTM C33 AND THE TABLES BELOW.4.2.AGGREGATES SHALL NOT BE REACTIVE. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION THATAGGREGATES HAVE BEEN VERIFIED TO BE NON-REACTIVE PER ASTM C1260. TESTRESULTS SHALL NOT BE OLDER THAN 1-YEAR, SUBMIT FOR REVIEW.
5.ADMIXTURES (OPTIONAL) :
6.OPENINGS, PIPE SLEEVES, CONDUITS, INSERTS AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS SHALL BE INPLACE BEFORE CONCRETE IS PLACED. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TOCOORDINATE ELECTRICAL, INSTRUMENTATION AND OTHER PLANS FOR ITEMS REQUIRINGSLEEVES AND EMBEDMENTS IN CONCRETE WHICH ARE NOT INDICATED OR SHOWN ONSTRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. NO PIPES OR SLEEVES SHALL PASS THROUGH STRUCTURALMEMBERS(UNLESS SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS). COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENTMANUFACTURERS DRAWINGS FOR ANCHORING DEVICES.7.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL EXPOSED EDGES AND CORNERS SHALL BE CHAMFERED3/4-INCH. INTERIOR FLOOR SLABS AND EXTERIOR SIDEWALKS SHALL HAVE TOOLED3/8-INCH RADIUS CONSTRUCTION JOINT.8.PROVIDE TROWEL FINISH AT HORIZONTAL SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301.9.FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE PER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IF NOT SHOWN, EACH FACECONCRETE SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH # 5 BARS AT 12-INCHES EACH WAY, UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.10.CONCRETE ENCASE ALL PIPES AND CONDUITS UNDER CONCRETE SLABS, FOUNDATIONS,AND STRUCTURES.11.CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED AND CURED BETWEEN 50 AND 90 DEGREES F. CONCRETESHALL NOT BE PLACED WHEN THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 90 DEGREES F.12.SUBMIT REINFORCEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS AND CONCRETE MIX DESIGN FOR REVIEW TOTHE ENGINEER OF RECORD.
REINFORCING STEEL (FOR CONCRETE)1.REINFORCING STEEL (DEFORMED BARS) SHALL BE ASTM A615, GRADE 60.2.ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILING OF REINFORCING STEEL, INCLUDING BAR SUPPORTS ANDSPACERS, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ACI 315 DETAILING MANUAL AND CRSI.DO NOT PLACE REINFORCEMENT SUPPORTS GREATER THAN 36-INCHES ON-CENTER.3.REINFORCING SHALL LAP IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SPLICETABLE, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. DOWELS SHALL HAVE THE SAME SIZE AND SPACING ASTHAT OF THE REINFORCING STEEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4.HOOK REINFORCING BARS SHALL NOT BE INTERRUPTED BY OPENINGS.5.NO WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE PERMITTED, UNLESS APPROVAL IN WRITING ISOBTAINED FROM THE ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.6.DIMENSIONS TO REINFORCING ARE TO BAR CENTERLINES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE BARCOVER IS CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN THE BAR AND THE CONCRETE SURFACE. UNLESS NOTEDOR SHOWN OTHERWISE BAR COVER FOR REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:FOOTINGS AND BASE SLABS (FOR CONCRETE): FORMED SURFACES AND BOTTOMS ON CONCRETE WORK MAT2-INCH TOP SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH, WATER, OR WEATHER2-INCH BOTTOMS AND SIDES IN CONTACT WITH EARTH3-INCH SOILSSPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF EXISTING SITE SOIL CONDITIONS, FILL PLACEMENT ANDLOAD-BEARING REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING.REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTSSPECIALINSPECTIONREQUIREDTYPECONTPERIODIC YES1. VERIFY MATERIALS BELOW SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS AREADEQUATE TO ACHIEVE THE DESIGN BEARING CAPACITY.--X YES2. VERIFY EXCAVATIONS ARE EXTENDED TO PROPER DEPTH ANDHAVE REACHED PROPER MATERIAL.--X YES3. PERFORM CLASSIFICATION AND TESTING OF COMPACTED FILLMATERIALS.--X YES4. VERIFY USE OF PROPER MATERIALS, DENSITIES AND LIFTTHICKNESSES DURING PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OFCOMPACTED FILL.X-- YES5. PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF COMPACTED FILL, OBSERVESUBGRADE AND VERIFY THAT SITE HAS BEEN PREPAREDPROPERLY.--X CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TABLETYPEIDREQUIREDf ' c AT 28-DAYS LOCATION FOR USEW / CM A4,000 PSI FOUNDATION, SLAB-ON-GRADE0.50 MAX FIELD TEST RECORDSSUBMIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 5.3 OF ACI 318AIR CONTENTOPTIONAL: 4% +/- 1% IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C231SLUMP3 TO 4 INCHES, MAX. TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C143MINIMUM CONTENT520 LBS / CUBIC YARDPORTLAND CEMENTTYPE II (LOW ALKALI) PER ASTM C150POZZOLANCLASS F FLYASH PER ASTM C618. NOT TO EXCEED 15% OF TOTALCEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. POZZOLAN SUPPLIED DURING THE LIFEOF THE PROJECT SHALL BE FROM THE SAME SINGLE SOURCE.CLASS C FLYASH WILL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR USE.
COARSECONFORM TO TABLE 2 OF ASTM C33. THE NOMINAL MAXIMUM SIZE OFCOARSE AGGREGATE SHALL NOT EXCEED THREE-FOURTHS OF THEMINIMUM CLEAR SPACING BETWEEN REINFORCING BARS, ONE-FIFTH OF THENARROWEST DIMENSION, BETWEEN SIDES OF FORMS, AND ONE-THIRD OFTHE THICKNESS OF SLABS OR WALLS.FINECONFORM TO TABLE 1 OF ASTM C33COMBINED AGGREGATE GRADATION (% PASSING SIEVE)1-1/2"1"3/4"3/8"NO. 4NO. 8NO. 16NO. 30NO. 50NO.100NO.200 10090 - 10055 - 10045 - 7535 - 6027 - 4520 - 3512 - 253 - 150 - 50 - 2 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTIONREQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTSSPECIALINSPECTIONREQUIREDTYPECONTPERIODICREFERENCEDSTANDARD (a)CBCREF YES1. INSPECT REINFORCEMENT, INCLUDING SIZEAND GRADE, VERIFY PLACEMENT.--XACI 318 Ch.20, 25.2, 25.3,26.6.1 - 26.6.3 1908.4 YES3. INSPECT ANCHORS CAST IN CONCRETE.--XACI 318 17.8.2-- 4. INSPECT ANCHORS POST-INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE MEMBERS.YESa. ADHESIVE ANCHORS INSTALLED INHORIZONTALLY OR UPWARDLY INCLINEDORIENTATIONS TO RESIST SUSTAINED TENSIONLOADS.X--ACI 31817.8.2.4-- YESb. MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVEANCHORS NOT DEFINED IN 4.a.--XACI 318 17.8.2YES5. VERIFY USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX.--XACI 318 Ch. 19,26.4.3, 26.4.41904.11904.21908.21908.3 YES
6. PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT, FABRICATESPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH TESTS, PERFORMSLUMP AND AIR CONTENT TESTS ANDDETERMINE THE TEMPERATURE OF THECONCRETE.a.) COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMEDON EACH 100 CUBIC YARDS OR FRACTION THEREOF, OF OFEACH CONCRETE MIX PLACED IN ANY ONE DAY, INACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C39.b. SLUMP TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED ON EACH 50 CUBICYARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C143.c. AIR CONTENT TESTED PER ASTM C231 OR ASTM C173,MADE WITH SAMPLES FROM FIRST THREE BATCHES ANDUNTIL THREE BATCHES MEET AIR CONTENTS SPECIFIED.d. CONCRETE TEMPERATURE SHALL BE TESTED INACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1064.
X--ASTM C172,ASTM C1064,ASTM C143,ASTM C31,ASTM C39,ACI 318 26.4,26.12 1908.10
YES7. VERIFY MAINTENANCE OF SPECIFIED CURINGTEMPERATURE AND TECHNIQUES.--XACI 318 26.5.3- 26.5.51908.9 YES8. VERIFY IN-SITU CONCRETE STRENGTH, PRIORTO REMOVAL OF SHORES AND FORMS FROMBEAMS AND STRUCTURAL SLABS.--XACI 31826.11.2-- YES9. INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATIONAND DIMENSIONS OF THE CONCRETE MEMBERBEING FORMED,--XACI 31826.11.1.2(b)-- AIR ENTRAININGASTM C260WATER REDUCINGASTM C494, TYPE A
CONDUIT COORDINATION1.ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND PIPES SHALL BE ENCASED BELOW STRUCTURE FOUNDATIONS. DONOT PLACE CONDUIT OR PIPING INSIDE THE FOOTINGS, SLABS, OR FOUNDATION PARALLEL TOTHE MAIN LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT.2.CONDUIT SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 2-INCHES CLEAR TO REINFORCEMENT. CONDUIT ORPIPES SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY ON REINFORCING STEEL.2.REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT BE CUT, BENT, OR RELOCATED.3.CONDUIT RUNNING PARALLEL TO REINFORCEMENT:3.1.THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE CONDUIT SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE-THIRD OF THE MEMBERTHICKNESS.3.2.CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE SPACED CLOSER THAN 3 OUTSIDE DIAMETERS ON CENTER. THEMAXIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE SPACING BETWEEN THECONDUIT.3.3.CONDUIT SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE MIDDLE THIRD OF THE FOUNDATION ORSTRUCTURAL MEMBER, ONLY.3.4.DEVIATIONS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT SPECIFIC REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE BY THESTRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALL CONDUIT EMBEDDED INTO STRUCTURALMEMBERS, SLABS, OR FOUNDATIONS WITHOUT ANY REVIEW BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEEROF RECORD SHALL BE REMOVED AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE.4.CONDUIT RUNNING PERPENDICULAR TO REINFORCEMENT:4.1.COORDINATE PLACEMENT TO AVOID OR MINIMIZE IMPACT TO REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT.4.2.GROUPS OF CONDUIT THAT DAYLIGHT TO THE EDGE OR TP OF FOUNDATIONS ORSLABS-ON-GRADE SHALL BE BLOCKED-OUT LIKE AN OPENING IN THE STRUCTURE. AROUNDTHE PERIMETER OF THE BLOCK-OUT, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL REINF WITH (2) #5 TRIM BARS,SPACED 2-INCHES APART, IN-PLANE WITH TYPICAL REINFORCEMENT ON ALL SIDES, LAPWITH TYPICAL REINFORCEMENT.4.3.AT THE BLOCK-OUT: PROVIDE #5 DIAGONAL BARS AT EACH CORNER, LAP PAST EACH EDGE.BARS THAT TERMINATE AT SLAB EDGE SHALL HAVE A STANDARD HOOK.
SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING - GENERAL NOTES1.THE OWNER OR THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED AGENT, INDEPENDENT OF THE CONTRACTOR,SHALL EMPLOY ONE OR MORE APPROVED AGENCIES TO PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTIONSAND TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODEAND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION ON THE TYPES OF WORKSPECIFIED. STRUCTURAL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING SHALL GOVERN THEQUALITY, WORKMANSHIP AND REQUIREMENTS FOR MATERIALS COVERED. MATERIALS OFCONSTRUCTION AND TESTING SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS LISTED INTHE REFERENCED BUILDING CODE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.2.REPORT REQUIREMENT: APPROVED AGENCIES SHALL KEEP RECORDS OF SPECIALINSPECTIONS AND TESTS. THE APPROVED AGENCY SHALL SUBMIT REPORTS OF SPECIALINSPECTIONS AND TESTS TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND TO THEREGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE. REPORTS SHALL INDICATETHAT WORK INSPECTED OR TESTED WAS OR WAS NOT COMPLETED IN CONFORMANCE TOAPPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THEIMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION. IF THEY ARE NOTCORRECTED, THE DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THEAUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND TO THE REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL INRESPONSIBLE CHARGE PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF THAT PHASE OF THE WORK. AFINAL REPORT DOCUMENTING REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS ANDCORRECTION OF ANY DISCREPANCIES NOTED IN THE INSPECTIONS OR TESTS SHALL BESUBMITTED AT A POINT IN TIME AGREED UPON PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK BY THEOWNER OR THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED AGENT TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY1.THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A MAIN WIND -FORCE RESISTINGSYSTEM OR A MAIN SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM, DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM, OR AWIND-FORCE-RESISTING COMPONENT, OR SEISMIC-FORCE RESISTING COMPONENT LISTED INTHE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OR CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL SUBMIT AWRITTEN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY TO THE OWNER OR AUTHORITY HAVINGJURISDICTION OR OWNER'S AUTHORIZED AGENT, AND ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TOCOMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK ON THE SYSTEM OR COMPONENT. THE CONTRACTOR'SSTATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY SHALL CONTAIN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AWARENESS OF THESPECIAL INSPECTIONS CONTAINED IN THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS (REFERENCE1704.4 OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE).2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT DISCREPANCIES IDENTIFIED IN THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONSAND TESTS WHERE WORK WAS NOT COMPLETED IN CONFORMANCE TO APPROVEDCONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.
STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS1.THE SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING NOTES AND TABLES WITHIN THESE CONTRACTDOCUMENTS WILL ACT AS A STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS, UNLESS ADDITIONALINFORMATION OR DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS:STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION IS THE VISUAL OBSERVATION OF THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM,STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, AND THEIR CONNECTIONS FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE TO THECONTRACT DOCUMENTS AT SIGNIFICANT CONSTRUCTION STAGES AND AT THE COMPLETIONOF THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION DOES NOT INCLUDE OR WAIVETHE RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIABUILDING CODE OR THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ALL STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS SHALL BEIN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 1704.6 OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. THE OWNERSHALL RETAIN A REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL (LICENSED IN CALIFORNIA) OR THEENGINEER OF RECORD TO PERFORM ALL THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS REQUIRED.THE CONTRACTOR OR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF RECORDAND PERSONS PERFORMING THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION AT LEAST (5) FIVE WORKINGDAYS (FOR EACH OBSERVATION) PRIOR TO THE WORK THAT IS REQUIRED TO BE OBSERVED ISCOVERED. DEFICIENCIES FOUND DURING THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS SHALL BECORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. AT A MINIMUM, STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS SHALL BE INACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING TABLE:STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION TABLECONSTRUCTIONSEQUENCEWHAT TO OBSERVESUBGRADE ANDSOIL PREPARATIONSTRUCTURAL FILL AND SUBGRADEVERIFY THE MATERIALS BELOW THE FOUNDATION HAVE BEENINSTALLED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTSFOUNDATIONREINFORCEMENT FOR BAR SIZES, SPACING, CLEARANCES, DEPTH OFREINFORCEMENT TO TOP OF FORMS, FORMWORK. OBSERVE PRIOR TOCONCRETE PLACEMENTPLACEMENT OF WALL DOWELS, LAPS, ANCHOR BOLTS, STEEL EMBEDSCONCRETECONSTRUCTIONREINFORCEMENT FOR BAR SIZES, SPACING, CLEARANCE, OBSERVEPRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT, LAPS, ANCHOR BOLTS, EMBEDS DEFERRED SUBMITTALSIN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2022 CBC, SECTION 107.3.4.1 SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS FORDEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD WHO SHALLREVIEW THEM AND FORWARD THEM TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION WITH ANOTATION INDICATING THAT THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWEDAND THAT THEY HAVE BEEN FOUND TO BE IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN. THEDEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THE DESIGN AND SUBMITTALDOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR AUTHORITY HAVINGJURISDICTION.PRIOR TO ORDERING OR FABRICATION OF ANY MATERIALS, AND PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATIONOF THE INDICATED STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, EQUIPMENT DISTRIBUTIONS SYSTEM, ORCOMPONENT AND IT'S ANCHORAGE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE REQUIREDCALCULATIONS, SUPPORTING INFORMATION, AND DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCEBY THE ENGINEER. ALL DEFERRED SUBMITTALS AND CALCULATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCEWITH THE 2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, INCLUDING THE DESIGN CRITERIA ANDSPECIFICATIONS WITHIN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ALL DEFERRED SUBMITTALCALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS SHALL BE SEALED AND SIGNED BY A REGISTEREDPROFESSIONAL CIVIL ENGINEER OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OFCALIFORNIA. THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF DEFERRED SUBMITTALS THAT ARE EXPECTED TOCONTAIN STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS OR SAFETY RELATED SYSTEM INFORMATION FORREVIEW TO MEET THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS:DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMSANCHORAGE FOR GENERATOR AND FUEL TANK TO THE EXISTING FOUNDATION SYSTEM.
POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS1.POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 304. POST-INSTALLEDANCHORS SHALL HAVE A CURRENT AND RELATIVE ICC-ES OR IAPMO-UES REPORT.POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS WITHOUT A CURRENT AND RELATIVE ICC-ES OR IAMPO-UESREPORT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.2.NUTS SHALL BE ASTM F594, ALLOY GROUP 1 CW1 (F954C) OR CW2 (F594D). NUTS SHALL BEHEX OR HEAVY HEX HEAD AND SHALL MEET THE DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF ASMEB18.2.23.WASHERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 304 (AISI 304). WASHERS SHALL BE ROUNDAND MEET THE DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF ASME B18.21.14.SUBMIT ANCHOR INFORMATION, WASHERS, AND NUTS FOR SUBMITTAL REVIEW PRIOR TOORDERING OR FABRICATING ANY MATERIALS.5.LOCATE AND AVOID ALL REINFORCEMENT PRIOR TO DRILLING INTO THE CONCRETE.FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND ICC-ES OR IAPMO-UES REPORT FORINSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.6.CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM AGE OF 21-DAYS, SHALL NOT BE EXPOSED TO WATERFOR THE PRECEDING 14-DAYS, AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF2,500 PSI AT THE TIME OF ANCHOR INSTALLATION. DO NOT DRILL INTO CONCRETE PRIORTO 21-DAYS.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
NOTES:1.THE LAP LENGTH TABLE IS SPECIFIC TO TENSION DEVELOPMENT AND TENSIONLENGTHS FOR WALLS, SLABS, AND FOOTINGS IN CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCEWITH ACI 318-19, CHAPTER 25 AND THE CRITERIA IN THIS DETAIL. CONTACT THEENGINEER OF RECORD FOR ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE CRITERIA IN THISDETAIL.2.LAP SPLICE LENGTHS ARE CLASS B LAPS, IN INCHES, FOR GRADE 60REINFORCEMENT IN NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WITH f'c GREATER THAN OREQUAL TO 3,000 PSI.3.CENTER-TO-CENTER SPACING OF REINFORCING SHALL BE GREATER THANTWICE THE CONCRETE COVER PLUS ONE BAR DIAMETER.4.TOP BARS ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12 INCHES OF CONCRETECAST BELOW BARS.5.FOR BARS OF DIFFERENT SIZES, THE LAP SPLICE LENGTHS OF THE SMALLERBAR SHALL BE USED.6.STAGGER LAPS A DISTANCE OF ONE-HALF THE SPLICE LENGTH, UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.
LAP SPLICE LENGTH FOR REINFORCING BARS IN WALLS, SLABS & FTNGS (INCHES)IMPERIAL [SOFT METRIC]BAR SIZECOVER=1.00 IN.COVER=2.00 IN.COVER=1.50 IN.TOP4OTHERTOP 4OTHERTOP 4OTHER#3 [#10]171617161716 #4 [#13]231723172317222822282633#5 [#16]#6 [#19]463534263426384943555774#7 [#22]#8 [#25]9372705456435369668687113#9 [#29]#10 [#32]137106105818566 #11 [#36]1621251259710279 SCALE: NTSREV 01S-3010CONCRETE REBAR LAP SPLICE
CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, f'c ≥ 3,000 PSIHOOKA or GJdD4d2 1/2" MIN DETAILINGDIMENSIONDETAILINGDIMENSIONdD12d
A or G180°
D = FINISHED INSIDE BEND DIAMETER (INCLUDES SPRINGBACK)d =BAR DIAMETERACI 318-19 MIN BEND DIAMETER:6d FOR #3 THROUGH #88d FOR #9, #10 & #1110d FOR #14 AND #18 RECOMMENDED END HOOK DIMENSIONSBAR SIZED180 ° HOOKS90° HOOKSA or GJA or G #30'-2 1/4"0'-5"0'-3"0'-6" #40'-3"0'-6"0'-4"0'-8" #50'-3 3/4"0'-7"0'-5"0'-10" #60'-4 1/2"0'-8"0'-6"1'-0" #70'-5 1/4"0'-10"0'-7"1'-2" #80'-6"0'-11"0'-8"1'-4" #90'-9 1/2"1'-3"0'-11 3/4"1'-7" #100'-10 3/4"1'-5"1-'1 1/4"1'-10" #111'-0"1'-7"1'-2 3/4"2'-0" 90°
SCALE: NTSS-3020REINFORCING HOOKSREV 01
NOTES:1.PREFORMED JOINT FILLER SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM D1752, TYPE 1.2.BOND BREAKER TAPE SHALL BE AN ADHESIVE BACKED GLAZED BUTYL ORPOLYETHYLENE TAPE WHICH WILL SATISFACTORY ADHERE TO THEPREFORMED JOINT FILLER OR CONCRETE SURFACE. THE TAPE SHALL BETHE SAME WIDTH AS THE JOINT.3.BACKING ROD: 1-1/4" Ø EXTRUDED, CLOSED CELL, POLYETHYLENE FOAMROD. BACKING ROD SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH SEALANT.
CONCRETE SLAB ORFOUNDATION PER PLAN(REINFORCEMENT NOTSHOWN FOR CLARITY) JOINT SEALANT:SIKAFLEX-1C SL ORAPPROVED EQUALBACKER ROD(NOTE 3)1" THICKPREFORMEDJOINT FILLER(NOTE 1) 12T
INDICATES EDGE OF(E) SLAB / WALL ORNEW SLAB / WALLPER PLAN SCALE: NTSS-3161EXPANSION JOINTREV 01 SLAB AT WALL OR ADJACENT SLAB TO SLAB
T(THICKNESS)
E-51 EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE SCHEDULE
NOTES:1.THE EQUIPMENT LISTED IN THIS SCHEDULE HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR THE OPERATING WEIGHT AND CONSTRAINTSIDENTIFIED. CONTACT THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR ANY DISCREPANCIES DURING EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL PROCUREMENT.CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS TO THE ATTACHMENT POINTS OR EXISTING STRUCTURE MAY BE REQUIRED.2.FOR EQUIPMENT NOT LISTED ABOVE, OR EQUIPMENT THAT IS LESS THAN 400 LBS FLOOR MOUNTED, EXCEPTIONS TOANCHORAGE DESIGN MAY APPLY. SUBMIT ANY EQUIPMENT NOT LISTED FOR FAVORABLY REVIEW.3.LOCATE AND AVOID ALL REINFORCEMENT PRIOR TO DRILLING INTO THE CONCRETE OR CMU.4.ANCHORS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 304 HILTI KWIK BOLT-TZ2 OR APPROVED EQUAL. FOLLOW ICC ESR-4266 FOR INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION AND RECOMMENDATIONS. ALTERNATE ANCHORS ARE SUBJECT TO A FAVORABLY REVIEW BYTHE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND SHALL HAVE A CURRENT ICC-ESR OR IAPMO-UES REPORT.5.BOTTOM ANCHORAGE LOCATIONS AT (E) CONCRETE PAD OR FOUNDATION. MINIMUM CONCRETE EDGE DISTANCE TO ANCHORSHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 2.5-INCHES.ISOMETRIC OF EQUIPMENT
TOP ANCHORAGE POINT AT(E) CONCRETE OR CMU WALL
EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE SCHEDULEEQUIPMENT TYPEEQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS(W x D x H)MAXIMUM OPERATINGWEIGHTANCHORAGEAT BOTTOMMINIMUM EDGEDISTANCEANCHORAGEAT TOP AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH (ATS)24" L x 17" W x 63" TALL400 LBS(4) 1/2" Ø X 3.75"EMBEDMENTSEE NOTE 5(2) 1/2" Ø X 3.75"EMBEDMENT MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH (MTS)38" L x 24" W x 73" TALL650 LBS(4) 1/2" Ø X 3.75"EMBEDMENT6 INCHESNOT APPLICABLE SCALE: NTS
W = WIDTHL = LENGTH
PLAN VIEW - ANCHORAGE LOCATIONS AT BOTTOMW = WIDTH
3" TALLCHANNEL CURB(IF APPLICABLE)
1" (TYP)
S-32 EXHAUST PIPE SUPPORTSCALE: NTSSECTION VIEW
NOTES:1.CONNECTIONS AT EXISTING DOUBLE 2X JOISTS SHALL BE WITH A3/4" Ø DIAMETER STAINLESS STEEL (TYPE 304) THREADED BOLTW/ WASHERS AND NUTS AT EACH END (TYP).2.ROD STIFFENERS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE THE THREADEDROD EXCEEDS 1'-0" IN LENGTH.3.LOCATE PIPE SUPPORTS WITHIN 6-INCHES OF EACH 90° TURN, ORAT ENDS OF CONNECTIONS WITHIN 6-INCHES. THE MAXIMUM PIPESUPPORT SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED 4'-0" OC.4.CAREFULLY REMOVE ALL EXISTING PIPE INSULATION AND RE-USEEXISTING PIPE INSULATION OR REPLACE TO MACH EXISTING. (E) DOUBLE 2X8 OR (E)BLOCKING AT PIPE SUPPORTSPER RECORD DRAWINGS,VERIFY IN FIELD (TYP) TOLCO FIG 980 SWIVEL SWAYBRACE (OR APPROVEDEQUAL) AT EACH END (TYP) 8" Ø EXHAUST PIPINGW/ INSULATION PERMECHANICAL DRAWINGS 6" MAX DISTANCE FROM TOPAND BOTTOM OF THREADEDROD TO STIFFENER (TYP) B-LINE B22 CHANNEL BRACE ORAPPROVED EQUAL(MAX LENGTH NOT TO EXCEED 8'-0") SIDE VIEW8" Ø EXHAUST PIPINGW/ INSULATION PERMECHANICAL DRAWINGS B-LINE B22 CHANNELBRACE OR APPROVEDEQUAL (MAX LENGTH NOTTO EXCEED 8'-0") 34" Ø THREADEDHANGER RODB-LINE B22STIFFENER W/ FIG 98ROD STIFFENERHARDWARE (TYP)TOLCO FIG 980 SWIVELSWAY BRACE (ORAPPROVED EQUAL) ATEACH END (TYP) 34" Ø THREADEDHANGER RODB-LINE B22STIFFENER W/ FIG98 ROD STIFFENERHARDWARE (TYP) B-LINE B3100 CLEVIS HANGER W/TOLCO FIG 1CBS CROSS BOLTSPACER, OR APPROVED EQUAL (TYP) (E) DOUBLE 2X8 OR (E)BLOCKING AT PIPESUPPORTS PER RECORDDRAWINGS, VERIFY INFIELD (TYP)LOCATE BOLT ABOVENEUTRAL AXIS OF 2X(SEE NOTE 1)TOP CONNECTION FLAT WASHER OR B200SERIES SQUARE WASHERW/ HEX NUT
B-LINE 3060- 34 SIDE BEAMANGLE CLIP OR 3"X3"X 12" BENT PLATE W/ PLATEWASHERS AND NUTS T&B(TYP) 1111 1" (TYP)
CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD SCHEDULEEQUIPMENTTYPEEQUIPMENTDIMENSIONSMAX OPERATINGWEIGHTFOUNDATIONTYPELENGTH(L)WIDTH(W)THICKNESS(T)REINFORCEMENTMTS EQUIPMENT38" L x 24" W X 73" TALL650 LBSMAT4'-2"3'-0"12"#5 @ 12" OC, EW, T&B SCALE: NTSREV 01S-3342EQUIPMENT FOUNDATION SCHEDULETYPICAL FOR EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT 1'-0"T2" MIN, 4" MAX, UON
1'-0"
LAP (TYP)EQUIPMENT OR ENCLOSURE ASSHOWN PER PLAN, SEE SCHEDULEFOR LIMITS OF FOUNDATION ANDMAXIMUM NOT TO EXCEED VALUES (2) BARS ATTHICKENEDEDGE TOMATCH SLABREINF.
PLAN DIMENSION PER SCHEDULE (W x L)
MAT FOUNDATION(PER SCHEDULE)SLAB w/ THICKENED EDGE(AS SHOWN ON PLAN)SECTION VIEW OPTIONAL CJ WHERE ADD'LRAISED PAD IS SHOWN ONPLAN. ROUGHEN TO AMINIMUM 1/4" AMPLITUDE RAISED EQUIP. PAD:NOT REQUIRED
LAP(TYP)
GRADE TO MATCH EXISTINGELEVATION AND TYPE,TYPICAL ALL AROUND NOTES:1.THE FOUNDATIONS IDENTIFIED IN THIS SCHEDULE HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR THE OPERATING WEIGHT AND CONSTRAINTS IN THE TABLE.CONTACT THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR ANY DISCREPANCIES DURING THE EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS. CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS TOTHE FOUNDATIONS MAY BE REQUIRED BASED EXCEEDING THE LIMITS IN THE SCHEDULE. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, ALL FOUNDATIONSSHALL BE MAT FOUNDATIONS.2.EQUIPMENT BASE PLATE SHALL BE UNDERLAIN BY A MINIMUM 1/4" NON-SHRINK GROUT, 1/2" MAXIMUM NON-SHRINK GROUT.3.REFERENCE DETAIL 1/S-2 FOR EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE DESIGN FOR SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT IN THE SCHEDULE.4.RAISED EQUIPMENT PAD MAY BE REQUIRED PER THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER OR PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. NOT REQUIRED FORTHE MTS EQUIPMENT, UNLESS REQUESTED BY THE CITY.5.NEW EQUIPMENT PADS PLACED AGAINST EXISTING OR NEW WALLS OR FOUNDATIONS SHALL HAVE AN EXPANSION JOINT PLACEDBETWEEN THE NEW CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD AND THE EXISTING OR NEW WALL OR FOUNDATION PER DETAIL S-3161 .
S-33 SILENCER SUPPORT DETAILSCALE: NTS
SECTION VIEW
B3200- 34 WELDLESS EYENUT BY B-LINE COOPEROR APPROVED EQUAL (E) DOUBLE 2X8 OR (E)BLOCKING AT PIPESUPPORTS PER RECORDDRAWINGS, VERIFY IN FIELD(TYP) NOTES:1.CONNECTIONS AT EXISTING DOUBLE 2X JOISTS SHALL BE WITH A 3/4" Ø DIAMETER STAINLESSSTEEL (TYPE 304) THREADED BOLT W/ WASHERS AND NUTS AT EACH END (TYP).2.ROD STIFFENERS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE THE THREADED ROD EXCEEDS 1'-0" IN LENGTH.3.LOCATE SILENCER SUPPORTS AS SHOWN PER PLAN VIEW - BRACING SCHEMATIC.4.CAREFULLY REMOVE ALL EXISTING PIPE INSULATION AND RE-USE EXISTING PIPE INSULATION ORREPLACE TO MACH EXISTING. 6" MAX DISTANCE FROM TOPAND BOTTOM OF THREADEDROD TO STIFFENER (TYP) (E) DOUBLE 2X8 OR (E) BLOCKING ATPIPE SUPPORTS PER RECORDDRAWINGS, VERIFY IN FIELD (TYP) THROUGH-BOLT PER NOTE 1 WITH FLATWASHER OR B200 SERIES SQUAREWASHER W/ HEX NUT (TYP)B-LINE B22 STIFFENER W/FIG 98 ROD STIFFENERHARDWARE (TYP)TRANSVERSE SUPPORT SHALL BE B-LINE B22CHANNEL BRACE OR APPROVED EQUAL(MAX LENGTH NOT TO EXCEED 8'-0").LONGITUDINAL SUPPORT SHALL BE SIMILAR TO THETRANSVERSE SUPPORT, REFERENCE DETAIL 2/S-2SIDE VIEW, SIMILAR FOR CONNECTION DETAIL
SILENCER W/ INSULATIONPER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
11 B-LINE 3060- 34 SIDE BEAM ANGLE CLIPOR 3"X3"X 12" BENT PLATE W/ PLATEWASHERS AND NUTS T&B (TYP) TOLCO FIG 980 SWIVEL SWAYBRACE (OR APPROVED EQUAL)AT EACH END (TYP)B3144-24 STANDARDDOUBLE BOLT PIPE CLAMP THROUGH-BOLT PER NOTE 1WITH FLAT WASHER OR B200SERIES SQUARE WASHER W/HEX NUT (TYP) 6" MAX
PLAN VIEW - BRACING SCHEMATIC
6" ± 2"6" ± 2"
SILENCER PER ELECTRICAL /MECHANICAL DRAWINGS NOTTO EXCEED 300 LBSTRANSVERSEBRACING (TYP OF 2),AWAY FROM WALL 30° MAX
LONGITUDINAL BRACE SUPPORT ATEACH VERTICAL SUPPORT, ROTATE TOAVOID PIPE SUPPORTS IN SAME PLANEINDICATES VERTICALSUPPORT (TYP OF 2) H = HEIGHT
ANCHOR EDGEDISTANCE PER SCHEDULE(E) OR NEWCONCRETE PAD PER PLAN EQEQ
T8-INCH THICK COMPACTEDAGGREGATE BASE, SEE SOIL ANDFOUNDATION NOTES ON SHEET S-1COMPACTION OF NATIVE MATERIAL PER SOILAND FOUNDATION NOTES ON SHEET S-1#4 @ 9" OCDOWELS, EW
REINF PERSCHEDULE W/STD HOOKS
11 24STRUCTURAL
S-2
STANDARD DETAILSPIBPDS- POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023
(E) 24" THICK GENERATORPAD W/ #6 @ 12" OC, T&B, EW
20'-8" (VIF)
3'-4" (VIF)1'-4"(VIF)7'-4" (VIF)3'-4" (VIF) 1'-3 1/2"10'-11" (VIF) (E) #5 DIAGONAL ADDBARS, 4 PLACES, TOREMAIN (TYP)
4'-8 1/2" (VIF)
4'-0" (VIF)4'-0" (VIF)4'-8" (VIF)4'-0" (VIF)4'-0" (VIF) 8" (VIF)3'-8" (VIF)6'-0" (VIF)2'-10" (VIF)1'-8" (VIF)1'-2"8" (VIF)16'-0" (VIF)(VIF)OPENINGABOVE 6'-1" (VIF)4'-6 1/2" (VIF)(E) 7" THICK FOUNDATION SLABW/ #5@12" OC, EW (CENTERED) GENERATOR ROOM (EL 107.00)
(E) 8" CMU WALL (TYP)
(E) INSULATION,SEE NOTE 5 (TYP)
OPENING ABOVEOPENING ABOVE
3'-0" (VIF)INDICATES (E) FOOTINGBELOW (TYP)(VIF)
GENERATOR AND FUEL TANK PERELECTRICAL AND MECHANICALDRAWINGS, SEE NOTES 6 & 7 PIPING ABOVE PERMECHANICAL DRAWINGS(SEE NOTE 8)
SILENCER ABOVE PERMECHANICAL DRAWINGS(SEE NOTE 9)
25STRUCTURAL
S-3
GENERATOR ROOM FOUNDATION PLANPIBPDS- POINSETTIA LIFT STATION GENERATOR REPLACEMENTIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
25 3840-23540-9
FINAL SUBMITTAL(FOR CONSTRUCTION)
NOTES1.ALL DIMENSIONS AND SIZES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE AND PROVIDED AS AN AID IN INTERPRETINGTHE ANTICIPATED EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO THE FACE OF EXISTINGCMU WALL AND NOT TO THE FACE OF THE EXISTING INSULATION. "VIF" INDICATES "VERIFY IN FIELD".FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS.2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING ORFABRICATING ANY MATERIALS. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY POSSIBLE DISCREPANCIESBEFORE CONSTRUCTION.3.DO NOT DAMAGE, OVERCUT, SCRATCH, OR CRACK ANY PORTION OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE NOTINTENDED TO BE MODIFIED. PROTECT AND PRESERVE PORTIONS OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE NOTINTENDED TO BE MODIFIED.4.REFERENCE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR THE SCOPE OF ITEMS TO BE REMOVEDOR DEMOLISHED. EXISTING ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE CUT, BURNED BACK APPROXIMATELY 1-INCH,AND PATCHED WITH A NON-SHRINK, NON-METALLIC GROUT.5.INDICATES EXISTING 2-INCH THICK SEMI-RIGID FIBERGLASS SOUND ABSORBING MATERIAL(INSULATION) OVER FINISHED WALLS AND CEILING. DAMAGED OR REMOVED INSULATION SHALL BEREPLACED BY THE SAME OR FAVORABLY REVIEWED EQUAL MATERIAL AND ATTACHMENT TO THEEXISTING STRUCTURE. SUBMIT PROCEDURE FOR REMOVAL AND RE-USE OR NEW INSULATION FORREVIEW PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY MATERIALS.6.THE NEW GENERATOR AND FUEL TANK SHALL SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: OVERALL DIMENSIONS (WITH FUEL TANK) = 9'-10" LONG X 3'-11" WIDE X 8'-9" TALL MAX OPERATING WEIGHT (INCLUDING FUEL TANK) = 14,260 LBS7.THE ATTACHMENT OF THE GENERATOR TO THE FUEL TANK AND THE FUEL TANK SHALL BE DESIGNED,DETAILED, FABRICATED, AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL.REFERENCE DRAWING SHEET S-1 AND SPECIFICATION SECTION 01190 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.8.REFERENCE DETAIL 2/S-2 FOR EXHAUST PIPE SUPPORT.9.REFERENCE DETAIL 3/S-2 FOR SILENCER SUPPORT DETAIL AND PLAN VIEW BRACING PLANSCHEMATIC. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR THE PLACEMENT OFTHE SILENCER.10.REFERENCE DETAIL S-3342 FOR MTS EQUIPMENT PAD FOUNDATION. COORDINATE LOCATION WITHCIVIL DRAWINGS.
SCALE: NTSGENERATOR ROOM - FOUNDATION PLAN
DocuSign Envelope ID: 22E0CD66-5F4E-491C-A1CF-7BC34D603F05 12/19/2023